The acquisition allows FourCentric to expand its procurement and supply chain expertise in the defence and security sector

FourCentric, a leader in procurement, supply chain and operations improvement services, has announced the acquisition of Evolve Commercial Ltd, a UK specialist in Commercial as a Service (CaaS). Evolve provides technology procurement and supply-chain support across both public and private sectors. 

Effective 31 October 2025, Evolve Commercial joined the FourCentric group, enhancing the company’s capability to help UK government departments and private organisations efficiently optimise contracting for high-value and complex projects. 

Evolve’s consultants bring extensive experience in areas such as complex tender transactions, post-contract management and commercial due diligence, helping clients unlock full supplier capability and enhance commercial outcomes.

“We’re thrilled to welcome Evolve to the group,” said Simon Terry, Group CEO of FourCentric. “This acquisition perfectly aligns with our strategy to deliver commercial services in support of complex technology transactions throughout the commercial lifecycle. Evolve’s specialists bring deep government procurement experience and a strong focus on delivering powerful outcomes in the defence and security sector. Backed by a highly secure infrastructure, clients are assured of secure, seamless integration and trusted, high-quality delivery.”

The addition of Evolve enhances FourCentric’s ability to build long-term partnerships with clients by offering new ways to drive value and improve operational performance. 

“We are delighted to be part of the FourCentric group,” said Alan Riordan, Director of Evolve. “FourCentric is the ideal fit for us. Not so large that we get lost in the crowd, and not so small that it limits investment and growth opportunities for us and our clients. The FourCentric model provides a fantastic platform to enable the continued development of our business and our team for the future. This, coupled with the group’s clear vision: To be known as the leading procurement, supply chain and operations firm, recognised for creating significant, positive impact for our clients, people, and society, was a real compelling reason to join.”

  • Collaboration & Optimization

Use our exclusive discount to get $200 off your Manifest 2026 tickets

Manifest returns to Las Vegas in February 2026, to bring the future of supply chain and logistics to over 7,200 attendees from across the globe. Between the 9th and the 11th of February 2026, Manifest will host thousands of experts in supply chain and logistics, innovators, executives, and investors to learn, share, and connect – and as a media partner, SupplyChain Strategy is proud to offer a discount to our readers.

Hosted at The Venetian, Manifest is set to feature over 400 thought leaders and pioneers, who will be sharing their wisdom and experience to help attendees future-proof their businesses.

Manifest Vegas is the largest global supply chain & logistics tech event in the world, bringing together global supply chain executives, logistics service providers, cutting edge startups, venture investors and technology leaders. Join supply chain innovators to foster new strategies and relationships.

Register now and save $200 here

Come along to Manifest Vegas 2026 to:

  • Meet up with industry peers from 60+ countries to explore commercial relationships and share knowledge. 
  • Discover innovative technologies that help streamline the entire supply chain.
  • Engage with your industry’s top decision-makers.
  • Learn where investors want to put their money.
  • Gain visibility into how other businesses are strategising.
  • Develop a better understanding of the competitive landscape.
  • Leave with a deeper insight of the supply chain landscape, ready to apply new ideas to your business.

From cutting-edge strategies to actionable insights, Manifest delivers unmatched opportunities to learn from and connect with the best of the best in supply chain and logistics. Join us at Manifest Vegas 2026, February 9th-11th, and save an additional $200 off the current price to attend!

The London Excel is hosting five unmissable events on the 12th and 13th of November 2025. Find out more here.

Big things are happening on the 12th and 13th of November 2025, at London’s Excel. With five supply chain events all occurring at once, the Excel is sure to be abuzz with shared ideas and excitement for the future of the sector. The five events hitting London are:

  • White Label World Expo
  • Retail Supply Chain + Logistics Expo
  • Smart Retail Tech Show
  • E-Commerce, Packaging and Labelling Expo
  • The Business Show

Read on to find more about these events, and how you can get your tickets.

White Label World Expo

Anybody looking to connect with the top white and private label manufacturers in the world should make their way to the White Label World Expo 2025. A whopping 16,000+ attendees come to this event to meet with 50 exhibitors and hear from over 150 experts. Organisations of all shapes and sizes, from startups to Amazon sellers, flood to White Label World Expo to get a better idea of the landscape, with a particular focus on:

  • Home and kitchen (which is the most sought-after category among sellers on Amazon)
  • Health and personal care (the third-fastest growing e-commerce sales category this year)
  • Food and drink
  • Pet supplies (one of the most successful categories on Amazon)
  • Clothing, shoes, and jewellery
  • Toys and games
  • Tech and electronics
  • CBD and vape
  • Office supplies

…and more.

The event also celebrates some of its exhibitors with its own awards show, celebrating the most innovative and best products in online retail.

Grab your tickets for the London show here

Retail Supply Chain & Logistics Expo

Innovation and efficiency collide at the Retail Supply Chain + Logistics expo. This is an event where attendees come face-to-face with industry leaders and experts, unlocking access to the best guidance for improving and streamlining logistics, becoming more efficient, and boosting customer satisfaction.

As the logistics landscape evolves, supply chain professionals need to keep on top of the latest in groundbreaking transport technologies and innovations, all the way to warehouse automation, in order to be equipped for the future. That’s what this event is for. 

With 200+ exhibitors, over 50 seminars across the two days, and more than 5,000 visitors, the Retail Supply Chain & Logistics Expo is a must-attend for supply chain professionals all over the world.

Bag your tickets for the London show here

Smart Retail Tech Expo

Technology is an extremely fast-paced market, and the Smart Retail Tech Expo enables 3,000+ retail professionals to find out what’s the next big thing on the market, and how best to move forward to remain competitive.

Join in the event to witness demonstrations of the newest tech on the market, interact with peers, and learn from experts. The innovative exhibitors will be showcasing ways to improve operations, enhance the customer experience, drive growth, and enhance safety. 

The Smart Retail Tech Expo is for key decision-makers across independent retailers and global chains alike. This is where retail innovation happens. 

Get tickets for the London event here

E-commerce, Packaging & Labelling Expo

The E-commerce, Packaging & Labelling Expo shines a spotlight on the latest in sustainable packaging solutions, trends, and innovations. Over 3,000 visitors are expected to join in and learn more about this rapidly-evolving market.

The event will showcase:

  • More eco-friendly packaging materials
  • Innovative labelling technologies
  • New fulfillment solutions
  • Waste reduction strategies
  • Boosting the customer experience

…and more. 

This event is all about supporting sustainable growth in a rapidly-evolving, increasingly complex market.

To get tickets for the E-commerce, Packaging and Labelling Expo in London, click here

The London Business Show

The Excel hosts the world’s largest business in November. The award-winning London Business Show brings together over 25,000 attendees, who flood in to find the support and resources they need to improve and scale their businesses.

Visitors will gather advice from experts and peers alike across the two-day event. With over 200 seminars and 500 exhibitors, there’s loads to see and learn about. The event includes:

  • Speed networking: Quick-fire networking sessions to allow you to connect with fellow professionals.
  • Industry-leading exhibitors: Exhibitors will be showcasing their latest products and services.
  • Masterclasses: Experts are on hand to offer mentorship and in-depth advice.

Want to propel your business to the next level? That’s what the London Business Show is all about.

Get your tickets here

Strategic partnership enables 3PLs to access all-electric delivery capacity through integrated end-to-end platform

TEG, the leading fintech-enabled platform serving transport and logistics, today announces a new partnership with HIVED, the UK’s first fully electric parcel delivery company operating a fleet of electric HGVs, enabling logistics providers to seamlessly access tailpipe emission-free delivery solutions as demand for sustainable transport accelerates.

Through TEG’s end-to-end platform, logistics providers can now seamlessly access HIVED’s 100% electric fleet, including 44 tonne electric HGVs operating seven days a week, which deliver up to 76% emission reductions per parcel and maintain a 99% on-time delivery rate across same-day, next-day and two-day services.

Key partnership benefits include:

  • Instant access to sustainable capacity: TEG platform members can immediately source electric vehicle capacity from HIVED without lengthy onboarding processes
  • Compliance assurance: TEG’s integrated compliance framework ensures HIVED meets stringent enterprise standards
  • Seamless settlement: TEG’s SmartPay system enables automated payments and invoicing for HIVED services
  • Data-driven insights: Real-time carbon tracking and analytics help 3PLs demonstrate sustainability impact to customers

Meeting growing sustainability demands

The new partnership addresses growing market demand for sustainable logistics solutions. Research from TEG’s recent 3PL whitepaper reveals that 67% of 3PLs identify sustainability as a pressing procurement challenge as new emissions regulations reshape carrier requirements.

Luke Austin, Operations Project Manager at HIVED, said: “Through our partnership with TEG, we can now offer our fully electric delivery network to their entire platform of logistics providers. TEG’s integrated compliance and payment systems make it seamless for 3PLs to access our all-electric services, enabling them to significantly reduce supply chain emissions while moving closer to their sustainability goals. With electric vans saving up to 260g of CO₂eq per kilometre, this partnership unlocks substantial carbon savings across TEG’s network.”

Technology-enabled collaboration

TEG’s platform eliminates traditional barriers to carrier collaboration by providing instant compliance verification, automated onboarding, and integrated payment solutions. The partnership with HIVED exemplifies how technology can accelerate adoption of sustainable transport solutions.

Lyall Cresswell, founder & CEO of TEG, said: “As the logistics industry faces mounting pressure to decarbonise, partnerships like this demonstrate how technology platforms can accelerate the transition to sustainable transport. By making it effortless for 3PLs to access HIVED’s fully electric network, we’re removing the friction that traditionally slows adoption of innovative, sustainable solutions.”

The new partnership comes as both companies experience rapid growth. HIVED’s rapid expansion has seen it become recognised as one of the fastest-growing startups in Europe, whilst TEG supports over 9,000 businesses and manages 2.5 million loads annually.

  • Sustainability Technology

Recent global challenges have elevated the supply chain leader to the executive suite, reflecting a fundamental shift

Over recent years, the chief supply chain officer (CSCO) role has undergone a profound transformation, particularly in sectors where supply chains are mission critical such as consumer goods, industrials, healthcare, and pharmaceuticals. What was once considered a technical or operational function has evolved into a driving force behind enterprise strategy.

This evolution has been accelerated by a series of global disruptions, most notably with the COVID-19 pandemic. Nobody needs to be reminded of the deep vulnerabilities the crisis exposed across supply chains worldwide; practically overnight, a rapid reconfiguration of how supply chain leadership was structured and empowered became critical. Combined with ongoing geopolitical instability, regulatory pressures, and rising stakeholder expectations, the signs are clear: the CSCO is now essential to competitive advantage.

In response, companies are recalibrating how they staff and support their supply chain leadership. Since January 2023, 36% of the world’s largest publicly listed firms have appointed new CSCOs. These changes signal a broader rethinking of what the role entails, and who is best positioned to lead it.

From functional specialist to strategic architect

The growing scope and complexity of the CSCO role is matched by a corresponding rise in enterprise influence. Once focused primarily on cost and efficiency, today’s CSCOs must also navigate a broader landscape that includes sustainability, digital transformation, risk mitigation, and resilience.

Through conversations with seasoned supply chain executives worldwide, it is evident that the CSCO role has been evolving for some time, predating the pandemic, and has accelerated significantly in recent years. Whereas the role previously encompassed a limited set of priorities, it now spans a broader spectrum, including sustainability, digital transformation, and agility.

Within this expanded context, CSCOs are increasingly redefining their role – not as operational enablers or as executional support, but as strategic architects of enterprise value. They now sit on executive committees, report directly to CEOs, and maintain regular access to the board. In other words, boards are now much more open to the transformative power of a CSCO.

Why elevating the CSCO role matters

·       Strategic alignment and faster execution
The CSCO serves as a vital link between business strategy and operational delivery. With many peers on the leadership team coming from commercial backgrounds, the CSCO’s operational acumen offers a crucial balance, ensuring initiatives translate into results.

·       Increased agility in a volatile world
CSCOs are typically first responders when crises strike. Their ability to make rapid decisions—on everything from product line adjustments to supplier realignments—is enhanced when they have a seat at the top table.

·       Talent magnetism

Elevating the CSCO position boosts its attractiveness to emerging leaders. By investing in career paths, leadership development, and visibility, some organisations are turning supply chain functions into high-potential talent pipelines.

The enterprise-centric CSCO

Today’s CSCOs must operate as business leaders first, and functional experts second. While many still come from traditional supply chain backgrounds, companies are increasingly prioritising broader business acumen, seeking candidates with commercial, P&L, or transformation experience. This shift reflects the growing need for CSCOs who can contribute strategically, anticipate regulatory and geopolitical risks, and lead complex, enterprise-wide transformations.

Equally important is the CSCO’s ability to manage a widening network of stakeholders. From peers and boards to regulators and suppliers, today’s supply chain leaders must translate operational complexity into strategic clarity. Their success now depends as much on influencing and communication as on technical mastery, marking a decisive evolution from the function’s historically executional role.

Rethinking succession and talent pipelines

Despite the strategic elevation of the role, there will always be turnover at the top, and many organisations still lack robust succession plans for CSCOs. This is especially concerning given the relatively short average tenure of a little over four years and a high rate of first-time appointments: in 2024, 65% of external CSCO hires in 2024 were step-ups.

To avoid setbacks caused by a gap in the CSCO function, succession planning must be reimagined across three key dimensions:

Future-focused profiles: Companies must define the CSCO role based on future needs.

Tailored development programs: Internal talent development is increasingly crucial.

Detailed, proactive planning: Organisations must develop data-driven, scenario-based succession plans.

The road ahead

The COVID-19 pandemic may have accelerated the shift, but the strategic ascent of the CSCO is not a short-term response – it is a long-term evolution. As companies face continued disruption, increasing complexity, and stakeholder scrutiny, the CSCO is emerging as one of the most consequential roles in the C-suite.

It’s all about flexibility and resilience. Speed of change has massively increased, and the size of those changes is becoming bigger. Organisations that invest in the right leadership, redefine the capabilities required, and reimagine succession planning will be best positioned to not only manage uncertainty, but to turn it into a strategic advantage.

To learn more, please visit www.heidrick.com

  • Risk & Resilience

The proof, as they say, is in the pudding – and the evidence of TealBook’s increasingly-successful evolution lies in its client relationships

We talked endlessly about data and AI at DPW New York 2025. A universal truth is that the successful implementation of AI requires clean data; it doesn’t have to be perfect, but businesses certainly need to have a decent handle on their data before adopting AI tools successfully. 

To help make this a reality, North American data and software company TealBook has recently announced a legal entity-based data model. It’s designed to resolve supplier records to the correct legal entities, map parent-child relationships, and enrich profiles with verifiable attributes, enabling accurate supplier data to flow seamlessly into procurement systems and AI applications. “This is part of a 12-year journey for TealBook,” says Stephany Lapierre, the company’s Founder and CEO. “Our vision has always been to build a way to enable procurement organisations to have high quality data with a lot of integrity, in order to give them the trust they need to put data directly into their systems. 

“Twelve years ago, we underestimated the complexity of getting large enterprises to trust a third-party data solution. As part of our journey, we started using AI early on to find information where it exists on supplier websites and databases, and start creating digital profiles in a structured way for procurement to access it, match it to their vendor master, and use it.”

TealBook’s evolution

But, again, at the beginning, TealBook couldn’t be sure whether the data was high enough quality. In 2017, the company was primarily known as a supplier discovery application, positioned as a pre-sourcing engine to help procurement teams identify alternative suppliers. At the time, TealBook’s data and models enabled it to determine which companies were similar to others, allowing users to search and find comparable suppliers to expand their sourcing options.

“But that was just a way for us to deliver something that was underserved in the market,” Lapierre continues. “Then our customers started asking for certificates, which are hard to collect and match. They needed cleaner data. They felt they were under-reporting. So in 2018, we started to see whether our technology could refine the data more, and focused on certificates and supplier diversity. We collected great use cases along this journey, and the vision never wavered.

“Just last year we released a new technology – completely different, really sophisticated – allowing us to pull from a lot more data sources, and we have provenance so our customers can actually verify where the data’s coming from. We can match it to vendor masters. And now, we also have this new model that includes 230 million verifiable global legal entities from across 145 countries’ registries. We marry this with global parent and child hierarchy, which is really hard for our customers to match themselves.”

Partnership with Kraft Heinz

Now, after 12 years of that vision, TealBook is deeply proud of what it’s achieved. Part of its ability to get to this point is due to early adoption from key customers. Kraft Heinz is a business which Lapierre describes as a “co-innovation partner”, and has been invaluable in helping TealBook achieve its recent goals.

From the perspective of Stefanie Fink, Head of Global Data and Digital Procurement at Kraft Heinz, the partnership has been an immediately valuable one. “It really started with having a visionary, like-minded relationship,” she says. “That’s an important piece of it, because my vision for procurement is that we are partners in our enterprise. 

“In order for us to do our jobs, we have to bring in the right data for use. This is where Stephany’s partnership and vision really resonated. We were really looking for diversity and we could make things easier for our partners, while making sure we had the right people in our ecosystem. We also had to lift up the hood and see what was underneath everything we’ve got. Stephany brought our vision to life. TealBook has evolved too, as we’ve seen; it’s more about orchestration and software-as-a-service. It has been a partnership of need and we cannot continue to do other things without this kind of partnership around data.”

When initially dabbling with this relationship, Fink was clear that Kraft Heinz had no desire to be taking care of more stuff. What she wanted from TealBook was a strong focus on good quality data. After last year’s product release from TealBook, Kraft Heinz already saw its data enriched by 25%. The recently-announced new data model gives the business and TealBook’s other customers the right structure tied to a legal entity, which is a highly credible anchor. “We’re able to do entity resolution – all automated – remove all the duplicates, and then you start with a clean, digitised vendor master,” says Lapierre. “That’s what brings further enrichment.”

The challenge of assessing data quality

Assessing its data before involving TealBook was important for Kraft Heinz, but challenging for such a large organisation. “We had to fail first and fail fast,” says Fink. “We tried some AI around fixing things early, but that didn’t work for us. It was a real eye-opener, realising where this next evolution could take us regarding focusing on AI and agents for the right things, not the meaningless things. Before, we were asking agents to tell us if things were duplicates, when we should have been asking: what do these suppliers offer? Where is the innovation? Where is the value?”

What surprised Fink most when looking under Kraft Heinz’s hood was the lack of attention that was being paid to what the business was doing. “It was amazing that nobody had questioned it sooner,” she says. “So I said, let’s take this as a crawl, walk, run approach, and I have a wonderful CPO who really understands where we want procurement to go as a function. She was excited about us just getting it done and getting people involved, and that’s what it takes: real pride in ownership of the data.”

Getting engrossed in GenAI

True partnership and an all-in approach has enabled Kraft Heinz to work successfully with AI – something some businesses are struggling with as the conversation around artificial intelligence grows louder. For Lapierre, as the CEO of a tech company, adopting AI successfully has meant trying and failing and being fully entrenched in AI as it has evolved.

“We’ve been using AI in our technology since 2016,” she states. “We’re an early adopter. We’d be talking about scraping data, and data in the cloud, and AI models, and our customers’ pupils would widen in surprise. We’ve come a long way and the market has come a long way. 

“The technology we deliver today wouldn’t be possible without the AI tools now at our disposal. We used to build models; we don’t do that anymore. We spend a lot of time investing in engineers to build and test models, and that’s made us so much more efficient. I use GenAI every day for so many things now, and I’m encouraging my team to be so involved in AI. That’s how you build expertise, and you need really strong expertise to use GenAI well. 

“Getting good with AI is about taking risks and having a leadership team that pushes for new things, and suddenly the successful use of AI becomes a habit.”

The march towards agentic AI can be a daunting thing, but it’s important to get over that fear in order to make strides

A common question when discussing AI is ‘where do humans fit in?’. The fear of technological advancements stealing our jobs is an old one, but the conclusion is always the same and always true: there will never be a time when human judgement and teamwork isn’t required.

At DPW New York 2025, we sat down with Rinus Strydom, Chief Revenue Officer at Pactum AI, and Steven Velte, Executive Director Procurement Transformation at Honeywell – a customer of Pactum AI – to discuss AI’s evolution and the human connection. As AI develops, for Strydom, Pactum’s focus is on agentic, rather than generative. There’s a key difference there, especially for initial adoption at large enterprises. 

“A lot of enterprises feel a little bit afraid, because generative AI can go a little off the rails,” he explains. “But when you put agents to work, they’re always within the rails that are defined by the customers. Once we get over that hurdle and can make clients see that they can take their procurement operating model and have it just run at scale with agents, rather than being afraid that their image will get tarnished, AI can be put to work much faster.”

Putting AI to work

When it comes to strategies procurement leaders can adopt to make AI work for them, it’s a major discussion point for Strydom and Velte. As a customer, it’s important for Honeywell to feel like its work with Pactum AI is a collaboration; it’s part of what makes its strides into AI work successfully. “This collaboration goes deeper than what we’ve typically had in the past,” says Velte. 

“When we go through organisational changes, we need a true partner, And when that partner gets into the elevator with you, they don’t just push the button with you – they go up to the next floor with you and sit at the table to talk about what’s happening. So a barrier to AI adoption is not having that deep collaboration and partnership.” 

“I think another thing leaders can do today is really help with that psychological change management to make it feel like a safe thing,” Strydom adds. Mindset shift is such a vital part of this change, especially when it comes to successful collaboration. “It’s important to embrace agentic AI, to encourage people to become managers of agents and not run away or become fearful.”

Identifying the opportunities

The true benefits of AI are now beginning to present themselves, as people increasingly embrace AI. For Velte, businesses have to get going with their AI plans in order to realise where the real opportunities lie. “I can make a business case with tons of ROI, potential productivity gains, revenue uplift, bottom line, profit line – all of that. But the real benefits that come from AI are those hidden benefits we don’t realise. When you start looking at it, there’s a common theme of saving time, and time becomes the real benefit. Unlocking better use of time gives you more potential to work on other creative aspects of the business.”

For Strydom, the true value lies in achieving things that used to be extremely difficult to achieve. Pactum AI’s customer base is broadly looking at 10X ROI, which, now, is easily done thanks to the use of AI agents. Agents also allow procurement teams to scale extremely fast, which is something that has, historically, been hard-won. 

“For example, if you need to change payment terms across your entire supply base, you can do that with thousands of agents in parallel. You could never do that before. It gives you the agility to react to global macro risk issues, like tariffs.”

Start now; perfection comes later

One of the loudest topics of conversation at DPW New York 2025 was data quality and the challenge of cleaning that data up. It’s a huge topic, and a daunting one. Many businesses fall into the trap of thinking their data has to be perfect before they can get fully involved with AI, but the conclusion many procurement leaders are coming to is that getting started is more important than perfection.

“Data quality is always the holy grail going forward,” says Velte. “Everyone’s going to look for it, and try to attain it. When you start implementing within an AI framework, you just need to go in there and know that you’re going to constantly evolve in a good way, thanks to the agents, AI programs, and initiatives. They’re going to uncover and unlock a lot of data and inconsistencies that you have. You won’t get there unless you start looking into them as an opportunity area. Data perfection is not the way to go; it’s about getting in there, starting to look at the opportunities, and being willing to be creative, disruptive, and innovating quickly.

“There’s never going to be a time when everything is 100% correct and accurate, because data is always evolving,” adds Strydom. “Start now. The data can be enriched over time with the agents’ help.” 

Maximum savings, maximum momentum

Pactum is using AI specifically to enable it to be a strategic advisor for customers like Honeywell. The use cases coming out are very new, and changing fast. What Strydom and his team want is to be able to guide customers on the right strategies for them, how to get maximum savings, and maximum momentum. As this landscape becomes more complex, human intervention and guidance is more important than ever, which links back to the topic of mindset and change management. 

There’s been a lot of debate within Pactum AI as to how the business embraces this. “From a marketing perspective, too, there’s the question of whether we should make our agents look human,” says Strydom. “Actually, what we’re seeing is that suppliers actually enjoy interfacing with a bot. Walmart, one of our customers, did a survey where they found that 85% of their suppliers actually prefer to negotiate with Pactum than with a human. It’s more efficient, fair, and unbiased.”

Speaking of humans, shortage of talent has been a talking point within procurement for some time. That was, until advanced tech became more widely adopted, and bringing in procurement experts became less important than bringing in technology experts who are willing to learn. With the advent of agentic AI, according to Strydom, procurement leaders are now acting as managers of agents.

“All the analyst surveys say that procurement organisations are being asked to do more with less every year,” he says. “So the type of talent is definitely transforming. What we see is that the procurement organisations of the future are much more strategic. They’re focusing on creating strategy and procurement policies and procedures, and then having the agents actually go out and do the menial day-to-day work – entering things into ERP, turning requisitions into purchase orders, onboarding suppliers, and so on. All of that can now be done very quickly and efficiently by agents. This really elevates the role, and allows procurement to become a partner to the business.”

Velte adds: “When you talk about talent shortage, it’s also that shift in the mindset we’re going through right now. The expertise is changing, and we want to be able to bring in talented people with that technology flare. When we look at the next generation of leaders coming out of university and college, they’re AI enabled already. They’re expecting AI to be available to them to accelerate their development, career goals, and ambitions.”

Making sense of the landscape

As DPW New York 2025 unfolded around us, the discussion inevitably turned to the ways in which DPW helps procurement make sense of the AI landscape. Pactum AI is actually a perfect example of how useful DPW is. Only four years ago, the business was a startup, and won a pitch contest at DPW Amsterdam. “That catapulted the business, and got us a lot of visibility,” says Strydom. “It’s a great place for visibility with practitioners, investors, and partners.”

Again, it comes back to people. Being able to meet them in real life, communicate face-to-face, and learn from one another. “It’s about reconnecting with a lot of our partners,” says Velte. “But it’s also about seeing what is out there on the forefront that’s becoming available. It’s an amazing opportunity for us to really benchmark ourselves, while also getting a glimpse of what’s coming around the corner.”

At Kinexions 2025, Jennifer Roberts, Supply Chain Leader, IBM who talked us through how the supply chain is transforming at the global giant

Jennifer Roberts, Supply Chain Leader at IBM, is visibly buzzing as she shares her favourite Kinexions moments so far. “Kinexions is really exciting,” she says, having flown in from Raleigh-Durham, North Carolina to be here. “The first thing for me is getting to see the people I work with at Kinaxis who help advance the solution within IBM,” she explains. “We have a great account management team that’s helping us look to the future. And the energy here is always exciting. They really are a motivating company when it comes to thinking about the future. I’m really thankful that IBM invested in the ability of our teams to join the event this year.”

Roberts and IBM’s C-level executive suite for supply chain are located at Raleigh-Durham’s Research Triangle Park where IBM has a large facility covering 600 acres. “It’s a good place to be,” she says. “But a large part of my team is broadly located throughout the US in Poughkeepsie, New York, Rochester and Minnesota. And then we also have a team down in Guadalajara, Mexico. The global supply chain is located everywhere, but the people I work with are primarily in those locations.” 

Roberts leads Demand Planning Operations for IBM’s hardware manufacturing division, supporting mainframe, power, and storage products across both internal and contract manufacturing. She supports transformation efforts within the Demand Supply Planning and Inventory organisations.

Supply chain transformation

Roberts specialises in configuring and modelling planning architecture in Kinaxis and SAP, translating, automating and transforming business processes, while identifying and collecting the relevant data from various large unstructured data sources. Her goal is to optimise supply chain processes and tools, reduce costs, improve efficiency and enhance customer satisfaction. 

The words “revolution” and “transformation” have embodied the discourse at Kinexions and these are two concepts that play out in a major way at IBM. “Our business is all about transformation,” she explains. “We are constantly looking to evolve to solve a variety of different areas of opportunity. There’s certainly never a day where we aren’t thinking about what the next disruption may be. And so within our organisation, we focus a lot on resiliency, protecting our supply chain and ensuring we can deliver quality to our clients.” Indeed, IBM onboarded Kinaxis around five years ago to help transform Demand Planning and Supply Planning. Kinaxis Maestro provides IBM with the transparency needed to see how changes in demand and supply affect each other, utilising the most current data to run multiple concurrent scenarios.

AI in supply chain

IBM’s supply chain transformation efforts are currently focused heavily on AI. Of course, IBM has been leaders in the AI space for quite some time with the Watsonx products, but supply chain is considered client zero within IBM for that platform. “We are focused on efficiencies in the organisation, digital transformation, developing digital twins and taking enterprise data and bringing it together so that we can orchestrate a plan that is visible to all through one source of truth,” she reveals. “And that’s something we can all execute against seamlessly.”

“Everyone wants data in real-time. Everyone is looking for accuracy of data. They’re looking for answers to problems faster than we’ve ever been able to perform before,” she explains. “When the next big diversion comes, the next big distraction, we need to be able to quickly align ourselves, not just within the supply chain, but upstream with our sales organisation, who are feeding us all the sales opportunities and giving us insight into where the business is going. And then our downstream suppliers need to be equally connected. So, we partner with those organisations to ensure it’s all very seamless and that our data flows in both directions so we can manage results. So, one of the advantages of our internal AI supply chain tool, which we call CSCA 360 (Cognitive Advisor), is to get a 360-degree view of the world considering all those products. And access is a big part of that because we run our S&OP and MRP (Material Requirements Planning) processes through that tool, along with our inventory management process as well.”

According to Roberts, the biggest opportunities for Supply Chain at IBM lay within ways to mitigate disruptions earlier, boosting resiliency and agility, while protecting the supply chain. “There are things that hit us between the eyes at the last minute, and we have to be as responsive as possible to solve those problems. Data insights and being able to assess them proactively, is so important. And that’s where I see our organisation heading more strategically, through taking the data, ingesting it faster, making decisions on it, using generative AI and focusing on allowing people to dig into the data more quickly and get answers on information they’re seeking. We’ve been using agentic AI for years, but we’re really starting to dig into what it can do for us now in terms of impacting productivity.”

The human touch

Although Kinexions has been showcasing transformation and technological revolution it has also stressed the importance of work culture, something vitally important to Roberts. “Our leadership drives the mindset of transformation being at the forefront of where we’re going, in order to keep up with the demands of the future,” she tells us. “We’re always being asked to look at where we can create opportunities within the business and not just taking the leadership’s advice on what we should be doing. We look to all our employees and get their ideas from the bottom up; deciding whether or not there’s business value that can be returned from things that aren’t always visible.

“I think the most important part of your business is your people. Without having the ability of your people to be transparent in where they see opportunities, you really are going to hold yourselves back. Keep an open mind, ask a lot of questions, listen closely. I’m always told you have two ears and one mouth. And I think as a leadership team, you should allow your employees to come forth with ideas, plus, we need to think about why they are suggesting them – well, it’s because they’re impacted every day by what’s going on around them. So, listen.”

Fraser Robinson discusses the challenges threatening supply chain planning, why visibility isn’t enough, and what being future-ready means

It’s safe to say it’s been a particularly turbulent time for the global shipping and logistics industry. Disruption is ever more frequent and unpredictable. Geopolitical conflicts, tariffs, major climate events, and economic uncertainty all require constant attention and adaptation.

In just one week, the US and Japan struck a trade deal at the same time as the EU set out plans to match the US’s tariffs of 30% – the latest in a wave of rapid policy changes that continue to reshape global trade. Between October 2023 and October 2024, G20 countries introduced 91 new trade restrictions affecting over $828 billion in goods, more than triple the value seen the year before. These frequent tariff changes, with some being as large as they are too, will impact anything from freight costs to route selection and sourcing strategies.

Regarding sustainability, regulations to limit Scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions and safeguard marine ecosystems can require adapted routes to increase efficiency and avoid protected areas. In April, for example, the International Maritime Organisation approved new net-zero regulations for global emissions, aiming to reach the target by 2050. 

All of this shows how quickly tides can change – and why having real-time visibility over carrier shipping routes, freight rates and logistics is integral to being able to adapt just as fast. But visibility alone isn’t enough. When disruption strikes, teams need to act quickly – and relying on back and forth emails and spreadsheets won’t cut it.

Supply chain managers are in real need of digital tools that not only unify their data, but also enable real-time collaboration and seamless communication with partners across the network. Improving the speed and the accuracy of the decision making process.

The unpredictability of the modern supply chain

Tariffs can bring major changes to shipping trends and patterns. But they’re far from the only source of unpredictability. The climate crisis is triggering more damaging and widescale events that can cause disruption in the blink of an eye. A recent NASA study left researchers “amazed and alarmed” at just how sharply the rise in the frequency, length and severity of extreme weather events like floods and droughts has been in the last two years. So, it’s integral to build and evolve supply chains that are able to withstand these unprecedented changes.

Then you have a range of other factors like port congestion, labour disruption and emerging tech risks, which can all heighten unpredictability. For example, the number of parties involved in a shipment leaves the supply chain susceptible to cyberattacks such as ransomware, where cybercriminals lock down systems until they are paid a ransom.

If just one supplier suddenly can’t make a delivery as their internal systems are frozen, then shipping carriers, ports and warehouses all need to adapt to new schedules and orders to maintain operational efficiency. Not to mention the impact of cashflow from stock outs.

The (massive) need to go digital

Naturally, trying to coordinate across a global network of carriers, suppliers, warehouses and customers can be time consuming and chaotic. Spreadsheets and emails are still widely used in supply chains to organise shipments and communicate – but this creates fragmented processes, a sea of data silos and a lack of real-time coordination. No wonder 86% of operations leaders in a PwC survey said their company needed to invest in better tech to track and measure supply chain risk.

With disruption never far from shore, every partner in a supply chain needs access to the same real-time picture of moving goods. By tracking freight and providing automated alerts for any shipment disruptions or delays that take place, the latest digital platforms can display all relevant logistics data and shipping documents on a live tracking dashboard, and these dashboards are easily shareable via a link to every stakeholder.

Not only does this allow stakeholders to view and spot risk sooner, but it brings together every supply chain partner into one location. In turn, this makes it easier to triage issues and coordinate action plans to maintain the flow of goods. For example, it makes it simple for parties to confirm and share cargo ready dates with suppliers and forwarders, or resolve issues in an embedded chat. And by receiving timely notifications, supply chain professionals can act quicker to mitigate the negative impact of delays and disruptions.

Weathering future storms

The unification of data and communication is not only about firefighting immediate disruption. These capabilities are integral to taking a wider view and forming resilient supply chains that can weather the unpredictable and changeable nature of the industry. We need more advanced methods for measuring metrics like carrier performance and emissions and then using this data to optimise routes and reduce factors like demurrage and detention costs.

Are there ways to understand the frequency and severity of delays by carriers? How about understanding which carriers and forwarders are delivering the quickest, most reliable service? The monitoring of data over time can provide the answer to such questions. Supply chain managers can build ETA accuracy reports, for instance, that compare initial ETAs against ATAs. They can benchmark transit times and accrue objective performance insights that inform decisions about choosing suppliers and routes and ports. It all comes down to having data in one place that can be analysed by AI and provide key, and complex insights.

Of course, there is also an increasing onus on balancing performance with sustainability.

Carbon reports can analyse crucial metrics like distance, vessel and carrier to paint a clear picture of the carbon impact of each shipment. By understanding this impact for different routes and carriers, supply chain managers can make much more informed and sustainable choices when planning their routes. And with consumer and regulatory scrutiny set to intensify, the ability to be transparent through carbon reporting can increase trust and brand reputation.

Disruption is becoming more of a normality in supply chains – it’s something that is predictable. What supply chain professionals can’t predict is what that disruption will look like and where it might come from. As with anything in the modern world, data and communication are crucial to responding quickly to these events as well as implementing changes that improve the overall resilience of supply chains – and choosing sustainable options is generally choosing more reliable ones too.

More turbulence will come, and digital solutions offer the best route for keeping goods and shipments sailing through the storm.

From automating decisions to redefining procurement talent, AlixPartners lays out why risk-takers lead the way.

The use of artificial intelligence (AI) in procurement is gaining traction with many organisations already looking at how the technology can improve processes. However, there’s scope to go beyond efficiency and instead focus on transforming value delivery. 

At DPW New York, we spoke to Amit Mahajan and Aaron Addicoat from AlixPartners, a management consultancy firm doing things a little differently. The organisation is advising its clients on how to implement AI to drive value, but it’s also using AI internally, too. 

“AlixPartners has a unique business model,” explains Addicoat. “We have a very senior model, very few junior resources. So now you imagine taking people with 10 or 15 years experience and now you equip them with AI… For us, it’s a huge unlock.”

This is about more than just productivity gains. AlixPartners focuses on using AI to transform the way procurement teams work, while crucially, maintaining the human touch.

How procurement professionals are using AI

With the support of technology, it’s possible to shift procurement from a cost-saving exercise to a potential revenue driver. Procurement teams are already looking for these opportunities, as Mahajan explains. “They’re starting to think about new ways of doing things,” he says. “It’s not just automation, but asking how do I leapfrog and do something differently?”

There are plenty of use cases where AI is helping with automation. This is a great place to start as it frees up human workers to do more valuable jobs that need a personal touch. “I have a client who’s using AI every day,” says Addicoat. “This allows them to review documents and contracts rapidly, to find key clauses and termination dates. They’re also using it in spend control processes to identify which things need to be reviewed more thoroughly.”

Many organisations are also using AI agentically to create their own bots. This gives teams a more accessible way to review information. “One example is a client who’s using AI for their business to help with acronyms,” says Addicoat. “They built it as an acronym tool to help break down the language barrier between different functions using different terms. This led to better engagement.”

This empowers employees across an organisation to be more autonomous while still getting the full picture. Agentic AI, especially, allows them to interact with information in a way that previously would’ve required specialist technical knowledge. Now, it’s possible to query information within a contract directly. 

“It’s about using agents and AI to look at anomalies within your procurement contracts,” explains Mahajan, “and be able to help the category analysts, the category specialists, and others to get more of those insights.”

While generative AI might be a hot topic, it’s not the only way to use the technology. In combining several sources of data and using AI to spot trends, it’s possible to create workflows tailored to the current environment. Addicoat explains: “We take a series of data inputs, such as weather patterns, lead times, contractual terms, inventory, and forecast. Then the AI generates the purchase order, queues it for review, and upon approval, places the order.”

This can help an organisation to place orders with the right supplier in the most timely fashion to avoid delays, and optimise for cost, for example. This fully automates the end-to-end process, using AI to interpret those important data signals.

While this is useful for procurement teams, it’s only the start. “Using AI in this way is really cool,” says Addicoat, “but what I found most fascinating is that you’re building a data model, and with AI layered into it, that over time can tell you how to optimise itself.”

This has huge implications for procurement teams looking to save money and drive revenue. “For example, it could tell us the commodity price at a certain point in time was low,” says Addicoat, “but because inventory capacity to hold resin was maxed out the client could only buy so much at that low price. So now investing in a new storage unit at a cost of a few hundred thousand dollars could, under the same scenario in the future, save millions of dollars..Data quality challenges

A roadblock that can stop procurement teams from fully embracing AI is a lack of quality data. With so many sources of information, often including paper-based documents, some might think it’s difficult to get the data AI needs to be truly useful.

“Don’t wait for everything to be perfect before you get started,” says Addicoat. 

This is a sentiment echoed by Mahajan: “Use AI to solve your data problem before solving your business problems.”

This requires a mindset shift. While AI can help cleanse, enrich, and structure existing unstructured data, it’s important to take the right approach. Shift from asking ‘what can we do with our data?’ to ‘what value do we need to create?’ and work backwards from there.

With this approach, the questions are less about the data and more about the business problem. This then allows you to use AI to work with the information you have to help answer those questions.

“Start with the value proposition in mind and work backwards,” explains Addicoat. “You can get data from anywhere — it has to serve a purpose.”

Bringing back the human touch

AI can free up procurement teams to focus on tasks that need more nuance and expertise. Using technology to automate workflows and make information more accessible has a huge impact on employee productivity. “It’s fundamentally transforming the way they work, the amount of work they can do, and the type of work they’re able to do,” says Addicoat.

There’s always the worry that with any new technology, the human element will be forgotten. “With every new advancement that comes in,” says Mahajan, “whether that was a steam engine or when computers came along, everybody wondered what they were going to do. But as humans, we always find ways to start doing higher-level work.”

This means that many professionals will find new ways of doing things. “Imagine all the mundane tasks you have to do in your daily job now,” Addicoat continues. “With these new ways of working, imagine the speed with which you can turn an idea into something real. All that time you free up allows you to go talk to people and build relationships that mean something.”

On the other side of things, the sheer volume of AI-generated content out there is going to drive people towards those more meaningful interactions. “You don’t know what to trust and what to believe anymore,” Addicoat says. “That’s going to lead to a resurgence in face-to-face content, being at the office, and being at events.”

AI’s impact on procurement talent

The talent landscape is changing. With technology playing a larger part than ever before, organisations don’t just need procurement professionals, they need adaptable, tech-savvy people. The nature of the job means that those in procurement need a wide range of skills. 

“We do everything,” says Addicoat, “legal, operations, supply chain, negotiation, analytics. Procurement professionals are generalists.” 

Tech plays into every element of that skillset, which means tech skills are becoming even more important for candidates applying for procurement roles. “Nobody goes to college thinking they’ll be a procurement professional,” says Mahajan, “but with AI and tech, that’s changing.”

With procurement often seen as a proving ground for leadership, embedding these tech-minded generalists could have a huge impact on the future. “We have a shortage of talent,” explains Addicoat. “But with more and more CEOs and COOs coming from procurement, that speaks volumes to what procurement does and the value it brings, as well as what the future holds.”

At AlixPartners, the passion for procurement is very clear with Addicoat saying: “There are only two kinds of people in the world: those who love procurement and those who don’t know it yet.”

Change is coming

With AI of all forms steadily gaining traction, procurement could change dramatically in the coming years. It’s the organisations that are willing to take risks and embrace change that will come out on top.

“AI has the potential to disrupt the whole management consulting world,” says Mahajan. “Firms focused on transformation will thrive.” 

With AI’s capabilities increasing rapidly, it’s difficult to predict what comes next. However, adaptability is key. “Hold onto your hat. In a year and a half, the world’s going to look very different,” concludes Addicoat.

AI is already transforming procurement, but meaningful value depends on more than just tools. At Beroe, that starts with aligning AI to real business problems

As AI continues to dominate conference stages and boardroom discussions, the pressure to use it is everywhere. As this technology becomes further embedded in enterprise strategy, many organisations are still grappling with how to apply it in a way that delivers real, measurable value.

Rather than focusing on AI for the sake of innovation, the question now is how to align new tools with real business problems. That means looking beyond dashboards and pilots to deploy AI where it can simplify decision-making and improve processes.

At Beroe, this principle is central to how AI solutions are developed, deployed, and scaled. As the company behind the world’s leading procurement intelligence platform, Beroe provides real-time market data, cost analysis, and supplier risk assessments, empowering thousands of organisations globally to streamline operations and mitigate risks. Its latest advances in autonomous negotiation, supplier discovery, and predictive analytics show what it means to align AI with business objectives.

Speaking with Prerna Dhawan, Chief Product Officer at Beroe, during this year’s DPW New York conference, the discussion explored how procurement leaders can move beyond hype and start unlocking the full potential of AI.

Misalignment with business needs

There are plenty of real-world examples of how AI can improve efficiency within a business, from automating manual tasks like invoice processing to identifying new suppliers based on complex sourcing criteria. Accessing this technology is easier than ever with a wide range of tools available to procurement professionals. It can be tempting to jump on the bandwagon and integrate AI across every area of an organisation, but success requires a more nuanced approach.

The key is to ask the right questions, Dhawan explains: “We talk about all the latest and greatest technology out there, but what does it mean in practical terms? We need to ask, ‘How can I apply it today in the work I am doing as a head of product or as a procurement professional?’”

The allure of generative AI is especially strong, but business leaders should ask whether that’s the right solution for their needs. As with any decision, it’s important to consider the business problem. “It starts with a little bit of knowledge about what you’re looking for,” says Dhawan. “What are some of your biggest challenges, and which of those challenges could AI technology solve?”

Matching the right tool to the job

Once an organisation has identified a specific problem, it’s possible to find the AI solution that fits. While generative AI gets a lot of attention, other AI technologies and machine learning based systems might be more appropriate. 

In some cases, prescriptive, rule-based, or predictive AI could be a better choice to solve a problem without the need for a large language model. For example, forecasting commodity prices doesn’t require generative AI, just strong, contextual machine learning. 

“We are looking at AI across two dimensions,” says Dhawan. “Firstly, what is our offering to customers, in terms of procurement intelligence and autonomous negotiation technology. Second, we are looking at AI internally. Let’s say in product development, how do we use the latest AI solutions to accelerate our product development cycles so we can release new modules and capabilities more quickly.”

Regardless of the type of tool chosen, it should cover a high-impact use case. Integrating AI to solve a problem that only surfaces for a small group of people a couple of times a year won’t have a great return on investment. Instead, look for regularly occurring problems that, if fixed, could have a huge impact on productivity or quality. 

Reducing the cognitive load

We’re already bombarded by information, and the use of AI to add to this doesn’t make sense. “I don’t need another dashboard in my life,” says Dhawan. 

When implemented correctly, AI can make data more accessible while reducing cognitive load for users. The result is increased productivity and faster decision-making. 

“I think the power of AI is to simplify access to data. This is why ChatGPT has been a success: it democratises access to information. That’s what our B2B technology world is waiting for. It gives me something simple that allows me to talk to my data. Then I can focus on what insights I need to make a decision or take action.”

For most B2B users, the key is intelligent simplification. Look for ways to simplify access to data through agent AI tools and conversational interfaces. This brings the focus back to action rather than dashboards.

Inside Beroe

While many procurement teams are still exploring AI’s potential, Beroe has already embedded it across both its platform and internal operations. The company, founded in 2006, provides procurement intelligence to thousands of organisations worldwide. Its platform delivers the critical data that professionals need to make informed sourcing decisions, from commodity prices and risk indicators to ESG scores and supplier intelligence.

“We provide all data that procurement needs for decision making, whether it’s cost data, risk data, ESG data or price data,” says Dhawan. “Our reimagination of the future is not just giving access to more data but creating that layer of recommendations that help you make decisions at speed and scale.”

One of the clearest examples of this in action is Beroe’s new ‘autonomous negotiations’ platform resulting from its recent acquisition of negotiation technology business, nnamu.  Delivering a significant evolution in the procurement technology landscape the platform enhances the foundational elements of AI and game theory with Beroe’s industry-leading market intelligence and, according to Dhawan, it’s being deployed successfully in live sourcing scenarios.

“This is a technology that is being used for multilateral negotiations,” Dhawan explained. “It’s no longer just a POC or prototype, it’s live and being used at scale.” These new tools reflect Beroe’s core mission: to help procurement professionals minimise surprises and maximise margins. 

Crucially, Beroe isn’t waiting for perfect data to apply these technologies. Instead, the company is using AI to work with what’s available — cleansing, interpreting, and extracting value from both structured and unstructured sources.

“You can use AI for cleansing data – even paper contracts,” Dhawan says. “Historically, we thought data had to be structured. But now, with vision models and image analytics, that’s no longer the case.”

Rather than striving for 100% accuracy before taking action, Beroe embraces a more agile mindset that balances speed and precision. 

Is mindset holding procurement back?

The technology is ready. The use cases are proven. So why do so many procurement teams still hesitate to embrace AI? “There’s this subconscious fear that I think is a barrier to adoption,” she said. “And to some extent, it’s to do with our friends in Hollywood.”

There’s the myth that AI is a job-threatening black box, especially in industries where trust and experience are the backbone of good decision-making. For procurement, where professional judgement and business context are critical, the idea of handing over tasks to AI can feel risky.

But Dhawan believes this fear is misplaced. At Beroe, AI isn’t replacing procurement professionals, it’s augmenting them. Whether it’s surfacing new suppliers, automating elements of negotiation, or flagging risks earlier in the sourcing cycle, the aim is to enhance human decision-making. She says: “I think with the new kinds of AI technology that’s available to us, it is an opportunity for us in B2B tech to embrace more human-centred design with higher focus on UX.”

Looking ahead

Looking ahead to 2026 and beyond, Dhawan sees procurement evolving into a more personalised and responsive function – one where AI plays a critical role in both strategy and execution.

“We see hyper-personalisation coming, both in supplier relationships and internal stakeholder engagement,” she explains. “AI will be at the centre of that.”

Rather than one-size-fits-all sourcing strategies, AI will enable procurement teams to tailor their approaches to specific business units, categories, or even individual suppliers. This means smarter segmentation, more relevant insights, and stronger commercial outcomes.

Another key shift is the growing ability to connect macro events, such as geopolitical shocks or regulatory changes, with micro actions inside the business. AI can help procurement teams identify these signals earlier, respond faster, and still align with long-term goals such as cost efficiency or sustainability.

“It’s about balancing your fire-fighting reactions to market events with your long term goals and strategy,” says Dhawan. “Procurement needs visibility and flexibility at the same time.”

Beroe is already moving in this direction. Alongside its growing AI capabilities, the company is refining how it delivers intelligence, building agents and recommendation layers that not only inform decisions, but also help teams take action on them. Whether that means automating routine negotiations or proactively flagging supply risks, Beroe is evolving to meet the needs of a procurement function that’s more dynamic than ever.

As Dhawan points out, the goal isn’t to overwhelm teams with more tools, it’s to make their lives easier. “It’s about reducing complexity and giving procurement professionals confidence in what to do next,” she concludes.

For many procurement leaders, AI still feels like a long-term ambition. But the solutions are already here, and through companies like Beroe, they’re already in use. The challenge now is not whether AI can deliver value. It’s whether teams are ready to adopt the mindset and cultural shift that will allow them to unlock that value.

Jonathan Jackman, Regional VP at Kinaxis, dives into how AI is reshaping supply chain planning.

Artificial intelligence (AI) is often seen as a threat to jobs, with a recent TUC poll showing half of UK adults worry that AI will take their job. When it comes to the supply chain sector, AI is shaping up to be a powerful tool that empowers planners to take on more creative, fulfilling roles. 

The prospect of AI-enabled supply chain planning is an exciting one for both professionals and businesses. Scaling operations without the need to massively increase headcount is a major selling point for any enterprise, while for professionals, the prospect of removing the repetitive, mundane and manual processes that restrict and slow effective planning is surely a promising one.  

Far from job elimination, AI is a major upgrade for supply chain workers in a number of different ways. We’re entering a new era of increasingly autonomous AI systems, which will elevate supply chain planning to new heights. So, how exactly will the day-to-day role of the planner evolve as we go further into the AI era? 

Humans still in control 

First, it’s important to dispel a myth: the supply chains of the future will not be “driverless”. Many believe that AI, and particularly agentic AI, has the potential to run supply chains on autopilot. This is far from reality: while AI can surface insights, automate tasks and even take action in a crisis, it will always need to be augmented by a human to fully interpret the nuances of the real-world. 

This human oversight is a crucial failsafe. There will be many times where AI flags potential shortages and proposes the best way to respond, but it will only ever be as good as the insights it is fed and the guidance given by human. For example, what if it is missing a crucial bit of real-time information about an upcoming election which could lead to disruptive trade challenges? While the algorithms. may be great at crunching the numbers and making recommendations, only a human planner can assess the full context surrounding a decision before deciding action. 

The future of supply chain planning isn’t AI instead of humans, it will be AI and humans. In the AI era, supply chain professionals will be the orchestrators, steering AI systems and validating recommendations with important human insights and context.  

Each planner is likely to have fleets of AI agents beneath them, acting as demand forecasters, inventory optimisers and scenario simulators – feeding information back to the supply chain professionals to empower them to make the best decisions based on the maximum amount of data analysis, all done in real time. 

Planners unleashed 

With AI handling the mundane and routine supply chain tasks, planners will be unleashed to focus on the creative, strategic elements of the job that machines simply cannot do: building relationships, working with partners, building and selling strategy, and, of course, managing AI agents. 

Consider negotiations with partners, for example, AI won’t be able to compete with a human. It will, though, supply planners with the data they need to enter those discussions armed with deeper insights than ever before, empowering them to work more effectively. 

Planners will also play a critical role in shaping the very AI tools they use – training models, curating data, and ensuring outputs reflect reality. Over time, this human feedback loop will make the technology even more valuable.     

One key evolutionary step we are starting to see is the emergence of Autonomous Concurrent Orchestration. Currently, many vendors focus on agents automating existing siloed processes, but in the future, we will see more agents that synchronise planning decisions across functions – procurement, logistics, manufacturing – in real time. Agent-to-agent communication will break down silos and speed up problem solving and decision making, easing the burden on supply chain professionals. 

Augmenting, not replacing 

Perhaps artificial intelligence is the wrong phrase when it comes to supply chains Instead, the industry should be discussing augmented intelligence, where machines unlock insights and real-time decision making that simply wasn’t possible when tasks relied on manual processes.   

For planners, the AI era promises exciting change: embracing new tools and evolving alongside this technology is not only good for business, but good for the careers of supply chain professionals. 

  • AI in Supply Chain

Moving the supply chain can often be a knee-jerk reaction, but it’s important to think strategically about whether relocating is the best idea

1. Why do you think moving the supply chain tends to be a knee-jerk reaction when tariffs rise or trade tensions flare?

It’s a reaction that comes from a place of urgency. Tariffs go up, or trade tensions escalate, and there’s a natural impulse to act quickly – especially when there’s pressure from leadership or shareholders. On the surface, moving a supply chain seems like a strong, decisive move. But in reality, it’s rarely that simple.

More often than not, relocating is a reaction to symptoms rather than strategy. Companies that take a step back and model the full impact – including the hidden costs – usually find the situation is more nuanced. As I’ve seen firsthand, staying put can often be the smarter call when you factor in the broader operational picture.

2. What’s the best way to assess total landed cost when considering a relocation?

You really need to go beyond tariffs and labor rates. A solid total landed cost analysis should include freight costs, customs duties, inventory holding, quality risks, and the cost of time – how long it’ll take to requalify a new supplier or ramp up a new site.

You also want to include softer but very real risks: supplier reliability, logistics infrastructure, responsiveness, and even talent availability. In my work, we use a scenario-based approach that models different outcomes – best case, most likely, worst case – because it’s rarely a linear comparison. You’re not just swapping one cost center for another; you’re rebuilding an ecosystem.

3. What’s the potential cost of relocating too quickly? Is there anything companies tend to overlook?

Yes – and quite a few things, actually. A big one is requalification, especially in regulated sectors. That process can take months and delay your go-to-market timeline significantly. Another is supplier know-how. Longtime partners often bring embedded knowledge – whether that’s tooling nuances, production techniques, or troubleshooting expertise – that’s hard to replicate elsewhere.

Companies also tend to overlook the operational strain. Transitioning a supply chain can drain resources internally – procurement, quality, engineering – and if you’re already stretched, that can be a real problem. Rushing into a move without a proper risk buffer can end up being far more expensive than the tariff you were trying to avoid in the first place.

4. How should companies weigh short-term political or economic incentives against long-term resilience?

It’s a balance. Short-term gains – like avoiding a specific tariff – can be compelling. But the question we often pose to clients is: Will this decision still hold up two or three years from now? Because trade policies change, political winds shift, and if your new setup is fragile, you’re simply moving from one kind of exposure to another.

Resilience is about building supply chains that can absorb shocks. That might mean sticking with a higher-cost geography because of consistency, or diversifying – not relocating – to mitigate risk. If you can model both short-term and long-term impact, and stay aligned to your strategic goals, that’s where smart decisions emerge.

5. What should companies look at when evaluating whether a country’s infrastructure or labor pool can support their supply chain needs?

There are a few core questions to ask: Can the region support the technical complexity of your product? Is the infrastructure – ports, roads, utilities – reliable? Is the labor market deep enough, and are the right skills available? And what’s the regulatory environment like – predictable, or prone to sudden shifts?

We always advise talking to companies already operating in the region. That real-world feedback – on logistics bottlenecks, compliance challenges, or workforce availability – can often highlight issues that aren’t immediately visible from data alone.

6. In your experience, what are the signs it’s time to seriously consider relocating sourcing or manufacturing?

When the risks become structural – not just a one-off disruption or a temporary cost spike. If your supplier can’t meet compliance or ESG standards, if you’re consistently seeing quality or delivery issues, or if the geopolitical environment starts affecting your ability to operate with confidence – that’s when a relocation conversation becomes necessary.

It’s also important to remember that “relocating” doesn’t always mean a full exit. Sometimes it means adding a secondary source, or shifting one tier of the supply chain, while keeping core capabilities in place.

7. How long should companies expect a country-to-country shift to take, realistically?

If we’re talking about a full shift – from decision to full production ramp-up – it’s usually 12 to 36 months. That depends on the industry, of course. A low-complexity product in a lightly regulated sector can move faster. But high-spec manufacturing? With quality controls, tooling transfer, compliance certification? That takes time – and trying to compress that timeline often leads to serious issues down the line.

8. What technologies or tools are helping companies make better sourcing location decisions now than in the past?

We’re seeing a lot of progress here. Companies are using AI and predictive analytics to model risk exposure and simulate cost scenarios. Digital twins are gaining traction – they let you map your supply chain virtually and test what would happen under different disruptions. Supplier risk platforms are also far more sophisticated, incorporating ESG data, political risk scores, and even weather patterns.

Five years ago, this kind of real-time scenario planning wasn’t widely available. Now it’s increasingly essential.

9. Given current conditions—tariffs, geopolitical risk, ESG pressure—how much more complex do you expect supply chains to become by 2030?

Significantly more complex. We’re already seeing how global trade isn’t just about economics anymore – it’s about national security, sustainability, and data sovereignty. And that’s driving more regulation, more reporting requirements, and more pressure to be agile. Add in climate volatility and changing consumer expectations, and you’re looking at a supply chain environment that’s constantly in motion.

The companies that thrive will be the ones that build optionality into their supply chains – and invest in visibility, partnerships, and technology to stay ahead of the curve.

10. Anything else to add?

Yes – just that sometimes, the smartest move is to stay where you are and optimise. It may not feel as bold as a relocation, but doubling down on what’s working – while building in resilience and flexibility – can be just as strategic. It’s not about reacting to headlines. It’s about making decisions that hold up in the long run.

  • Sourcing & Procurement

The two-day event (9th-10th September) offers attendees all the tools they need to improve their resilience and adaptability.

Be the CHAINge you want to see in supply chain, and join fellow supply chain professionals at CHAINge North America. Located at the Greater Columbus Convention Center, in the heart of Columbus, Ohio, the two-day event (9th-10th September) offers attendees all the tools they need to improve their resilience and adaptability.

SupplyChain Strategy readers receive an exclusive $200 discount when registering for CHAINge North America, by using code SCS200

The event gives attendees access to a rich agenda of learning opportunities, covering topics such as:

  • Supply chain digitalisation
  • Data visibility
  • Risk and resilience 
  • Future-proofing supply chains
  • Woman in supply chain
  • Harnessing AI

And much more. Those attending CHAINge North America join their peers for two days of interactive learning, lively discussion, and novel ideas to drive change in their own supply chain. 

All supply chain professionals and executives are welcome to become part of the movement and discover the latest in supply chain innovation.

Register today and use our exclusive discount code: SCS200

As well as eye-opening talks, CHAINge North America attendees gain access to:

  • 10-minute innovation tech showcases
  • Educational breakout sessions
  • Use case theatres
  • Industry Q&A

Join your fellow professionals on the 9th and 10th of September for this industry-leading event. Register now and use code SCS200 for $200 off the cost.

Industry collaboration for freight decarbonisation pilot proves sustainability and profitability can go hand-in-hand as empty miles drop.

An innovative freight decarbonisation initiative in South West England has achieved a significant milestone, with 65 loads successfully matched, generating over £68,000 in revenue for local hauliers and preventing 7,915 kg of CO2 emissions through reduced empty running, according to new data from TEG.

The collaborative project, led by Peninsula Transport and  Western Gateway STBs with TEG’s Haulage Exchange platform, has demonstrated measurable environmental and economic benefits since its expansion. The initiative now includes 11 participating haulage companies across the region, with loads posted by companies for subcontracting reaching 1,906.

Key achievements from the updated pilot programme include:

Environmental impact: 7,915 kg of CO2 emissions prevented through 9,195 miles of optimised return journeys

Economic benefit: Total revenue of over £68,000 generated for participating local hauliers

Operational efficiency: 65 loads successfully allocated to vehicles that would otherwise have travelled empty

Regional coverage: Load matching across multiple regions, with the highest activity from Greater London (10 loads), South East (15 loads), and South West (23 loads)

The data reveals strong engagement from participating companies, with businesses joining throughout 2024 and demonstrating sustained activity. Bristol-based operators feature prominently amongst the most active participants, highlighting the project’s success in building a regional network of collaborative hauliers.

The most active freight lanes include routes from the East Midlands to Exeter (129 loads), West Midlands to Exeter (128 loads), and North East to Truro (115 loads), demonstrating how the platform is successfully connecting return journey opportunities across major UK freight corridors.

Lyall Cresswell, founder & CEO of TEG, said: “These results demonstrate the real-world impact that smart logistics technology can have on both environmental and business outcomes. By giving local hauliers access to our platform, we’re not just reducing empty miles – we’re creating tangible economic value while supporting the region’s sustainability goals. The fact that we’ve generated over £68,000 for local businesses whilst preventing nearly 8 tonnes of CO2 emissions shows how collaboration and technology can drive meaningful change.”

Cllr John Stephens, Peninsula Transport, said: “The pilot project with TEG is an example of the South West Freight Strategy  in action. By cutting carbon, boosting the regional economy, and making better use of our existing freight capacity we’re pleased to be supporting cleaner, more efficient and better connected transport across the region.”

Cllr Chris Willmore, Western Gateway STB, said: “We are pleased to support the important initiative as part of our work to decarbonise freight with STB funding and guidance. Freight is so important to our economy, but is often overlooked. This pilot reduces the number of miles HGVs travel empty, which without the initiative often contribute to climate change and cost businesses money. By working collaboratively with our neighbouring STB, Peninsula Transport, we can maximise our impact on the freight industry and see our South West Freight Strategy come to life”.

The project addresses the critical industry challenge of empty running, which accounts for approximately 30% of all haulage vehicle miles according to Department for Transport data. By providing participating hauliers with access to load-matching technology through Haulage Exchange, the initiative enables businesses to find profitable return loads, improving vehicle utilisation whilst reducing environmental impact.

Vehicle types participating in the programme range from 7.5-tonne trucks to 13.6-metre articulated lorries, with 7.5-tonne vehicles showing particularly strong engagement across multiple regions. 

  • Sourcing & Procurement

SupplyChain Strategy attended July’s Exiger Executive Forum to hear from the best and the brightest in the industry.

Supply chain resilience is one of the most pressing concerns of modern business, whether executives are aware of it or not. That was the central theme of the Exiger Executive Forum held on July 23rd 2025. Titled Supply Chain Sovereignty in a Fractured World: Winning the AI and Geopolitical Race for Resilience, the event brought together business analysts, CEOs, supply chain and procurement executives, academics, and politicians for an open discussion around supply chain sovereignty and the urgent need to secure supply chains across myriad industries and territories.

As geopolitical events, trade wars, and threats to globalised networks threaten to destabilise global and local supply chains, the case for supply chain sovereignty, which is an organisation’s ability to control its supply chain and minimise dependence on external suppliers, becomes increasingly stark. However, a myriad of stakeholders must come together to enable organisations and nations to gain independent control of supply chains, and collaboration between industry, government, and academia is essential.

Three guest speakers joined Maria Villablanca, CEO and Co-Founder of Future Insights Network, each representing voices from within politics, business, and academia: Tobias Ellwood, former UK Minister and Chair of the Defence Select Committee; Koray Köse, CEO and Chief Analyst of Köse Advisory, Senior Fellow at GlobSEC Geotech Centre, and Board Member of Slave-Free Alliance; and Karsten Machholz, Professor for Supply Chain Management and Strategic Procurement at University of Applied Sciences, Wuerzburg-Schweinfurt. 

The discussion exemplified the discordancy of priorities and perspectives among senior voices from all angles regarding security, economics, policies all impacting value chains, albeit with a shared willingness to engage in secure, competitive, ethical and innovative supply chains, fuelling businesses and economies through heightened volatility in a fractured world that is recalibrating through the era of reglobalisation.

Supply chain sovereignty: Bridging political understanding, and urgency

“It is a dangerous world that we’re entering,” Ellwood warned. “If I ask you ‘Do you think the world will be safer or more dangerous in five years from now?’, I think we’d all agree in which direction it’s going. We have to then ask ourselves how we prepare for that.” To that end, Ellwood believes an increased focus on supply chain sovereignty is both an economic and military imperative.

For Ellwood, the central issue is limited understanding, both public and private, around the urgency presented by the current risk and threat environments. Through the combination of limited knowledge around supply chain complexity and an election cycle-focused impetus to enact vote-winning policies, he believes the political class lacks both the nous and urgency to prioritise supply chain sovereignty.

“After 20 years in politics, I can safely say that many politicians are simply unaware of what’s coming over the hill,” said Ellwood. “The tide took me out to the last general election, and so I went from helping to craft and nudge policy and encourage Britain to move forward to then scrutinising what we were doing, not just at home but internationally. Now that I’m outside of politics, I continue doing those same things.”

The necessity for political engagement is not lost on Köse, who through his own experiences of researching, advising and leading supply chain organisations, has been advocating for supply chain resilience as a top line driver for economies and companies, has equally encountered the depth of that disconnect.

“At an early point I realised that geopolitics is the key denominator for all value chains and all of us in this context,” he said, adding that work is overdue but starting to be underway to bridge this gap. “The London Defence Conference, as one critical congregation, is key for you all folks to be aware of. Not only because of what they do in terms of bringing the politicians into one room to debate some of the most fierce topics of the day, but it’s all about convergence. Bringing in supply chain leaders, policy makers and technology folks with a direct approach to debate.”

Villablanca noted that Ellwood’s presence was indicative of a gradually shifting tide, however. “It’s not lost on me that here we are in this panel, talking about supply chain, and we have a former politician with us,” she said. “That is very different to some of my earliest supply chain conferences where we didn’t see that, so it’s a sign of the times. Set the scene for us around why you’re here and why it’s important to discuss the geopolitical situation vis-a-vis supply chain today.”

“I spent most of my time in politics trying to strategise, trying to go four or five chess moves ahead, and I found I was on my own,” Ellwood replied. “Politicians operate for the day, for the here and now, the election cycle; the news cycle is what keeps them busy. They’re not thinking about these things and yet the world we’re now seeing in everything… everything is being weaponised because that is the change in the character of conflict.

“But today, from my perspective, I see the world splintering into two spheres of hugely competing influences. If you look at the number of countries that have signed up to China’s One Belt One Road initiative, you’ll see that many of them are either opting or hedging their bets as to where things go. 

“To make matters worse, our exemplifiers of what democracy looks like aren’t in a good place. We see what’s going on in America, British politics and so on, and Europe and America are not on the same page. We aren’t promoting global law in the sense that we had a sense of determination that we had when organisations were set up in 1945. Other nations are getting together and realising that there’s an opportunity to exploit the wobbliness of our world order and do things their own way.

“That’s where the mechanisation of just about anything comes in to cause us economic harm, to sow political discord from afar. It’s very easy to do and becoming easier simply because of the openness of our society. It means, from a rudimentary perspective, anything you do can be weaponised against you.”

“It’s very easy, from afar, to then limit your supply chains and thereby limit your capabilities. There are countries that specialise in sowing economic discord from afar. They understand and learn and know supply chains better than we do, and they can work out which missing pieces will cause our assembly lines to grind to a halt.”

That lack of preparedness, he says, is an impediment to putting the nation on a footing that could support a war effort on the scale of the World Wars.

He continued: “There’s also the prospect of preparing for war, which means that we are suddenly spending more money on defence. Our ability to switch on the supply chain levers to support military capability is not there. This is why companies that have no connection with the defence world need to think about the services they provide that might have a military bearing. In five years time, you may be called upon to do exactly that.

“That is the mindset we now need to get into. Security and economy are one and the same now, and that’s what we need to learn.”

AI, foresight, and risk strategy

The conversation then shifted to the business side, where securing critical supply chains powering key technologies such as AI, defence and security, biotech, energy and quantum computing has become a more pressing concern in the wake of a range of global disruptions through the early 2020s. 

Along with broad supply chain breakdown during the COVID-19 pandemic, the geopolitical environment has become more fraught. Escalating trade wars, the imposition of sweeping import tariffs in the US and heightening tensions between America and China have thrown globalised networks into question. Alongside those challenges, Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) directives have placed an increased onus on supply chain leaders to sanitise their supply networks against modern slavery, conflict minerals, and indirectly sourcing materials from rogue nations. The case for establishing redundancies in supply, as well as heightening visibility on an end-to-end supply basis, was thus clear amongst the panel.

“Koray, you work with a lot of different companies,” began Villablanca. “Do you think there’s a mindset issue where politics and commerciality need to come together to realise the common goal and create resilient supply chains?”

Directly, there probably is a mindset issue,” Köse replied. “I think there is a lack of clarity about the importance of geopolitics’ impact upon supply chains, and there is certainly the capability issue of understanding the context of geopolitics.” He then elaborated on the challenge by highlighting shortfalls in companies’ predictive capabilities.

“Companies operate with risk dashboards,” he continued. “Sometimes it’s just red, yellow, green, and that’s all you have. They have a few key risk indicators like financial compliance issues, quality issues, performance issues, but you never see strategic foresight. It’s retroactive, based on historical numbers. If you look at a production line it might say, ‘We didn’t have an incident for 80 days’. What if somebody were to say, ‘We won’t have an incident in the next 100 or 80 days’? You don’t see that in production; it always looks backwards because it is built on the past.

“A big problem in a lot of the military complex, and in politics, is thinking that the next war will be like the last one. They cannot necessarily understand that asymmetric, hybrid and proxy warfare is really where things are going, and the same goes for technology. Supply chains are often built on yesterday’s technology.”

To then end, he believes supply chain leaders should be more forthright in leveraging their profound influence upon business operations: “In supply chain, we see the conversation about having a ‘seat at the table’ for decades now and I always say, ‘Just bring your own freaking table’, and invite everybody to it. Everything, every cent in an organisation, goes through you. Own that leverage and don’t run after them, invite them to come to you. Your table is where value is generated, secured and innovation and competitiveness are established. You hold the fate of the future.”

As to politics’ place within meeting this challenge, Villablanca asked Ellwood whether the political sphere could be doing more to shape the corporate agenda.

Yes, and that last point you said is the most critical; recognising that there is a massive risk, that this is a very different world that we’re now facing, and I expect the point that’s really being made is the absence of politicians,” he said. “The politicians themselves need to be told what we need because their expertise in understanding this arena is poor.

“China now owns the periodic table. If you are into silicon wafers, where’s your serum going to come from? If you’re into magnets, where’s your Europium going to come from? You need to know this sort of detail, and it’s not just you yourself. It’s your suppliers and the suppliers of your suppliers, too.”

While supply chain transparency has undoubtedly increased in recent years, he stressed that considerable work remains to realise total visibility.

“At a recent procurement event I was astonished at how many household names were unaware of what their second and third-tier partners were doing during the procurement cycle,” Ellwood continued. “They didn’t understand the vulnerabilities, down to the SMEs, of what’s going on. If the assembly line stops then that’s quite serious, but what’s going to happen because of that stress? 

“There are people who don’t understand it over here, not recognising that our competitors are deliberately looking at our supply chains and working out where that vulnerability lies. It is so that Ford stops making trucks, so that pharmaceuticals stop making medicines. Ministers are ignorant about this and we need to become better at it. This is the frontline of the next war that we’ll fight, and that war is coming.”

“I would add that some can’t fathom the complexity of certain supply chains and the vulnerability and risk associated with multiple tiers within them,” Villablanca posited. “There’s probably a translation issue with regards to business and politics around supply chain.”

To this, Ellwood stressed that international government groups hold the keys to unlocking a broader understanding within members’ respective political spheres.

“The G7, the Five Eyes Alliance, this is where these conversations need to go,” said Ellwood. “To recognise this must be a priority within the western world, we now need to have an alternative source to make sure that we can build our aircraft, we can build our factories, we can build our products. It isn’t so much the rare earth minerals themselves, but it’s the processing. Setting up a processing factory for rare earth minerals takes almost a decade.”

Here, a guest interjected with a point that hearkened back to Ellwood’s own admission that politicians have an innate directive to focus on local, vote-winning issues: “Politicians recognise there are no votes in this. The average MP will say their inbox is full of ‘fix the NHS’, ‘get the roads fixed’.”

Resolving political challenges such as those, Ellwood replied, is predicated upon strengthening economies to open fiscal headroom for public investment.

“If our economy is affected by problems with our supply chains, there’ll be no money in the treasury,” he explained. “Not for health, transport, potholes, policing, defence. It’s imperative that if you want to fill the coffers, then we need to protect ourselves. You can only do that with supply chain resilience. As a politician, you’ve got to take the people with you if you want to make the case.”

Villablanca then repositioned the conversation with regards to pressing issues around sustainability.

“There’s a lot of risk associated with our supply chains that goes beyond geopolitics,” she said. “We also have climate issues, economic issues. How do we maintain sovereignty in our supply chains while still trying to pursue goals around sustainability?”

“Supply chain transparency is something that I advocated for when I was a young consultant in the early 2000s when my hair was not so grey,” said Machholz, highlighting the gradual shift in supply chain priorities around identifying the finer details across those networks. “It isn’t a new topic and in the EU we now have the Critical Raw Materials Act.

Machholz drew the conversation towards sustainability in the context of integrity and continuity. “I’m German, and what we have is engineering power. We are good at car and machine manufacturing, but we have no natural resources. We have a little bit of coal, but all other things need to be imported. There have to be some sources to get those things.

“There’s Trump and tariffs going up and down, and we have some other geopolitical tensions affecting supply. You might say, ‘Where do I source this particular thing from? We don’t really have a second source of supply, because both of these sources are located in the same geographical spot.’ Maybe both of them are coming out of China.”

For Machholz, lessons to be gleaned around forecasting with technology’s latest predictive capabilities were presented en masse by the pandemic. “If we look at COVID, almost all supply chains were disrupted and you were running out of materials,” he continued. “You needed to be much more risk alert, and this is the problem we have already touched on: not looking in the back mirror, but using your data and turning insights into foresights to see what could happen, and then being agile and adapting.

“Sustainability could be one thing, having several sources, having alternatives, but of course, especially if we’re talking about critical raw materials, critical parts or maybe patent-protected or monopolistic suppliers, we are in an ambitious situation, put it that way, to find some alternatives.”

Machholz stressed: “This is something that each supply chain manager, CPO, and CFO, needs to understand to set boards’ scenarios. I’m pretty sure with the help of artificial intelligence we can elaborate much more on our data and predict different scenarios so we can be more prepared rather than just reactive.”

Shifting from cost-cutting to resilience

Of course, supply chain executives are under siege from an enormous breadth of challenges, whether it’s geopolitics, technological evolution as both a benefit and a threat, and shifts in consumer behaviours precipitated by those same factors. Rising to meet those challenges on all fronts, especially in a business landscape that often adheres to cost optimisation and efficiency over investing in resilience, can give rise to decision paralysis or financially-stymied strategies.

Turning to Köse, Villablanca asked: “There’s a mountain of black swan events lurking around us, ready to attack at any minute. What are the things that a supply chain leader should be focusing on today to try to build resilience?”

“To be honest, I don’t think they’re looking at building resilience,” said Köse. “What they’re doing right now is cost optimisation, looking at inflation and making sure that the profit margins are going to be protected through the bottom line, not considering top line revenue maximisation. 

“I think agility and economics always need to come back to top line, which basically means in the context of normal business 101 you are producing something, that there is a want and a need and a willingness to pay, and not necessarily hyper-focusing on the cost line or saying, ‘I’m not going to produce a bunch of bullshit that nobody’s going to pay for, just because I got to claim savings to my CFO’.”

I’m going to challenge you there,” Villablanca interjected. “I think, theoretically, that’s great, but everybody in this room is running a business. We have our own boards, people above us, board directors and so on saying, at the end of the day, you are remunerated and we are all remunerated for our quotas. How do you deal with the day-to-day management of your business as well as building that kind of resilience, agility and visibility?”

To this, Köse stressed that the difference can be made by reframing how businesses examine and counteract risk. “We’re thinking about turning the tide by really embedding foresight in risk indicators. Those risk indicators need to incorporate geotechnical, geostrategic issues with foresight,” he continued before highlighting what he implied to be a tendency for organisations to bury their heads in the sand when faced with developing geopolitical challenges.

“I published an article before Russia invaded Ukraine, about Russia getting ready to invade Ukraine, that went through loads of red tape and debate internally that calling Russia an aggressor was cancelled out from the research note,” said Köse. “They said, ‘You can’t say that’ while it was pretty obvious that Russia were clearly the aggressors. 

“The supply chain-focused function needs to spread out and have these geopolitical indicators, geotech-related risk indicators, and not just the last financial report from your supplier A to Z or tier one or tier two.

“We must then tie it back to the value and revenue you’re generating. Get away from this hyper focus and obsession with savings. In that context, make your analytics smarter with a bold analysis of things that you feel uncomfortable about. Think about ‘what now?’ and think about politics. I know we eradicated politics out of business as much as we eradicated many other beliefs from the conversation, but it has to come back.”

With this in mind, he proposed that cost optimisation is to an organisation’s detriment where resilience is concerned, not to its security. “Your indicators for success are not just on the cost line item or bottom line. Your priority must be on the top line. If I sell more, I can grow. With cost optimisation you can shrink yourself to death. That’s what some countries have done with political reviews where you shrink this, you shrink that, let’s shrink here, let’s shrink there. Potholes, collapsing bridges and rail systems, come because of the shrinkage of your investment budget for public infrastructure, for example. What I have found in the last decade of the sustainability high is that it actually impeded resilience, while the narrative said it was supposed to increase resilience.”

To this, Machholz highlighted the data behind Köse’s comments that resilience offers heightened growth potential than cost-cutting measures.

There were some studies from McKinsey which showed that companies who are investing in risk management are 4.7 times more profitable than those who don’t,” Machholz shared, stressing that businesses engaged in this mindset are missing growth opportunities. 

“People just fall back and say, ‘Okay, now the risk is over, COVID is over, whatever event is over,” he continued. “‘We can just go back to business as usual’. Resilience is just extra cost, extra inventory, maybe a second supply chain that needs attention, money, and people to take care of it, and they just simply don’t do it. This is, I think, one of the big threats that we are all facing.”

Exiger Executive Forum: A closer look 

The Exiger Executive Forum (EEF) in London is a global think tank that brings together elite independent voices from strategy, policy, technology and business to equip leaders with the frameworks and foresight needed to navigate the multipolar era. The EEF is exclusively curated for industry experts, analysts, policy makers, and senior procurement and supply chain decision-makers through Exiger, a market-leading supply chain AI company. The next Exiger Executive Forum ‘War-time Economics: How Europe’s €800BN Defence Spend Will Reshape Supply Chains’ will take place in London on Thursday, September 18th, 2025.

Ellwood concurred that this lack of foresight and willingness to invest in protective supply chain measures leaves businesses undefended against interruptions both foreseen and not. “We need to prepare ourselves for unexpected events to happen as the norm,” he said. “What would happen to any business if it didn’t have power for 72 hours? How would you look after your personnel? How do you make sure you salvage the business so that, after 72 hours, you can get back up and running. These aren’t questions that we naturally posed at the moment because again, we tend to park these things.

“The mentality may be, ‘The world certainly feels like it’s getting dangerous, but my life actually looks okay.’ That isn’t the right attitude. If you go to Sweden or Finland, who are much closer to the war with Russia, they are preparing in a way that we are not for a major event or incident. It may well be that when something happens and it’s the moment where governments wake up, but you shouldn’t be waiting for that moment.”

Villablanca then highlighted the recent, universal example of poor supply chain resilience bringing business, both domestic and international, to a grinding halt. “Did we learn nothing from COVID?” she asked. “Did we not take the opportunity to stress test our supply chains and look for the vulnerabilities within multiple layers?”

In response, Ellwood invited guests to consider whether the muscle developed in response to COVID’s interruptions had been allowed to atrophy. “I think that’s a question for everybody; how much of that was retained?” he asked before blending the conversation of supply chain agility with the potential for organisations to support national security should their respective nations go to war. 

“During COVID, supply opportunities came about,” he said. “Everyone here today represents diverse businesses. What services do you provide that you could tweak or add value to where something else has fallen short? 

“That’s where life really becomes interesting because that’s what happened in the First and Second World Wars. We called on organisations that previously had no interest in helping out with the war effort to add support and value to the wider machine and protect ourselves from a resilience perspective.”

Challenges faced by supply chains, he explained, have analogues to business that clearly marry the political and business spheres: “When we say ‘war effort’ today, it isn’t just Army, Air Force, Navy, air, land and sea. It’s now cyber, it’s space, it’s coastguard, it’s AI. This greater warfare is where a lot of the real pain will happen. As happened in COVID, it’s going to be the clever people in the industry that step forward to say, ‘I’ve already thought about this’. They’re in the patent-esque mode, they’ve done the work to say, with a few tweaks here and there, give us some extra money, and I can alter what I’m producing to provide a solution.”

The roles of government and industry

While there are clear precedents for, and incoming needs to, prioritise supply chain resilience in both the political and business spheres, the conversation made it clear that a unified front stands to offer the most impact.

The challenge, particularly in a political environment preoccupied with economic stabilisation, increased productivity, and soothed international relations, is identifying a shared north star or galvanising body to lead the shared project.

Striking at the heart of the conversation, one guest posited:If we want to align supply chain and geopolitics moving forward with a mutually-reinforcing relationship and shared goals, joint risk assessment, a focus on resilience over efficiency, and heightened cross-disciplinary talent and data,  what are the forward steps? 

“What can we within industry do in partnership with governments to move this forward?”

Representing the political voice, Ellwood replied: “There are certainly supply chain improvements that you can do on a national, sovereign basis. But from where I sit, there is a wide political threat that we face and are losing right now. One of them is to do with the energy supply, and another is the threat of AI. The quantum race will be won or lost in the next five years’ time, and that will be game-changing. It simply means that if the winner can harness the power of computing on that scale, everything’s over.”

Ellwood then invoked the technological advancements made in modern wartime, stressing that political figures must wield the mindset of those times to accelerate progress.

“I would like to see some two or three Manhattan Project equivalents, if you like, to ask, ‘How do we harness modular nuclear power?’,” he said. “That’s a very easy way to keep our lights on locally. Then, how do you harness AI? Let’s make sure it is this side of the world that wins that. 

“Again, there isn’t that coordination, that sense of urgency, because it’s too far down the road,” he concluded, then highlighting that opposing forces on the world stage already have the unified capabilities that many Western nations lack. “State, industry, and academia in China, for example, are all morphed into one and that gives them huge benefits in the race for these key arenas.”

Köse elaborated on this point by highlighting Turkey’s effective coalescence of business and government.

“If you think about the private-public national defence sector in Turkey, it came from being totally dependent on the US armoury to a leading innovator of drone wars,” Köse explained. “When you think about asymmetric warfare, innovative, impactful and economic weaponry, from drones to secure soldier transportation and all of that, think about what Turkey is producing right now in technology compared to others. The headway Turkey experienced in the last decade in the defence sector is unprecedented.

“That private-public sector coalition and symbiosis has covered such a need for them in a decade that many are surprised. I think that is something that Europe has to relearn, because Europe thinks a lot about public sector dominance in an area where the private sector should actually take charge. In the US, it’s the opposite. They say, ‘keep the public sector out’. The solution lies in collaboration and bringing each sectors strength to the table while leaving out their weaknesses and flaws.

While of course not advocating for adopting the political model, he agreed with Ellwood that nations like China have an innate advantage in this race. “When you think about the way that the autocratic countries are going about it, it’s the public sector dominating the private sector environment,” he said. “That’s why they’re so hyperfocused on things and they can scale but not necessarily innovate in this sector.

“I love the government when it’s in the right place to actually do something positive and impactful. But when I’m exposed to it, I usually get anxiety issues due to the lack of pragmatism, innovation and agility. But hopefully there’s this convergence of politics, business and academia driving intelligence into critical sectors and industry, and we’re trying to drive it through this think tank here.”

The unified case for supply chain sovereignty

Exiger’s Supply Chain Sovereignty in a Fractured World event was an enlightening review of the supply chain landscape and the myriad challenges and stakeholders it encompasses. 

While the panellists’ conversation in many ways highlighted the disconnect between government, business, and academia, the resonating message was one of shared pressures and goals. Where governments have pulled back on the reins of public spending, many organisations have in kind adopted a cost-optimisation mindset that may protect the bottom line but opens the door to heightened vulnerability. 

Where governments must consider challenges around energy sovereignty and insulating populations against the breakdown of globalised networks – as was demonstrated upon Russia’s invasion of Ukraine in 2022 – supply chain executives must create redundancies to cover lapses and minimise potential disruptions to production and wider organisational integrity.

The guests’ final comment, that states which can marry both the public and private spheres towards shared interests, neatly encapsulates the urgency with which those worlds must reunite. While much work remains to enmesh those spheres, it is clear that the conversation is progressing at pace.

James Watson and Rachel Noll, Argon & Co, explore how smarter use of data, automation, and robotics can help manufacturers unlock productivity.

The UK government’s newly launched industrial strategy was long in the making, but has arrived with bold ambitions. Its 10-year roadmap for economic growth has a firm bet on advanced manufacturing as one of the eight high-potential industries in the UK, along with sectors like financial services, clean energy, and life sciences.

For many operating in this sector, this support couldn’t have arrived soon enough. Manufacturing has been pushed from disruption to disruption, hampered by inflation, persistent labour shortages, and global supply chain crises. Businesses have been urgently calling for tools to help them do more with less, and, against this backdrop, the government’s commitment to invest in digital transformation and skills has been widely welcomed.

The industrial strategy features investment in specialist advisory services and organisations to increase technology and robotics adoption across advanced manufacturing. But the big question is now whether it will deliver the change that manufacturers are hankering for, especially in relation to smart manufacturing.

How manufacturers can get smart: in five stages

Central to the Advanced Manufacturing Sector Plan is a push to scale the adoption of robotics, data, and advanced digital technologies. While cutting-edge automation and predictive AI are becoming more accessible, many manufacturers – particularly SMEs – still lack the maturity or infrastructure to implement them.

The industrial strategy aims to bridge this gap, announcing a new Robotics and Autonomous Systems (RAS) programme, backed by an initial investment of £40 million. This will establish a new network of Robotics Adoption Hubs – physical centres with the expertise, equipment, and connections to accelerate firms’ adoption of robotics. These will be designed as a ‘one-stop shop’ to help end-users invest in RAS technologies in a safe, low-risk environment.

However, smarter manufacturing also needs to be backed by operational visibility and a strong data foundation. Here’s how manufacturers can embark on this journey successfully:

Stage one: Increase operational visibility

Manufacturers first need sight of their core operational metrics to define and monitor performance. After all, you cannot improve what you don’t measure.

Many manufacturers still rely on paper-based reports and inconsistent metrics, making it hard to compare shifts or pinpoint problems. Without operational visibility, actions tend to be reactive and retrospective. Perhaps a shift has underperformed, but without reliable data, it’s impossible to identify the cause.

The first step is defining consistent metrics across all shifts – such as operatives per line, output per line, downtime reasons, or quality defects. Even simple tools like whiteboards or spreadsheets can instil the habit of consistent data capture and begin building a mindset of continuous improvement. The input might be manual and prone to human error, but it provides a common point of reference and highlights areas needing further insight. 

Stage two: Build deeper operational insight

Capturing data in an automated format is inherently more reliable, as it doesn’t require human interpretation. Data such as scan times, equipment health and performance, and employee clock-in and out times can feed into visualisation tools like Power BI or Grafana, helping to spot trends and anomalies over time.

Data is ideally stored in a data warehouse to allow for secure deposit and retrieval in a structured format. Layering information from different sources can reveal patterns. For example, does the mechanical equipment perform consistently at all hours? Are reworks linked to break times?

Organisations may spend longer in this phase retrieving, cleansing, and analysing data, but it’s a vital foundation for future analytics.

Stage three: Apply predictive analytics

One of the defining features of smarter manufacturing is being able to predict what’s happening next and act on it – and predictive analytics can bring this to the factory floor. With knowledge of trends, organisations can begin to form corrective courses of action, strategies of intervention, and avoid downtime. For instance, if the data shows that breakdowns spike after 100 hours of runtime, repairs and servicing can be scheduled in advance. Or, if absenteeism spikes after bank holidays, extra staff can be rostered.

Stage four: Use prescriptive analytics

At this stage, it is assumed the organisation has a strong data foundation. Prescriptive analytics recommends specific actions based on historical feedback loops: detecting a trend, initiating a response, and measuring its effectiveness.

By combining data sources, like weather, complaints, and inbound profiles, organisations can run probability-based models to suggest specific checks or actions. However, human judgment is still required to execute or validate these suggestions. To build trust, models should offer tracing to help users understand why a decision has been made.

Stage five: Become self-optimising

At this final stage, responses are automated, based on high confidence in the data and models. Trust in data is key to achieving full insights maturity. Getting here has likely taken time, learning, and refinement, and as a result, can be relied upon with little human intervention. Like Google Maps rerouting you in real-time around traffic, self-optimising systems react instantly to disruptions – the user only needs to accept or decline the suggestion.

A “human-in-the-loop” retains a level of control, but decisions can be made in seconds. While full automation across the value chain is ambitious, it can be prioritised in high-value areas.

The human factor

While the industrial strategy is welcomed with open arms by most in the industry, success still depends on people as much as policy. While the journey is data-driven, people are the linchpin to progress – or the lack of.

Resistance to change is common. Humans simply cannot process large volumes of data as effectively as a machine can, but their insight is vital for interpreting results and providing context. Ultimately, the most effective smart manufacturing journeys have a perfect blend of human intuition with machine intelligence. 

  • Digital Supply Chain

Simon Bowes, CVP Manufacturing Industry Strategy EMEA at Blue Yonder, on how to navigate challenging situations in supply chain.

Organisations worldwide continue to face severe supply chain disruptions, creating immense operational challenges. Compounding these difficulties is a bleak economic outlook that shows few signs of improving, keeping consumer confidence stubbornly low.

Meanwhile, experts are claiming that President Trump may stand firm on his plans for sweeping global tariffs. This is despite a US trade court ruling that the President had exceeded his authority in imposing the duties and ordered an immediate block on them – only for a federal appeals court to temporarily reinstate the most sweeping of the President’s tariffs. This means tariffs remain an ongoing problem and, the UK market will likely face further disruption.

When you factor in increased costs, labour shortages, escalating geopolitical tensions, cybersecurity attacks, and weather-related disasters (like the $27 billion in damages seen in the US alone), it’s evident that constant instability has become the new normal for supply chains.

Senior executives agree, with 84% stating in a recent survey, that they have encountered disruptions within their supply chain over the past year. Therefore, organisations must be prepared for the unexpected, understand the potential consequences, and have a plan in place to mitigate such risks. 

How can organisations create a strategy for the unpredictable? The answer is by building a comprehensive plan that integrates the capabilities, processes, and technologies needed to operate efficiently, no matter what happens.

End-to-end supply chain planning

The first step is to create an overarching strategy that encompasses the entire supply chain. Having visibility across all areas will support synchronised planning and communication across disparate functions. 

When organisations bring together teams and processes, they can start to overcome the traditionally fragmented approach to supply chain management. Uncoordinated procedures inevitably create an inefficient and weaker supply chain, which makes it particularly vulnerable to disruptions. 

Whereas, resilience is strengthened by collaboration between functions, if backed with integrated data systems and communication methods to enable sharing of real-time information. Keeping all parties in the loop, with relevant data and meaningful insights, encourages better and faster responses to problems, as well as increases awareness of potential forthcoming issues.

Ideally, what’s needed is an end-to-end connected platform where all departments, offices and sites are working from the same consistent, up-to-date data. And, are not required to change systems to find or cross-check relevant information and iron out anomalies.

Smart decision making with AI and automation

Next, it’s vital to incorporate intelligent automation to improve and speed up decision making. Companies are already using data tools to forecast supply and demand planning, but they now can incorporate AI’s ‘always-on’ capabilities to dynamically evaluate and adapt to changes in supply and demand.  

AI-powered solutions can assess how work is progressing by automating data gathering for analysis and optimisation. Automation can handle routine issues, leaving supply chain professionals free to focus on more strategic tasks. Furthermore, AI can facilitate transparent, trackable decision-making to accommodate predicted supply chain disruptions or react to unexpected ones. This level of auditing provides vital insights that will help refine future decisions and actions for the next time similar circumstances materialise, improving outcomes in the long-term.

Additionally, organisations can leverage AI to predict the likelihood of disruptive events happening. Knowing how often they occur and how they have unfolded in the past can inform decision-making and planning. Whether that’s examining competitor behaviour or economic trends, AI tools can process millions of pieces of real-world data to model likely what-if and worst-case scenarios that could impact the supply chain. While these instances may seldom occur, proactive scenario pre-planning provides the foundation for an effective response in the event of real-world disruptions or disasters.

Organisations should identify the specific issues which present the highest risk to their business and ensure appropriate mitigation measures are ready to be activated immediately they are needed.

Investment in flexible, agile solutions

Restrictive working practices coupled with outdated technology can make it harder to react effectively when disruptions occur. Building long-term supply chain resilience means finding a best-in-class solution and partner with deep domain expertise to guide deployment of appropriate modern technologies.

When considering options, businesses should keep in mind fundamental requirements for flexible, agile technologies. These include checking how a software or platform supports data integration and cross-organisational collaboration, whether it can simulate market conditions in near real-time, if the technology architecture is compatible with AI, and how easily does it scale.

It’s critical to have a technology platform that’s designed for scalability and extensibility to manage changing workloads and requirements. Therefore, organisations should look for products with a cloud-native architecture for scalability and resilience, a microservices-based approach for flexibility, and solutions that are easy to configure and maintain without specialised IT expertise.

Building a resilient supply chain

In today’s volatile business landscape, organisations must embed resilience into their end-to-end supply chains, supported by the right technical infrastructure. Investing in modern technologies and platforms offers additional advantages. Advanced solutions that adapt easily to changing conditions, automate manual processes, and harness the power of AI can also provide a competitive edge. For instance, AI’s ability to crunch and analyse vast amounts of data can reveal hidden opportunities stemming from unexpected events—opportunities that might have been overlooked previously.

By making smart technology decisions, organisations can build more resilient supply chains, enabling them not only to survive in current unstable conditions but also to optimise performance and operate more profitably.

By Mohammad Mesgarpour, Head of Data Sciences at Microlise, discusses why we need to think beyond data when it comes to logistics.

Data is everywhere — often invisible, but constantly at work behind the scenes. As we move through our day, it quietly powers much of what we experience. A simple card payment in a shop sets off a chain reaction: your bank processes the transaction, the store updates its stock levels, capturing vehicle location and driving behaviour location data by telematics box, and the company’s central system records the sale.

It’s data that informs the display board on a train platform, letting you know your train is just two minutes away. From our morning routines to our evening commutes, data is woven into how we live in 2025.

And the scale of it is immense.

Today, it’s estimated that there are around 181 zettabytes of data globally. That’s equivalent to one trillion gigabytes or one billion terabytes. In just a few years, this figure is expected to soar to 394 zettabytes — a rapid expansion that highlights just how central data has become to everyday life.

We may not always see it, but at every digital touchpoint, data is shaping the world around us.

Data in logistics

The logistics industry has long recognised the value of data and has been quick to adopt technologies that help improve performance and efficiency. As new tools and systems have emerged, the sector has consistently found ways to use them to its advantage.

It started with the basics. Early telemetry services, such as GPS tracking, gave operators a clear view of  their vehicles’ location on a map – a simple yet powerful tool. From there, the industry moved into deeper insights, analysing fuel consumption patterns and driving behaviours to improve overall fuel efficiency and road safety.

Since then, the capabilities have expanded significantly.

Today, vehicles can generate ten times more data than they did just ten years ago. Thanks to advances in both hardware and software, operators now have access to a wealth of information that can transform decision-making and drive smarter logistics operations.

But this volume of data doesn’t come without challenges. More data doesn’t always mean better outcomes or deeper insights. Businesses are beginning to recognise that without the right systems; high-quality and relevant data; and effective analysis, they can become overwhelmed rather than empowered.

The real opportunity lies not just in capturing data, but in turning it into meaningful, manageable and actionable insight. It can drive operational efficiency, informed decision-making and measurable business outcome.

The appliance of data science

It’s easy to assume that simply collecting data is enough to transform logistics and haulage operations. But in reality, raw data alone won’t deliver results. To drive real value, that data needs to be refined, analysed in context of strategic business objectives. This is where the real analytical challenge begins.

There’s a well-known saying in data science: garbage in, garbage out. And it’s more relevant than ever in an era where artificial intelligence tools – like ChatGPT – are increasingly part of the conversation where the quality of data directly determines the accuracy and effectiveness of the AI model’s output.

Anyone with deep subject matter expertise will quickly spot the flaws when these models are asked about highly specific topics. They may generate convincing answers based on flawed or outdated sources, and while experts can see through the inaccuracies, others may accept them at face value. When that misinformation is reused and reinforced, the cycle continues, leading to skewed conclusions and poor decisions.

The bottom line? Better data leads to better outcomes.

This principle becomes even more important in real-world applications, such as complying with the government’s updated requirement to inspect trailer braking systems at least four times a year instead of once. With accurate, well-managed data, operators can confidently predict when inspections should take place, helping to reduce downtime, avoid unnecessary checks and keep fleets moving efficiently.

Turn around, go back

Geofencing is another area where accurate data is critical to the success of logistics operations. When systems misreport how long a delivery takes after entering a geofence (delivery site), the ripple effects can disrupt far more than just one delivery.

Inaccuracies here can throw off turnaround times, leading to incorrect arrival and departure times, delayed subsequent jobs, inaccurate performance metrics and ultimately frustrated customers. What begins as a small data issue can quickly escalate, leading to missed expectations, strained relationships and inefficiencies across the board. Moreover, if this inaccurate turnaround time is fed into a machine learning model to improve future logistics planning, it can lead to a systematic degradation in the model’s reliability and usefulness, and consequently, in the effectiveness of the plan itself.

High-quality data helps avoid these pitfalls entirely. When the source information is precise, the systems built around it work as intended. And importantly, solving data issues upstream before they feed into larger workflows is far simpler than trying to fix the consequences later on.

In logistics, precision isn’t a luxury. It’s essential.

Open source informs much more

Modern technology plays a key role in identifying the behaviours that impact operational efficiency. Actions like harsh braking, rapid acceleration or excessive cornering speed all contribute to increased fuel consumption. And today’s systems don’t just monitor them, they help correct them. Moreover, onboard sensors and telematics devices track and monitor vehicle health in real time, flagging issues before they become costly problems. Whether it’s the driver, the transport manager or fleet manager, having this information early enables proactive maintenance rather than reactive fixes.

The story doesn’t stop at the vehicle.

Open-source and crowd-sourced data brings another layer of intelligence, offering a broader context that goes beyond what’s happening inside the cab. By combining internal data with external sources, hauliers can gain insight into accident-prone areas, localised weather patterns or planned road closures; all of which influence route planning and delivery performance.

This level of enrichment adds real value. Rather than simply receiving updates every mile or minute, operators benefit from a fuller picture of the journey, making location data smarter, not just more frequent.

Reporting for duty

Accurate data – whether it’s tracking punctuality, fuel consumption or driver performance – underpins a wide range of operational reports. These insights can be tailored to suit each customer’s needs, helping them streamline operations, drive efficiencies and stay competitive in a fast-moving industry.

As we move toward an expected 394 zettabytes of global data by 2028, the value of this information lies not just in volume, but in context and quality. Future data won’t simply indicate what happened, it will increasingly help explain why it happened, too.

Take driver behaviour as an example. Instead of just recording that a driver braked harshly, new systems will identify the circumstances behind the action. This shift means drivers will be recognised for making safe, responsive decisions rather than penalised by isolated statistics.

It’s a powerful step forward. But unlocking the full potential of this data-driven future depends on how well the information is used. Data must be processed, applied and interpreted thoughtfully. 

When done right, it not only enhances internal operations, but it also delivers measurable value to customers as well.

  • AI in Supply Chain
  • Digital Supply Chain

We spoke to Chief Product Officer Prerna Dhawan about what it takes to move from experimentation to execution.

As AI continues to dominate conference stages and boardroom discussions, the pressure to use it is everywhere. As this technology becomes further embedded in enterprise strategy, many organisations are still grappling with how to apply it in a way that delivers real, measurable value.

Rather than focusing on AI for the sake of innovation, the question is how to align new tools with real business problems. That means looking beyond dashboards and pilots to deploy AI where it can simplify decision-making and improve processes.

At Beroe, this principle is central to how AI solutions are developed, deployed, and scaled. As the company behind the world’s leading procurement intelligence platform, Beroe provides real-time market data, cost analysis, and supplier risk assessments, empowering thousands of organisations globally to streamline operations and mitigate risks. Its latest advances in autonomous negotiation, supplier discovery, and predictive analytics show what it means to align AI with business objectives.

We spoke with Prerna Dhawan, Chief Product Officer at Beroe, during this year’s DPW New York conference. The discussion explored how procurement leaders can move beyond hype and start unlocking the full potential of AI.

Misalignment with business needs

There are plenty of real-world examples of how AI can improve efficiency within a business, from automating manual tasks like invoice processing to identifying new suppliers based on complex sourcing criteria. Accessing this technology is easier than ever with a wide range of tools available to procurement professionals. It can be tempting to jump on the bandwagon and integrate AI across every area of an organisation, but success requires a more nuanced approach.

The key is to ask the right questions, Dhawan explains: “We talk about all the latest and greatest technology out there, but what does it mean in practical terms? We need to ask, ‘How can I apply it today in the work I am doing as a head of product or as a procurement professional?’”

The allure of generative AI is especially strong, but business leaders should ask whether that’s the right solution for their needs. As with any decision, it’s important to consider the business problem. “It starts with a little bit of knowledge about what you’re looking for,” says Dhawan. “What are some of your biggest challenges, and which of those challenges could AI technology solve?”

Matching the right tool to the job

Once an organisation has identified a specific problem, it’s possible to find the AI solution that fits. While generative AI gets a lot of attention, other AI technologies and machine learning based systems might be more appropriate. 

In some cases, prescriptive, rule-based, or predictive AI could be a better choice to solve a problem without the need for a large language model. For example, forecasting commodity prices doesn’t require generative AI, just strong, contextual machine learning. 

“We are looking at AI across two dimensions,” says Dhawan. “Firstly, what is our offering to customers, in terms of procurement intelligence and autonomous negotiation technology. Second, we are looking at AI internally. Let’s say in product development, how do we use the latest AI solutions to accelerate our product development cycles so we can release new modules and capabilities more quickly.”

Regardless of the type of tool chosen, it should cover a high-impact use case. Integrating AI to solve a problem that only surfaces for a small group of people a couple of times a year won’t have a great return on investment. Instead, look for regularly occurring problems that, if fixed, could have a huge impact on productivity or quality. 

Reducing the cognitive load

We’re already bombarded by information, and the use of AI to add to this doesn’t make sense. “I don’t need another dashboard in my life,” says Dhawan. 

When implemented correctly, AI can make data more accessible while reducing cognitive load for users. The result is increased productivity and faster decision-making. 

“I think the power of AI is to simplify access to data. This is why ChatGPT has been a success: it democratises access to information. That’s what our B2B technology world is waiting for. It gives me something simple that allows me to talk to my data. Then I can focus on what insights I need to make a decision or take action.”

For most B2B users, the key is intelligent simplification. Look for ways to simplify access to data through agent AI tools and conversational interfaces. This brings the focus back to action rather than dashboards.

Inside Beroe

While many procurement teams are still exploring AI’s potential, Beroe has already embedded it across both its platform and internal operations. The company, founded in 2006, provides procurement intelligence to thousands of organisations worldwide. Its platform delivers the critical data that professionals need to make informed sourcing decisions, from commodity prices and risk indicators to ESG scores and supplier intelligence.

“We provide all data that procurement needs for decision making, whether it’s cost data, risk data, ESG data or price data,” says Dhawan. “Our reimagination of the future is not just giving access to more data but creating that layer of recommendations that help you make decisions at speed and scale.”

One of the clearest examples of this in action is Beroe’s new ‘autonomous negotiations’ platform resulting from its recent acquisition of negotiation technology business, nnamu.  Delivering a significant evolution in the procurement technology landscape the platform enhances the foundational elements of AI and game theory with Beroe’s industry-leading market intelligence and, according to Dhawan, it’s being deployed successfully in live sourcing scenarios.

“This is a technology that is being used for multilateral negotiations,” Dhawan explained. “It’s no longer just a POC or prototype, it’s live and being used at scale.” These new tools reflect Beroe’s core mission: to help procurement professionals minimise surprises and maximise margins. 

Crucially, Beroe isn’t waiting for perfect data to apply these technologies. Instead, the company is using AI to work with what’s available — cleansing, interpreting, and extracting value from both structured and unstructured sources.

“You can use AI for cleansing data – even paper contracts,” Dhawan says. “Historically, we thought data had to be structured. But now, with vision models and image analytics, that’s no longer the case.”

Rather than striving for 100% accuracy before taking action, Beroe embraces a more agile mindset that balances speed and precision. 

Is mindset holding procurement back?

The technology is ready. The use cases are proven. So why do so many procurement teams still hesitate to embrace AI? “There’s this subconscious fear that I think is a barrier to adoption,” she said. “And to some extent, it’s to do with our friends in Hollywood.”

There’s the myth that AI is a job-threatening black box, especially in industries where trust and experience are the backbone of good decision-making. For procurement, where professional judgement and business context are critical, the idea of handing over tasks to AI can feel risky.

But Dhawan believes this fear is misplaced. At Beroe, AI isn’t replacing procurement professionals, it’s augmenting them. Whether it’s surfacing new suppliers, automating elements of negotiation, or flagging risks earlier in the sourcing cycle, the aim is to enhance human decision-making. She says: “I think with the new kinds of AI technology that’s available to us, it is an opportunity for us in B2B tech to embrace more human-centred design with higher focus on UX.”

Looking ahead

Looking ahead to 2026 and beyond, Dhawan sees procurement evolving into a more personalised and responsive function – one where AI plays a critical role in both strategy and execution.

“We see hyper-personalisation coming, both in supplier relationships and internal stakeholder engagement,” she explains. “AI will be at the centre of that.”

Rather than one-size-fits-all sourcing strategies, AI will enable procurement teams to tailor their approaches to specific business units, categories, or even individual suppliers. This means smarter segmentation, more relevant insights, and stronger commercial outcomes.

Another key shift is the growing ability to connect macro events, such as geopolitical shocks or regulatory changes, with micro actions inside the business. AI can help procurement teams identify these signals earlier, respond faster, and still align with long-term goals such as cost efficiency or sustainability.

“It’s about balancing your fire-fighting reactions to market events with your long term goals and strategy,” says Dhawan. “Procurement needs visibility and flexibility at the same time.”

Beroe is already moving in this direction. Alongside its growing AI capabilities, the company is refining how it delivers intelligence, building agents and recommendation layers. These not only inform decisions, but also help teams take action on them. Whether that means automating routine negotiations or proactively flagging supply risks, Beroe is evolving to meet the needs of a procurement function that’s more dynamic than ever.

As Dhawan points out, the goal isn’t to overwhelm teams with more tools, it’s to make their lives easier. “It’s about reducing complexity and giving procurement professionals confidence in what to do next,” she concludes.

For many procurement leaders, AI still feels like a long-term ambition. But the solutions are already here, and through companies like Beroe, they’re already in use. The challenge now is not whether AI can deliver value. It’s whether teams are ready to adopt the mindset and cultural shift that will allow them to unlock that value.

A survey reveals that specific delivery slots and real-time tracking are now consumer expectations, with many willing to pay for predictability.

A shift is underway in e-commerce delivery expectations with new research confirming a clear trend: consumers no longer tolerate uncertainty. Four-in-ten (40%) consumers now demand non-food home deliveries to arrive within a specific time slot. This is typically a two to three-hour window. This expectation climbs higher in key markets, reaching 44% in the UK and 43% in the US. The findings signal a clear power shift towards consumers seeking unprecedented control and transparency in their online shopping experience, forcing retailers and parcel carriers to adapt or risk falling behind.

The research, commissioned by Avery Dennison, a global materials science and digital identification solutions company, surveyed 5,000 consumers across the US, UK, France, and Germany. Findings from the survey — one of the largest of its kind — underscore a growing demand not only for on-time deliveries, but also for precise control over when, and how, parcels arrive.

A shift toward greater control

Although consumers today are more sensitive to cost than ever, six-in-ten (61%) shoppers are willing to pay a premium for more detailed insight into order tracking.

When asked what would justify payment for a premium delivery service (and invited to select ‘all that apply’), 47% stated faster delivery, making this the top overall choice, followed by 31% who said ‘accurate estimated delivery times.’

The survey also reveals that tracking expectations vary depending on the type of purchase. For example, 60% of respondents say parcel tracking is ‘very important’ when ordering electronics, 43% for fashion, and 38% for health and beauty.

Personal convenience is at stake. When asked to select up to three main benefits, the top reasons respondents gave for wanting enhanced tracking are:

  • Flexibility to leave the house without missing deliveries (54%)
  • Peace of mind knowing where the parcel is (54%)
  • Ensuring timely arrivals for special occasions like birthdays and anniversaries (44%)

To meet these exacting consumer demands, retailers and their logistics partners must act now or be left behind.  Technology can assist in the drive to provide enhanced real-time visibility in the parcel delivery process.

Opportunity for elevated consumer satisfaction

For international e-commerce, real-time tracking has become even more critical as recent tariff changes disrupt cross-border shipping, causing extended delays and price increases.

Yet at the same time, cost remains a factor. According to McKinsey, 90% of consumers are willing to wait an extra two to three days if it means avoiding high shipping fees, highlighting a growing preference for flexible delivery options that balance speed with affordability.

“The message from consumers is loud and clear: they expect precision and control over their deliveries,” says Julie Vargas, Vice President and General Manager of Identification Solutions at Avery Dennison. “Customers may tolerate delays — but only if they’re kept in the loop. Real-time visibility shouldn’t be considered a luxury anymore; it’s the price of staying competitive. Retailers and carriers who embrace transparency will not only ease frustrations around shipping delays and rising costs, they’ll earn lasting customer trust in a tough logistics climate.”

Vargas adds: “There is a natural eagerness from retailers and carriers to cut down on expensive WISMO (where is my order) inquiries and manage costs more effectively. They recognise the benefits of providing self-service parcel tracking apps and tools powered by GPS and RFID technology, which ultimately help keep shipping rates affordable. Offering real-time updates on a package’s whereabouts is now a key foundation of this trust.”

Winning the parcel shipping game

Avery Dennison’s research also reveals that consumers find current tracking systems unreliable and insufficient. The most-cited frustrations are inaccurate notifications, inability to change delivery time or location, and premature ‘delivered’ status updates. Deploying intelligent labels at package-level helps vendors and distributors overcome these shortfalls in service.

Vargas concludes: “As the research highlights, to remain competitive in today’s e-commerce landscape, retailers and carriers must prioritise transparency and innovation in their delivery process. With almost two-thirds of shoppers willing to pay more for tracking and notifications, leveraging advanced technologies and offering real-time visibility is crucial. The pressure is very much on to address consumer needs, and turn frustrations into trust.”

Download The Consumer Verdict whitepaper here.

  • People & Culture

We caught up with Valdera’s Co-Founders to find out why chemical procurement comes with its own challenges.

Chemical procurement is one of the most complex and overlooked categories in the supply chain. Between navigating regulatory constraints, aligning on technical specifications, and finding qualified suppliers, even the most experienced procurement teams face major hurdles. That’s exactly the gap Valdera was built to solve.

Founded by sister-brother duo Sruti Arulmani (CEO) and Dheev Arulmani (COO), Valdera is an AI-native sourcing platform purpose-built for chemicals and raw materials. Rather than applying generic technology to a specialised industry, the team set out to reimagine chemical procurement from the ground up.

“Chemicals are one of the most complex sourcing categories,” says Dheev. “In order for a company to gain leverage from AI in this space, it must build the data infrastructure and the AI specific to this industry. That was the inspiration behind Valdera. Our vision was to partner directly with procurement organisations and help digitise that entire sourcing workflow all the way from supplier discovery to market intelligence to qualification.”

“Direct procurement is really at the core of your product’s margin,” adds Sruti. “In today’s economy, business leaders are focused on staying profitable, and that starts with ensuring the materials behind your products deliver on both margin and performance. Most of the physical products we touch and interact with every day come down to what they’re made of. That’s why we’re so passionate about chemicals and raw materials.”

The power of vertical AI models

While general-purpose LLMs are powerful, they fall short when it comes to industries like chemical procurement where context, precision, and deep domain expertise are crucial. Valdera has taken a different approach: building vertical AI specifically trained to understand the language, data, and complexity of chemicals and raw materials. 

“In procurement, especially for chemicals, one-size-fits-all AI doesn’t cut it,” says Sruti. “You need models that can interpret highly technical specifications, normalize data across formats and suppliers, and understand the nuances that determine whether a supplier can actually meet a request.”

That’s exactly what Valdera has built. “We will continue to layer the specificity of the chemical industry on top of an LLM that’s already good at structuring information and returning information in a useful way,” Sruti adds.

Dheev continues: “If you look at the generic LLMs available today, the challenge with these is that they fundamentally don’t work in this industry. The reason for that is that there are no LLMs that are trained on chemical specs. So what we’ve done is take those models and fine-tune them using our own proprietary dataset of chemical specs and properties, built over the last five years. That’s what positions us to drive real value for our users.”

Prioritising privacy

In the chemicals industry, data is sensitive. Trust is everything. Buyers are protective of their proprietary formulations, and understandably do not want their data used to train models that could benefit competitors. On the other side, suppliers are cautious about publicly listing their full product catalogs, especially when it comes to custom or high-value materials. Valdera was built with these realities in mind, and its platform is designed to protect both sides.

“In chemicals, suppliers are very protective of their proprietary catalogs,” Dheev adds. “And buyers are equally cautious about sharing proprietary formulations that go into their products. So there needs to be an independent third party that both sides can trust—someone who can facilitate discovery and sourcing without compromising confidentiality.”

“For us, it’s about protecting the interests of both buyers and suppliers,” Sruti explains. “We only use customer data to drive outcomes for that customer. We’re not here to train on anyone’s inputs or share information across the ecosystem. We’re here to help our customers get the best results for their business. That’s core to how we think about data privacy and partnership.”

The humanity of procurement

Even as AI becomes more powerful, procurement remains deeply human. Trust, context, and judgement are critical to strong buyer-supplier relationships, and no model can replace that. Instead, AI can enable teams to work faster, focus on strategy, and unlock new value across the supply chain. 

“Procurement is a human business,” says Sruti. “At the end of the day, it’s two people coming together and making an agreement. We believe that’s never going to change.”

Rather than add complexity or replace roles, Valdera’s AI helps teams do more with the resources they already have. That means less time spent on manual tasks like gathering supplier documentation or comparing specs and more time spent on strategic decision-making, relationship-building, and growing the business.

“Our customers don’t want to be buried in paperwork. They want to focus on the work that actually drives outcomes,” Sruti adds. “We’re here to take the most repetitive parts of the job off their plate so they can do that.”

“The chemicals industry is inherently relationship-driven,” says Dheev. “But today’s procurement teams are stretched thin. With Valdera, one person can now manage a broader scope: sourcing faster, accessing a wider network of qualified suppliers, and making smarter decisions in less time. That’s what’s getting our customers excited.”

Driving impact beyond cost

In chemical procurement, cost will always matter but it’s only part of the equation. The organizations leading the way are the ones thinking strategically: securing supply, expanding their supplier base, improving agility, and driving long-term value. That’s why more teams are turning to Valdera not just to cut costs, but to unlock a new level of visibility, access, and control.

“Our vision is to enable procurement professionals to leverage this data in order to give them market intelligence, expand their supplier network, and enable margin expansion,” Dheev concludes. “If you ask any of our customers, they’ll tell you savings are just table stakes when using Valdera. The real impact comes from levers like security of supply, innovation and sustainability. Those levers are harder to quantify, but they’re critical to the long-term success of the business.”

Implementing an outcome-based approach

In a crowded and fast-evolving tech landscape, it’s easy to get distracted by the promise of sweeping, all-in-one solutions. But the most effective procurement teams stay focused, starting with a clear understanding of their business goals and choosing technology that’s purpose-built to achieve them.

“Success starts with knowing the outcomes you’re trying to drive,” says Sruti. “Whether it’s sourcing the right chemicals, improving security of supply, unlocking savings, or advancing sustainability and innovation. Being clear about those goals is what helps you identify the right tools and partners to get there.”

That kind of clarity leads to faster wins and less wasted effort. “We always encourage customers to start where the impact matters most,” Dheev adds. “Don’t spread yourself too thin. Be specific about the problem you’re solving, define the KPI that matters, and test any solution against that. Just because a tool is popular doesn’t mean it’s the right fit. The best results come from targeted solutions that align with your most pressing priorities.”

Maria Torrent March, Managing Director, Warehousing & Logistics, Europe at Iron Mountain, digs into the F&B supply chain landscape.

What are the characteristics and pain points specific to the food and beverage logistics and warehousing sector that set it aside from other sectors? Does it demand more speed? Environmental control? 

The food and beverages (F&B) sector is large, dynamic, and continuously growing due to high consumer demand for everyday products. The warehousing and logistics (W&L) sector must remain flexible and scalable. This is in order to meet deliverables and ensure products are dispatched on time, especially when dealing with perishable items.

    The F&B sector requires greater environmental control to maintain quality and safety. This can be achieved by partnering with W&L providers who are accredited with the British Retail Consortium (BRC). BRC accredited providers are required to meet strict protocols and are certified to hold food and consumer goods. Additionally, BRC warehouses offer several benefits, such as protected company reputation, implementation of industry best practices, and reduction in risks and potential liabilities. These are critical when handling sensitive items when it comes to food storage.  

    How is the process of managing logistics and warehousing in the F&B sector changing? What are the forces driving that change? 

    The management of logistics and warehousing in the F&B sector is undergoing significant transformation. This is driven by evolving consumer demands, regulatory pressures, and technological advancements. Consumers now prioritise products that are delivered quickly and sustainably. It’s pushing companies to adopt faster distribution networks, and eco-friendly practices like solar power, EV charging stations, and rainwater harvesting.

    Technological innovation is also a key factor impacting the evolution of warehousing and logistics in the F&B sector. Automation and AI are optimising warehousing operations, reducing labour costs and errors while improving efficiency in handling perishable goods. The F&B sector is looking to improve efficiency and reduce transportation costs by leveraging strategic locations like the golden logistics triangle. This is a key hub for W&L because of its high number of distribution facilities and proximity to transportation networks such as rail and air. While the railway supply chain is relatively new, it can be ideal for F&B, where goods are heavy and where there are  weight limitations in trucks or shipping. 

    Many high-street retailers stock multiple brands that each have individual supply chains. As a result, they are exploring how they can implement streamlined supply chain strategies across their businesses. They want to partner with 3PLs who can provide consultancy for managing these complex networks of supply chains, and not just a standard solution. 

    How do you make warehouse spaces more flexible and scalable to provide the necessary adaptability to manage fluctuating demand and seasonal peaks?

    The F&B sector often faces challenges with space allocation to meet unpredictable demands. Robotics can be used to perform wall-to-wall scans of warehouses, creating a digital twin. This enables quick decision making and improves warehouse control and reliability in response to changing seasonal peaks. 

    Furthermore, with the use of AI, organisations can predict increases in demand due to holidays, sales, and seasonal trends. Iron Mountain has employed the use of AI across its warehouses. That allows us to predict stock locations and replenishment and improve productivity from the high-quality data received from Dexory. Dexory is a UK-based company that specialises in AI driven warehouse automation. This not only allows warehouses to make fast, real-time decisions on pricing and inventory levels but also helps to predict future demand spikes with greater accuracy.

    Where do technologies like automation, digital twins, IoT, etc. fit into this picture? 

    AI and automation play a crucial role in inventory management. Iron Mountain considered adopting a more traditional setup with stock controllers but was concerned about potential labour shortages In 2024, it was reported that 37% of European warehousing organisations, including those in the UK, were experiencing significant labour shortages. 76% noted a noticeable shortfall. These shortages have impacted the logistics sector, making a notable difference to warehouse and logistical efficiency.

    As a result, Iron Mountain partnered with Dexory to deploy an autonomous robot that provides live data insights by scanning the warehouse daily. This technology delivers full visibility of inventory, which is highly valuable for the F&B sector, where understanding how to quickly move stock based on demand is essential. Additionally, AutoStore is used to provide an automated storage and retrieval system, enabling rapid responses to customer requests. Utilising this technology makes warehouse and logistics operations more efficient, faster, and reliable.

    We’re in an age where disruption is starting to feel like the norm rather than the exception. How can warehousing and logistics help supply chains be more reactive, agile, and resilient? 

    Disruption is common in the W&L sector, so organisations must be both flexible and reliable when it comes to supply disruptions, which can take many forms, including geopolitical conflicts, climate events, or sudden demand spikes.

    Many organisations have had to think about these challenges over the last few years, starting with the pandemic. Sudden world events can force F&B companies to reorganise their supply chains. It’s important to consider these issues from their perspective. For instance, they may be seeking different suppliers in different markets. Ultimately, it’s about offering flexible solutions and tailoring them to the sector you are working with.

    Over time, warehouses have adapted to become more dynamic, technology-driven, and strategically integrated into the broader supply chain. The W&L sector is always looking for scalable solutions that can be implemented when issues or disruptions arise, making it easier for supply chains to adapt and evolve in the face of challenges while maintaining operational efficiency and customer satisfaction.

    • Digital Supply Chain

    Candex exists to solve tail spend by removing friction and giving procurement leaders time to focus on what truly drives value.

    Candex isn’t chasing trends for the sake of innovation. Instead, the company is focused on solving one of the oldest and most persistent challenges in enterprise procurement: getting rid of the noise. 

    Most in procurement will be familiar with Candex. Co-founded by Shani Vaza, Chief R&D Officer, and Jeremy Lappin, CEO, Candex is a technology-based master vendor that simplifies onboarding and payments to small and one-time vendors. It delivers a fast, compliant, and easy buying experience for requisitioners, while procurement gains automation, visibility, and control, reducing the vendor master by up to 80%.

    For years, procurement teams have battled fragmented data, manual onboarding processes, and administrative bottlenecks. This results in time and resources spent on tasks that add little value, while strategic initiatives suffer from a lack of focus. 

    For many organisations, 70% of vendors account for just 5% of spend. With Candex, procurement can manage that long tail of spend without adding operational burden. This frees up teams to focus on strategic priorities, redirect spend to preferred suppliers, and drive more value across the business. At this year’s DPW New York conference, Jeremy Lappin and Chief Customer Officer Danielle McQuiston shared how their platform is helping procurement evolve beyond compliance and cost savings into something far more valuable: clarity.

    Addressing the core problem

    While many conversations at the event kept coming back to the use of AI, Candex is doing things differently. “AI will transform procurement by uncovering better, more innovative vendors,” says Lappin. “But every new vendor comes with the burden of onboarding and compliance. That’s where Candex makes a real difference—we streamline that process by enabling fast, compliant purchasing without the heavy lift of onboarding. As companies adopt AI, they’ll need a system like ours to truly benefit from what it reveals.”

    It’s about bringing the conversation back to the core problem. Lappin continues: “Candex makes it possible to onboard and pay new vendors in minutes, and without setup delays, while keeping procurement firmly in control. That’s where we unlock both agility and compliance.”

    Solving procurement’s data problem

    After speaking to many procurement leaders at events such as DPW New York 2025, one topic of conversation stood out: that messy data can be a major hurdle to overcome before successful AI adoption can occur. Companies dealing with multiple affiliates for a single vendor can find their data ends up split, duplicated, and difficult to work with at scale. 

    “The fragmentation of data is a very old problem,” says Lappin. “One of the reasons it occurs is because the data is organised by affiliates and isn’t aggregated properly. This creates enormous processes.”

    A dedicated platform can take on the heavy lifting of sorting through this data, without the use of complex AI models. Lappin continues: “One thing that Candex does to help this problem with smaller vendors is auto-aggregating affiliates under one corporate umbrella. It’s going to massively reduce the data problem by directing that small spend through us.”

    McQuiston adds: “Data is the foundation of all the decisions that procurement makes. And the fact that they can consolidate that data within Candex, and look at it only when it’s relevant to what actions they have to take, is a huge contribution to the space for procurement.”

    The right data at the right time

    Candex isn’t trying to flood procurement teams with dashboards. Instead, it delivers data when and where it’s needed, stripping away the noise to surface what’s important.

    “Our customers tell us we filter out 95% of the noise and highlight just the actions that matter. It’s not just visibility, it’s visibility at the right moment,” says McQuiston. “We have amazing reporting that has hundreds of lines of precision data in there, but it’s also aggregated in a way that it calls out to the things that need attention rather than being bogged down with the rest.”

    “Oftentimes the stuff that goes through us is the stuff that procurement doesn’t have the time to give its attention to,” explains Lappin. “I think one of the most powerful things we do is get rid of the things they shouldn’t care about so that it’s very easy to see what they should.”

    Simplicity wins

    Some procurement tools are complex, slow to adopt, and full of friction, but Candex takes a different approach. “The users just want to be able to operate and do the work that they need to do to serve their objectives,” says McQuiston. “Procurement doesn’t have enough resources to deal with all of the small things.”

    Bringing the focus back to the core function of procurement simplifies processes and reduces noise. When working with a lot of small vendors, procurement teams can get bogged down with admin and data. This is where Candex takes on the weight of that burden, and allows the business to move forward.

    “At the end of the day, Candex is a tool that is so simple from a user perspective, but still has the confidence of the procurement organisation,” McQuiston continues. “It also shines a better light on the procurement function, which often gets a black eye for being in the way of things.”

    Real people

    For Lappin, the hype around AI isn’t what makes a product great; it’s real-world validation from customers. “There’s only one way to get through the hype,” he says, “and that’s to find other companies that are using the products and loving them. I think that’s one of the things that has made us successful.”

    It’s one of the strengths of DPW; these events showcase real use cases, not just demonstrations. This enables attendees to see the impact of new technologies for themselves, and connect with the people behind them. “DPW has the ambition to use real use cases rather than just relying on demos,” says McQuiston. “That’s what’s a little bit different about DPW compared to some other conferences; the proof is in the pudding.”

    Lappin and McQuiston also highlighted the importance of customer-led innovation through Candex Connects – roundtables all over the world that allow procurement peers to meet, discuss the challenges affecting them, and learn from one another, as well as sharing their own inspirational use cases. “We’re not just providing a solution. We’re providing a space where our customers get together, discuss best practices,” McQuiston adds. “And I think we’ve done that really well.”

    Procurement, repositioned

    Ultimately, Candex is about more than just a tool. It’s about reshaping the perception and potential of procurement teams, giving them the freedom and focus to lead strategically. By removing some of the friction of dealing with myriad small vendors, procurement teams are empowered to drive deeper value.

    “Our whole business is focused on agility and value creation,” says McQuiston. “We have to be compliant because our customers demand it, but it’s not really about cost savings when you talk about tail spend. Procurement has always been in a position where they believe they can squeeze something out of every purchase. We’ve gotten to a point in the evolution of the function where they realise there’s a portion they can’t squeeze anything out of. It’s powerful to be able to let that go.”

    “Procurement needs to be involved in decisions around spend,” adds Lappin. “They help negotiate. They figure out the right vendors. They really are needed in this process, which is why it exists.”

    Candex isn’t just solving tail spend, it’s redefining how procurement operates at scale. With built-in controls, full audit trails, and seamless integration with existing systems, Candex empowers procurement to lead strategically, reduce supplier bloat, and stay agile in a complex world.

    Candex is proving that the biggest transformation comes from helping procurement teams reduce the noise and get back to the work that matters. 

    Evan Shelley, Co-Founder and CEO of Truck Parking Club, digs into the issues caused by the truck parking problem.

    When people talk about the most pressing issues in the US supply chain, they mostly focus on port congestion, labour shortages, or last-mile delivery challenges. Rarely do they mention truck parking. But as someone who works at the intersection of transportation and real estate, I can tell you that without a doubt: the lack of safe, accessible truck parking is one of the most overlooked threats to supply chain efficiency today.

    At Truck Parking Club, we’ve spoken with tens of thousands of truckers and have seen the mounting frustration they experience trying to find legal, reliable parking near their routes.

    In fact, on average, truck drivers lose nearly an hour each day searching for a spot to park. That may not sound like a huge issue – until you multiply it by hundreds of thousands of drivers, every day, across the country.

    The result: an estimated $7,000 in annual lost income per driver. These delays impact everything from delivery timelines to detention costs and warehouse coordination. In short: they affect the supply chain.

    A crisis hidden in plain sight

    For every 11 trucks on the road, there’s only one available parking space. This imbalance leads to a ripple effect: drivers park in unsafe or unauthorized areas, are forced to shut down early to secure a spot, or violate hours-of-service rules trying to find parking closer to their destinations. In turn, this leads to supply chain slowdowns, missed delivery windows, and added costs for manufacturers and logistics providers alike.

    The truth is, truck parking isn’t just a driver inconvenience – it’s a logistics bottleneck that affects everything downstream. For manufacturers dependent on ‘on-time delivery’, even a small parking-related delay can throw off timelines and impact inventory flow.

    Why it matters to supply chain leaders

    Manufacturers and supply chain executives might not think about truck parking when evaluating risk and resilience, but they should.

    Every inefficiency in freight movement adds cost, and right now, we’re paying the price for decades of underinvestment in infrastructure that supports the flow of goods.

    And – you probably guessed it, because it’s obvious: the challenge isn’t going away. With new construction of truck parking spaces costing $100,000–$200,000 per spot and often taking years to develop, there’s no fast fix on the horizon. This means the burden of solving this issue is increasingly falling on the private sector and logistics decision-makers themselves.

    What can be done

    Innovative solutions are emerging. For example, at Truck Parking Club, we’re addressing the issue by helping landowners and businesses monetize underutilized real estate as truck parking, turning extra space at trucking companies, tow truck companies, truck repair shops, self storage facilities , and other properties into bookable parking spaces that truckers can reserve instantly. This model rapidly increases parking availability without the multi-year construction timelines.

    For carriers, logistics companies, and fleet operators, partnering with solutions like ours can yield measurable benefits: more efficient hours driven, reliable scheduling, improved driver retention, and safer working conditions for the drivers you depend on.

    A call to action for industry decision-makers

    As the supply chain continues to evolve in the wake of e-commerce growth and shifting demand patterns, we can’t afford to ignore foundational infrastructure gaps like truck parking. Leaders in transportation and logistics need to include parking in their budgeting, risk assessments and strategic planning.

    That might mean advocating for policy changes, or exploring alternative parking solutions like Truck Parking Club to complement existing facilities. But at a minimum, it means recognizing that your delivery network doesn’t just rely on trucks – it relies on a place for those trucks to stop, rest, and refuel along the way.

    Truck parking is no longer a fringe issue. It’s a strategic vulnerability that deserves a seat at the supply chain strategy table. And the sooner we treat it as such, the better equipped we’ll be to build a supply chain that’s not only faster, but stronger, safer, and more reliable for everyone involved.

    • Risk & Resilience

    The proof, as they say, is in the pudding – and the evidence of TealBook’s increasingly-successful evolution lies in its client relationships.

    We talked endlessly about data and AI at DPW New York 2025. A universal truth is that the successful implementation of AI requires clean data. It doesn’t have to be perfect, but businesses certainly need to have a decent handle on their data before adopting AI tools successfully. 

    To help make this a reality, North American data and software company TealBook has recently announced a legal entity-based data model. It’s designed to resolve supplier records to the correct legal entities, map parent-child relationships, and enrich profiles with verifiable attributes, enabling accurate supplier data to flow seamlessly into procurement systems and AI applications. “This is part of a 12-year journey for TealBook,” says Stephany Lapierre, the company’s Founder and CEO. “Our vision has always been to build a way to enable procurement organisations to have high quality data with a lot of integrity. That way, you give them the trust they need to put data directly into their systems. 

    “Twelve years ago, we underestimated the complexity of getting large enterprises to trust a third-party data solution. As part of our journey, we started using AI early on to find information where it exists on supplier websites and databases. We also started creating digital profiles in a structured way for procurement to access it, match it to their vendor master, and use it.”

    TealBook’s data evolution

    But, again, at the beginning, TealBook couldn’t be sure whether the data was high enough quality. In 2017, the company was primarily known as a supplier discovery application. It was positioned as a pre-sourcing engine to help procurement teams identify alternative suppliers. At the time, TealBook’s data and models enabled it to determine which companies were similar to others. This meant users could search and find comparable suppliers to expand their sourcing options.

    “But that was just a way for us to deliver something that was underserved in the market,” Lapierre continues. “Then our customers started asking for certificates, which are hard to collect and match. They needed cleaner data. They felt they were under-reporting. So in 2018, we started to see whether our technology could refine the data more. We focused on certificates and supplier diversity. We collected great use cases along this journey, and the vision never wavered.

    “Just last year we released a new technology – completely different, really sophisticated – allowing us to pull from a lot more data sources. We have provenance so our customers can actually verify where the data’s coming from. We can match it to vendor masters. And now, we also have this new model that includes 230 million verifiable global legal entities from across 145 countries’ registries. We marry this with global parent and child hierarchy, which is really hard for our customers to match themselves.”

    Partnership with Kraft Heinz

    Now, after 12 years of that vision, TealBook is deeply proud of what it’s achieved. Part of its ability to get to this point is due to early adoption from key customers. Kraft Heinz is a business which Lapierre describes as a “co-innovation partner”, and has been invaluable in helping TealBook achieve its recent goals.

    From the perspective of Stefanie Fink, Head of Global Data and Digital Procurement at Kraft Heinz, the partnership has been an immediately valuable one. “It really started with having a visionary, like-minded relationship,” she says. “That’s an important piece of it, because my vision for procurement is that we are partners in our enterprise. 

    “In order for us to do our jobs, we have to bring in the right data for use. This is where Stephany’s partnership and vision really resonated. We were really looking for diversity and we could make things easier for our partners, while making sure we had the right people in our ecosystem. We also had to lift up the hood and see what was underneath everything we’ve got. Stephany brought our vision to life. TealBook has evolved too, as we’ve seen; it’s more about orchestration and software-as-a-service. It has been a partnership of need and we cannot continue to do other things without this kind of partnership around data.”

    When initially dabbling with this relationship, Fink was clear that Kraft Heinz had no desire to be taking care of more stuff. What she wanted from TealBook was a strong focus on good quality data. After last year’s product release from TealBook, Kraft Heinz already saw its data enriched by 25%. The recently-announced new data model gives the business and TealBook’s other customers the right structure tied to a legal entity, which is a highly credible anchor. “We’re able to do entity resolution – all automated – remove all the duplicates, and then you start with a clean, digitised vendor master,” says Lapierre. “That’s what brings further enrichment.”

    The challenge of assessing data quality

    Assessing its data before involving TealBook was important for Kraft Heinz, but challenging for such a large organisation. “We had to fail first and fail fast,” says Fink. “We tried some AI around fixing things early, but that didn’t work for us. It was a real eye-opener, realising where this next evolution could take us. Particularly regarding focusing on AI and agents for the right things, not the meaningless things. Before, we were asking agents to tell us if things were duplicates, when we should have been asking: what do these suppliers offer? Where is the innovation? Where is the value?”

    What surprised Fink most when looking under Kraft Heinz’s hood was the lack of attention that was being paid to what the business was doing. “It was amazing that nobody had questioned it sooner,” she says. “So I said, let’s take this as a crawl, walk, run approach. I have a wonderful CPO who really understands where we want procurement to go as a function. She was excited about us just getting it done and getting people involved, and that’s what it takes: real pride in ownership of the data.”

    Getting engrossed in GenAI

    True partnership and an all-in approach has enabled Kraft Heinz to work successfully with AI. This is something some businesses are struggling with as the conversation around artificial intelligence grows louder. For Lapierre, as the CEO of a tech company, adopting AI successfully has meant trying and failing and being fully entrenched in AI as it has evolved.

    “We’ve been using AI in our technology since 2016,” she states. “We’re an early adopter. We’d be talking about scraping data, and data in the cloud, and AI models, and our customers’ pupils would widen in surprise. We’ve come a long way and the market has come a long way. 

    “The technology we deliver today wouldn’t be possible without the AI tools now at our disposal. We used to build models; we don’t do that anymore. We spend a lot of time investing in engineers to build and test models. That’s made us so much more efficient. I use GenAI every day for so many things now. I’m encouraging my team to be so involved in AI. That’s how you build expertise. You need really strong expertise to use GenAI well. 

    “Getting good with AI is about taking risks and having a leadership team that pushes for new things. Suddenly, the successful use of AI becomes a habit.”

    Why businesses should prepare themselves for AI by not getting lost in the whirlwind of hype and focusing only on what works for their needs.

    With AI being the topic of conversation for procurement professionals right now, it’s easy to get lost in the maze of conflicting information. Vroozi is a procure-to-pay platform powered by robust AI capabilities to deliver meaningful use cases. CEO and Co-Founder, Shaz Khan, takes approaching AI the right way very seriously. 

    For Vroozi, the use of AI is a two-sided coin. It’s an organisation that talks about AI both in production and consumption. AI is a tool that has been a game-changer, because it has enabled Vroozi’s software and technology engineers to be able to rapidly prototype and develop code. And that code is beneficial for creating feature sets and capabilities that the company wants to introduce to the market.

    “Similarly, we take steps to look at how a customer interacts with our software for the first time,” Khan explains. “The implementation process is also ripe for consuming and producing great results with AI. Imagine you go through some type of interview wizard where you prompt the system based on your region and industry. The system will self-configure according to your business unit. This is real intelligence that understands your business at a different level, as well as the competitive landscape, and brings in best practices to deliver incredible results.”

    Getting the approach right

    Having said that, Khan freely admits that we’re in the early innings of AI adoption. For him, leaders should adopt a multi-pronged approach to implement AI. The first move is to assemble a team. “One key area with AI is that a lot of companies are relying on outside experts that don’t know the business and the goals that they’re trying to achieve,” he explains. 

    “You should invest in your own people before you invite outside parties in. Bring that education and assemble a use case, before assessing the problems you’re trying to solve and determining whether AI is a good tool set or capability to solve the problem. If these things match up, execute the game plan, bring in the right technologies and the right expertise, and only then bring AI capabilities into your workforce.”

    The challenges

    With this being the “early innings”, there are also barriers and challenges. The main issue, from Khan’s perspective, is security. “There’s a trust aspect that has to be looked at,” he explains. “There’s also an ethics aspect. Are you delivering the right results? And how much autonomy are you giving AI and its agents to go out and deliver those results for you without any human interaction? I think the companies that get it right will strike a balance between the trifecta of automation, really great AI technologies, and a balance of human interaction to create an overall output.”

    There’s also the question of data. If the data isn’t clean, output will be compromised and lead to poor results. We haven’t seen the worst of what can happen, Khan believes, and AI has the potential to create scenarios that are hard to recover from, if used poorly. “We need to prepare ourselves now to prevent those types of potential calamities from happening,” says Khan. Which is the entire point of DPW: for procurement and technology leaders to educate and learn about best AI practice. 

    This allows people to cut through the, as Khan puts it, “hysteria” around AI that can cause problems for businesses. They’re rushing to solve problems, and while leveraging AI can be a component of a complete holistic toolkit, it can’t be the only answer. “A lot of companies today still struggle with getting their businesses off spreadsheets,” he states. “AI should be an equaliser and enabler to get it right.”

    Structuring unstructured data

    For Khan, in order to ready themselves for AI, procurement professionals and practitioners need to be absolutely committed to data management and governance. “What companies often forget is that much of today’s data is unstructured. It’s not neatly stored in databases – it might be a chat, an image of a spec sheet, or a contract never digitised. This unstructured data often can’t be used by AI models today, so companies risk only addressing a small part of the challenge. Data governance has to be an ongoing exercise.”

    Having said that, Khan is keen to differentiate between clean data and perfect data. In fact, many procurement professionals we spoke to at DPW New York 2025 said the same. The message is: don’t wait around for everything to be perfect, or you’ll never start.

    “Good enough data is just fine,” Khan says. “But if you’re going to continue to feed your AI engines and algorithms bad data, your outputs will be compromised. Companies need to have data governance strategies and upfront policies in place so that they can manage this, independent of the people that offer them.”

    AI creating a complete picture

    While treading carefully is important, Khan is equally keen to extoll the many virtues of AI for procurement professionals. There are many incredible use cases already, and AI tool sets and algorithms can effectively interrogate a company’s data and give them the answers they require. AI enables these users to have a complete picture of their buying cycle, and allows them to get additional information for where they can pivot.

    “This is where the true power of agentic AI will come into play,” says Khan. “When you can fully trust the system inputs, AI will be able to orchestrate those processes autonomously, and present that information to an end user for final decision.”

    Khan is very excited about what Vroozi is doing within its own AI layer. The business looks at AI and intelligence as a pervasive thread across its entire tech stack. Every aspect of its platform has some kind of AI enablement, although it’s not an AI-first company. 

    “We follow three distinct areas where we are thriving on the AI front,” says Khan. “First is intelligent document processing. Can we take structured and unstructured data such as contracts, quotes, work orders, and invoices, and populate them automatically onto a screen without any human touch? Processing invoices might require an army of people typing in data, and they might not capture it all. But an AI toolset can take millions of records and process them simultaneously. That’s the power of AI.”

    The power of hyper-personalisation

    The second area is what Vroozi calls hyper-personalisation, where it intensely personalises the platform to meet a company’s preferences and needs. It’s about how AI can find trends and not only predict the user’s needs, but also help take the next steps. This includes finding suppliers and ordering things that are needed, so that workflows aren’t disrupted.

    “Then we also have what we call the push economy,” says Khan. “AI’s power is in pushing and giving people head starts. So when you talk about AI algorithms and look at analytics, it’s about how AI can present to companies in the procurement space when they need to lock in favourable pricing on products and services, and predict when you are seeing potential fraud scenarios based on trends and patterns. You need a lot of data for those AI models to train on, which is why I say we’re in the early innings. It takes time, but it’s incredibly powerful when you get to that point.”

    The benefits ahead

    At such an exciting time for procurement, 2025 and 2026 look bright for leaders in this space. Not only procurement, but also supply chain and FinTech, are set to benefit from what AI can do with data. 

    “There’s going to be a focus on how to capture and harness data, and feed it into AI in a way that produces results,” says Khan. “What we’ll see in the next two years is that AI has now learned from the data that’s been fed into it. You’re going to see higher-quality results and better outcomes. Again, I would caution companies to define the problem first. Then determine if AI is an absolute enabler and game changer. We believe AI can be an influencer and supercharger in terms of productivity. However, there needs to be specific use cases that make sense for corporations. 

    “In 2025 and beyond, you’re going to see great technologies embedded into organisations that really work.”

    Auto Supply Chain Leaders 2025 brings together the best of the best in the industry for two days of mutual learning and inspirational content.

    Join the best of the best automotive supply chain leads this October (8th -9th) at the Hilton Munich Airport, Germany, to learn, network, and be inspired. The event exists to help attendees focus on their individual needs, address challenges within their business, and discover new opportunities.

    Visit the website for tickets and use the discount code SCS10 for 10% off

    Over the course of two days, you can participate in interactive sessions, benchmark with peers, and absorb the benefits of being part of such the vibrant automotive supply chain community. It’s an event that’s custom-built for top industry leaders, and allows you to:

    • Connect with 150+ other leaders, all of whom have strategic responsibility for their own end-to-end supply chains.
    • Learn how to navigate disruptions within the industry, digitise your supply chain, and meet environmental goals.
    • Talk to your peers to gain collective knowledge and hear about real use cases.

    Use the discount code SCS10 for an exclusive 10% off

    With rising demands across the industry, especially regarding sustainability, keeping up-to-date with the latest knowledge, trends, and solutions is a necessity. Get in on the action at Auto Supply Chain Leaders 2025 to make sure you maintain that competitive edge.Get your tickets and find out more here

    Nigel Pekenc, Partner at Kearney, gives us insights provide insights on current key trends in supply chain, as well as his thoughts on nearshoring and reshoring.

    How are global supply chains evolving to become more resilient in the face of ongoing disruption, such as geopolitical shifts, raw material shortages, and logistics volatility?

    “Supply chains are undergoing a fundamental shift from static, efficiency-led structures to adaptive, digitally managed ecosystems. Companies have moved beyond simply adding redundancy or diversifying suppliers. Instead, they are building globally distributed and closely connected networks, using real-time visibility and predictive analytics to spot vulnerabilities early and respond flexibly. Strong supplier partnerships in key locations and centralised digital control towers that compile multi-tier insights are now essential to manage disruptions ranging from geopolitical unrest to material shortages and transport breakdowns. The aim is no longer just resilience but adaptive responsiveness, enabling businesses to adjust their supply chains dynamically and in real time.”

      Nearshoring continues to gain attention but rarely replaces full-scale global operations. How do you see companies striking the right balance between proximity, efficiency, and cost?

      “Nearshoring has gained prominence, especially amid recent trade disruptions, but companies increasingly see it as part of a strategic mix rather than a full replacement. They strike the right balance by regionalising the most critical parts of the supply chain, particularly those sensitive to lead times, geopolitical risks, or local market demands, while continuing to source globally to maintain flexibility, secure essential inputs, and benefit from specialised production. This hybrid approach often takes the form of multi-node regional hubs connected by digitally coordinated networks. The key is segmenting the supply chain by disruption sensitivity, customer proximity and value-added stages, ensuring nearshoring delivers strategic value without adding unnecessary cost. This balance enhances responsiveness, optimises costs and mitigates risks.”

        What role are technologies such as AI, automation, and digital twins playing in enabling smarter, more adaptive supply chain networks?

        “AI, automation and digital twins have moved from buzzwords to essential pillars of responsive supply chains. AI-driven analytics process vast, complex data to provide predictive insights, enabling proactive action amid market shifts. Digital twins offer virtual replicas of supply networks for scenario testing and stress simulation before disruptions occur. Automation enables the rapid execution of these strategies through intelligent robotics, dynamic inventory control and agile manufacturing. Together, these technologies let supply chains anticipate and adapt to disruptions, turning agility from aspiration into reality.”

          With supply chains becoming increasingly multi-tiered and complex, what strategies are proving most effective in maintaining control, visibility, and risk mitigation across networks?

          “Complex, multi-tier supply chains demand more than standard digitisation; they require fully orchestrated digital ecosystems. Effective companies are establishing integrated digital control towers that deliver real-time transparency and decision-making clarity across all supply chain tiers, from raw materials to end-consumer distribution. Advanced data governance protocols ensure quality information flows seamlessly through well-defined channels. Moreover, clearly established risk categories aligned to decision-making tiers within organisations empower rapid, informed decision-making. In short, the combination of robust digital infrastructure, clear governance and aligned organisational structures is proving indispensable to maintain visibility, manage risk and achieve operational responsiveness at scale.”

            “The future of supply chain strategy will be defined by the interplay of continuous geopolitical fragmentation, accelerated regionalisation and persistent economic volatility. Companies must architect globally distributed, digitally empowered supply ecosystems that embed flexibility and optionality by design. AI-driven predictive tools and digitally enabled scenario planning will move to the centre of strategic supply chain management, allowing businesses to anticipate disruptions and shift resources dynamically and swiftly. Preparing for this future requires immediate investment in digital capabilities, organisational readiness for decentralised decision-making and development of flexible supplier ecosystems. Companies that proactively build these capabilities today will emerge with significant competitive advantages, able to thrive and seize market share in volatile global conditions while competitors falter.”

              • Digital Supply Chain

              Mark Wilkinson, Senior Vice President for OpenText’s Global Business Network, discusses AI-driven success in supply chains.

              AI in industry

              AI might be transforming industries, but its ability to drive accurate workflows relies on a foundation of reliable data. For those working with supply chains, this data can generate assessments of global circumstances and highlight upcoming disruption to operations before it’s felt by the consumer. 

              In the past year, extreme weather, trade disputes, and geopolitics have tested the limits of business preparedness. For example, in October 2024, it was estimated that the storms that hit Valencia caused damage to its farming industry worth almost £1bn. That includes the produce lost and the rendering of underlying infrastructure as unusable. As the impact of the climate crisis drives an increase in natural disasters, supply chains must prepare for widespread disruption.

              Looking to 2026 and beyond, this trend is unlikely to change for the better. To best future-proof business processes, AI will be fundamental. But where should organisations start? 

              Which data is good enough?

              High-quality, accurate data is important for driving AI success in supply chains and providing users with accurate predictions. This enthusiasm is reflected in the expectation that the big data market will be worth over £300 billion by 2028. Despite this significant investment, most organisations, surveyed across industries, still face data-quality issues.

              At present, only 12% of data and analytics professionals believe that their company’s data is ready for AI adoption despite 76% recognising data-driven decision-making as a priority. To drive success in supply chains, this lack of readiness needs to change.

              Data preparation 

              Though action must be taken to remedy these concerns, companies shouldn’t view the quality of their own data as a blocker to innovation. Instead, they can ‘test’ the data before using it to drive insights.

              As a first step, it’s essential to identify the format and quality of existing data assets. With complete knowledge of all the information available, corporations can integrate AI tools that work with their data, instead of trying to fit it into incompatible solutions.

              Next, team leaders must be certain that their employees are trained on noticing hallucinations and changing processes to ensure accurate AI forecasting. Creation of the right procedures will feed into a successful long-term data governance strategy, ensuring full value is extracted by AI tools.

              For ongoing insights, directly reflecting global circumstances, data must be continually fed into AI systems. By setting up the extraction of data from a reliable platform, companies can ensure that the insights they receive directly correspond with the most pressing logistical concerns.

              Incompatible sources

              Strategic partnerships can bring essential expertise for agile transformation, helping companies to scale at speed and improve their assessment of risks. For instance, by integrating data from a partner organisation, visibility across the global logistics landscape will be increased. Concerns arise, however, when data is formatted differently at each company. To mitigate the chance of hallucinations, data-trained workers should be proactively advised to scan insights for duplicates, misspellings, and inaccurate information.

              Visibility

              For operational success amid an ever-changing global landscape, the importance of preparing and ‘cleaning’, data should not be understated. To ensure accurate insights are produced by AI tools, integrated solutions should be compatible with current data-formatting, proactively mitigating the chance of hallucinations. To derive full value, the same ‘cleaning’ procedure should be used for partner data. By taking the right steps at the beginning of the adoption journey, business leaders can drive effective insights, consistently being updated, to support future growth.

              • AI in Supply Chain

              Kinaxis, the supply chain orchestration platform developer, is leveraging agentic AI in both its world-renowned Maestro platform and beyond. SupplyChain Strategy sat down with Andrew Bell, Chief Product Officer at Kinaxis, to learn more…

              Kinaxis’ Maestro is billed as an AI orchestration platform that revolutionises how supply chain leaders handle and use their data. Built upon three fundamental principles – supply chain data fabric, an intelligence engine, and the user experience – it serves to ease the challenge of gleaning actionable insights from broad data sets, as well as automating processes that are reliant on understanding shifts in that data.

              Through AI, it’s a system that users can speak with: ask Maestro a question about your data, and it will give you an answer in real-time. The AI-powered system can also simulate an endless array of scenarios, massively enhancing supply chain leaders’ capacity to prepare for the future against a backdrop of regular and often-decisive volatility around the world. Keen to learn more about the ways in which the firm is leveraging agentic AI in both Maestro and beyond, SupplyChain Strategy sat down with Kinaxis’ Chief Product Officer, Andrew Bell, backstage at Kinexions 2025, to learn more.

              The three AI disciplines

              Before we get into the finer details, it’s important to understand what agentic AI is and where it sits in the growing family of AI-powered technologies poised to reshape the world. “For supply chain, our view is that there are three AI disciplines that are highly relevant to what we do,” explains Bell, fresh from delivering a fascinating keynote speech to the assembled global supply chain leaders gathered in Austin, on agentic AI. “The first was predictive AI with machine learning, the second, more recently, was generative AI. Continuing on from there would be agentic and autonomous AI.

              “It’s not about any one of those on their own,” Bell continues, “but rather how they come together to deliver. When I think about agentic AI, it comes down to what we demonstrated in conference: the ability to chat with your data, to ask questions about your data, to get it presented to you however you want, all based on simple prompts. It’s actually a fusion of generative and agentic AI. There’s the agent that we built that works autonomously based on prompts from users; prompts that are then interpreted by the generative side.”

              According to Bell, when it comes to agentic AI, the real differentiator is the notion that it operates on its own, that it operates autonomously as a result of a user prompt or data change conditions. “The idea is that it’s able to make its own decisions as it progresses through a problem; that’s what I find so powerful about it,” he enthuses. “That’s how it differentiates from other forms of automation.”

              The democratisation of data

              While concerns abound regarding the disruption AI could bring to workforces, namely in headcounts and the nature of their work, Bell stresses that this form of AI, as with the others, is at its best as an enabler rather than replacer. “The first thing to say is that AI on its own, especially in the supply chain space, is not going to solve our problems,” he explains. “It’s not going to deliver the value. Its real value is its democratisation of data access through the combination of the data with tools that have the ability to access and use that data, with AI sitting on top. Then I can get to my data more easily and more quickly, and so can anyone else approved to use the system.

              “Users don’t need to learn a system, they don’t need to know how to navigate complex worksheets, set up filters and all the things you do in a traditional context. It means anybody, whether that’s an entry-level planner or a C-level executive can ask data-based questions, run a scenario or a simulation or execute something with less friction. I see it as a democratisation of the power of data and as an accelerant.”

              That sense of democratisation extends beyond Kinaxis’ internal use and development of its agentic AI systems, with customers and partners joining the fold to inspire new and iterative action. “We’ve approached it by building an agentic framework first, and that allows for the creation of agents and the running and execution of agents,” Bell elaborates. “That’s step one. Now we’re building our own out-of-the-box agents on that framework, as well as opening that framework up to our customers so they can build their own agents.  Customers know their business best, and there might be use cases that they want to apply an agent to that we haven’t thought of yet. They’ll now have the ability to do that.

              “From there, we’re using our customers and the challenges they share with us to figure out what we can build or iterate upon next. We’ve started with the ‘chat with data’ agent. Because that was the number one thing: get me access to my data. The next thing is the ability to evaluate two options and execute a change. Merck, who we’re working with, shared an agent that essentially detects late supply and takes corrective action.”

              Bell is evangelical regarding the adaptability of its AI framework, allowing agents to be used in isolation, or strung together. “It’s purely going to be based on the natural language prompt from the customer,” he reveals. “The framework will know all the different agents I have access to and so it can either do what the user is asking with those agents or suggest a combination of those agents.”

              Data is the key

              Data is the crux that all AI roads lead to and stem from. Without high-quality data, AI isn’t capable of delivering on its potential. Creating robust frameworks, exercising high levels of data hygiene, and structuring data stores in an AI-ready fashion are paramount in both the development of agentic AI and the application of those tools. For both developers and users, Bell stresses the fundamental importance of getting that data piece right. He notes, too, that its applicable advice no matter where individuals and organisations are in their AI journey. “There is the ability to start from any position on that journey,” says Bell. “It doesn’t have to be a big bang or a one-size-fits-all. No matter what, though, it is about the data. The agents, the automation, whatever it might be, is only going to be as good as the data that it can access. 

              “Step one is to understand the problems you’re looking to solve and figure out which data that system would need. We have capabilities that simply do exception reporting where you can implement predefined automations where your team has said ‘these are some processes that we execute on a regular basis, and we have the data, so automate it’. You can then move up the journey and say, ‘No, we’re ready to implement agents and we’re going to start using some proven native ones before going all the way to making our own.’’

              “The good news is that some of the foundational requirements apply no matter where you start in the journey. Getting the data and having the right tools in place are going to benefit you across the whole journey. From Covid to more recent impediments to worldwide networks via trade war escalation, significant global interruptions and bottlenecks over the past several years have put enormous pressure on supply chains to adapt at pace. As far as disruptive influences go, agentic AI represents a welcome boon for those who can effectively wield its potential.”

              “At Kinexions 2025, we had a presentation from ExxonMobil that noted how people typically think about disruptions as a negative thing, but our job is to build a supply chain that excels at managing those disruptions,” says Bell. “When we do, we have a competitive advantage. Our job at Kinaxis is to provide the tools, systems and capabilities to deliver that competitive advantage to our customers. Disruptions are going to occur. That’s a given. We don’t know what they might be, but they’re going to happen. If we’ve given you the ability to manage them effectively, that’s going to give you a strong competitive advantage.”

              Diane Melul, Sanofi’s Head of Global Supply Planning, talks us through supply chain transformation at the pharmaceutical giant

              French multinational pharmaceutical leader Sanofi has quite the storied history. Having been the first global supplier of injectable polio vaccinations, it has a long-established reputation for driving disruptive, impactful and historic change.

              Against a backdrop of volatility that has come to define the modern supply chain, Diane Melul, Sanofi’s Head of Global Supply Planning, is orchestrating a transformative strategy that will enhance the company’s supply chain rigor and flexibility while maximising its capacity for delivering its vital medicines to patients.

              Speaking with SupplyChain Strategy at Kinexions 2025 in Austin, Texas, Melul hails the company’s digital twin solution as a turning point in creating an interconnected and robust global supply network. 

              Maestro enables Sanofi to simulate its global network across millions of hypothetical scenarios. The data and insights gleaned from the system have enhanced planning, agility, and integration across its supply chain network, and significant new efficiencies have been realised. Accuracy across planning has increased substantially, while real-time insights allow for optimised inventory management. The digital twin has also highlighted pain points across the production process, enabling targeted actions that have decreased process variability and reduced lead times across the cycle. 

              It’s a journey

              “We started our journey something like eight years ago with the demand planning implementation, which has been quite successful,” says Melul. “We have around 110 markets and we’ve been deploying across all of them. So that was the first part, and then came the supply part, which is definitely more complicated to implement.

              “One of the key points we’ve been learning is that effective integration is key across processes and the wider organisation. In recent implementations we’ve been working collaboratively across the business to ease the process, and we’ve been seeing much more adoption in everything because there’s clear interconnectivity.”

              A key benefit for both supply chain and the wider business is the level of preparation that Maestro affords. Not only does its simulated scenarios provide crucial guidance for planning, but also for optimised reactions to surprise situations. “We love running these simulated scenarios,” continues Melul. 

              “That’s one of the benefits we’re getting across our complex network. We have around 40 manufacturing sites and we’ve got them connected with the markets and all the simulations we’re running. It’s allowing us to conduct a lot of parallel processing, and the decision making-process with regards to integrated business planning (IBP) is much easier than it was before we built this interconnection between different parts of the business through Maestro.”

              Agility and resilience have also benefitted, especially where forecasting is concerned. “We also have a new process that will make sure we are more agile and reactive, with full visibility of the markets. As we have mapped manufacturing and markets, we can also get a full signal of what is coming next, the alerts, and how we can react. So that’s part of what we have embedded in our processes.”

              Diane Melul, Sanofi’s Head of Global Supply Planning

              A single source of truth

              A considerable benefit to all of this is the establishment of a single source of truth that’s available across the global network, fostering greater accuracy but also stronger collaboration across what had been disparate and siloed business functions. “A single source of truth is really important,” Melul explains. “We are going beyond the supply chain, too, with a single source of truth that is transmitted through to finance teams and beyond.”

              This heightened alignment allows for clearer and more confident decision-making, and greater communication across the business. Melul has overseen considerable efforts to ensure this opportunity for greater interconnectivity hasn’t gone to waste. “We have created strong standards, and we have to bring people together from across teams to work as one. Whether we’re talking about marketing, planning, site planners, supply planners, they’re all in the same team. It provides opportunities to learn from each other, and they have a sense of community that helps everyone to upskill and grow. That’s a big part of what we’re seeing.”

              It’s not as simple as dropping a new tool in people’s laps and expecting seamless integration, of course, and Melul speaks candidly about the importance of managing such change effectively. “It’s a journey,” she says. “We have to make sure we are helping people to learn how to play with this tool, how to get the most out of it. We have to make sure they see the benefits, how it will positively impact their work, how it’ll impact our delivery for our patients, how it’s going to make sure that, every day, every time, our patients get their product on time.

              “It’s really about making the link and showing them the end-to-end value where previous tools were not really giving us this visibility. Everyone was in their own silos, delivering to the next node without knowing what’s going next, and that’s no longer the case.”

              Change management

              It’s vitally important to create a sense of belief amongst teams when implementing tools like Maestro. Aligning process change, roles and responsibilities across the organisation and the tool is paramount, and Melul alludes to the sense that this groundwork can break the initial inertia that can be typical of these broad technological implementations. “We need to make sure we have strong and clear standards, that’s for sure, but we also need to listen to our people and make sure everything is aligned,” she explains. “People will then adopt the tool more readily when they see the value.

              “Overall, that’s the philosophy we’re trying to get to: showing them the value, the use case, how others are doing. That’s the best way to really get motivation to go above and beyond to make use of new functionalities. You then don’t have to push so much.”

              The implementation is not yet complete, with Sanofi’s vaccine manufacturing sites being the final frontier. For Melul, there’s excitement in being able to bring the learnings from the implementation thus far to this final stage. “It’s a long journey, but we’ve been learning, and we are targeting a bolder approach here to make sure we put everything together in one shot across vaccine manufacturing,” she enthuses. “That’s one of the learnings: the benefit comes quicker when the nodes are implemented in full. That’s what we’re targeting for the next implementation.”

              The future

              While that work is on the horizon, Melul’s attention stretches further. “Beyond that, we want to start investing more in artificial intelligence. We want to make sure we take advantage of new capabilities that can make the decision-making process more agile, to optimise the parameters, to get a proposal to override the master data. How are we doing in terms of inventory? Are we really setting the right parameters? Is the system capable of proposing something more interesting that could help us move in a new direction? That’s definitely the next stage for us after this implementation is complete.”

              Here Melul demonstrates a forward-thinking mentality that has become essential to supply chain leaders in these challenging times. It’s a time where agility is vital, but also where huge opportunities have opened up for supply chain professionals to take a greater hand in broader strategic direction. “There is definitely less stability,” she agrees. “If you like having challenges to face and opportunities to find new solutions every day, it’s both interesting and a way to differentiate yourself. We have to find solutions every day. 

              “It’s interesting because there is no stasis; there is continuous reinvention. Maestro is a tool that will support all of this, but it’s not the only one. If we have everything in terms of process and tools working well, we can spend more time on being disruptive in the way we are working, we can be more disruptive in the approach and think outside of the box.

              “In the last few years, with all these changes in the environment, we have learned how to be more disruptive in the way we approach the business, with positive and direct impact on the final business output: delivering for our patients. In the day-to-day, people want deliveries on time or sooner. Supply chain is making the difference, and we are playing a bigger role every day within the company. How can we make sure we deliver on those unexpected opportunities? How can the supply chain be more agile and be able to support those opportunities? 

              “We are seeing a real impact on business outcomes from that increased supply chain agility. I would say that the supply chain at Sanofi will continue to become more influential within the business. Sanofi’s evolution as a business means we will see the supply chain being more as an orchestrator, not only for the supply chain area, but for full end-to-end processes.”

              For supply chain leaders looking to take on their own bold transformational projects, Melul’s advice is to make sure the foundations are properly laid. “First, of course, get strong master data,” she advises. “Make sure you go step by step. There will be a lot of ways to improve as you proceed. I believe that the adoption or transformation is easier when we get the time to explain where the benefits will be, and we can get simple initial plans that we can improve and enhance day after day. Our quick wins setup ensures we are prepared enough to proceed and move ahead to the next stage. The ambition can stay very high, but we need to make sure we have the step-by-step approach to work in an agile mode. And start simple, but start now!”

              Koray Köse, Founder and Chief Analyst for Kose Advisory and Senior Fellow at GlobSEC’s GeoTech Research Center, discusses how to navigate a complex, chaotic world amid a disruptive and tumultuous geopolitical landscape

              35 years ago, the end of the Cold War in 1989 unleashed a wave of globalisation that fuelled unprecedented economic growth through trade, innovation, and economic imbalances. The US led this era, orchestrating a global order where Western economies pivoted to services and innovation, outsourcing manufacturing to Asia and the Global South. 

              Today, that order is unravelling. As we transition from the fifth Kondratiev Cycle’s digital revolution to the sixth cycle—powered by AI, quantum computing, space, and biotech—we face a profound recalibration of global power. At Kose Advisory, we call this the “Multipolar Resilience Recalibration Framework,” a strategic lens for navigating a world where new power blocs—China, Russia, BRICS, the Turkic belt, and a newly assertive European Union—challenge US dominance in trade, technology, and ideology.  

              This is not a mere transition; it’s a seismic reset. Governments struggle to regulate AI’s transformative potential, corporations grapple with fragmented supply chains, and nations slide into proxy and direct conflicts. Supranational institutions like the WTO and UN are losing relevance, undermined by bureaucracy and shifting priorities. In this multipolar chaos, data-driven insights—drawn from proprietary supply chain analytics and geopolitical foresight—reveal opportunities for those bold enough to act. 

              As we navigate this fractured landscape, one truth emerges: in chaos, we must create.

              A changing world order: Power blocs and technological divergence

              The emergence of assertive leaders—Donald Trump, Xi Jinping, Vladimir Putin, Recep Tayyip Erdoğan—reflects a deeper struggle: no major power, especially one with a divergent ideology, willingly cedes control over global trade or technology. China’s rise is stark. It controls 69% of global rare earth production and refining (US: 1%, Europe: 15%, USGS 2024) and leads in robotics, with 470 robots per 10,000 workers compared to the US’s 295 and Europe’s 219 (Germany: 429, IFR 2024). South Korea, with 1,012 robots per 10,000 employees, sets the global benchmark. 

              Meanwhile, China’s AI advancements—evident in Huawei’s Ascend chips and Baidu’s Ernie models—threaten US technological primacy, forcing a strategic recalibration.  The US-China trade war exemplifies this shift. By April 21, 2025, US tariffs on Chinese imports hit 145%, with China retaliating at 125%. A fragile 90-day truce, effective May 14, 2025, reduced US tariffs to 30% and Chinese tariffs to 10%, with average rates at 51.1% (US on China) and 32.6% (China on US, PIIE 2025). Yet, legal challenges, including a May 28, 2025, US Court of International Trade ruling against tariff authority, signal ongoing volatility. China’s response—curtailing rare earth exports and imposing visa restrictions on US students—underscores the stakes. 

              As Frédéric Bastiat warned, “When goods stop crossing borders, soldiers will.” 

              Economic warfare, though less visible, is warfare.  

              The same principle applies at the corporate level: navigating both macro and micro shifts requires sharp insight and unbiased, sophisticated analytics utilising AI and advanced scenario planning and supply chain risk management technology (think of leading solutions like Exiger, apexanalytix, and few more). Kose Advisory’s Multipolar Resilience Recalibration Framework advises leaders to anticipate these shifts. 

              In a deeply interconnected world, even minor miscalculations can escalate into major disruptions—making strategic, informed decision-making not merely advantageous, but essential for resilience and relevance. 

              I believe the current US administration sees this moment as a last exit ramp. Miss that, and the US might lose its ability to shape its future. Ever since the World Wars, the US has dominated global trade rules, in part because European economies haven’t been strong enough to play that role. But now, China’s not just catching up—they’re launching AI breakthroughs, chip advancements and trigger market disruptions that challenge US dominance.

              Consequently, these tariffs are more than short-term wins. They’re intended to reset the entire global framework—how we trade, how we build supply chains and how we think about technology, labor and social fabrics.

              A blunt approach: Strategic adaptation in a tariff-driven world

              If Biden’s Uyghur Forced Labor Prevention Act (UFLPA) was surgical by targeting China’s textiles, aluminum, and solar panel sectors with principled precision, Trump’s tariff strategy is a shock and awe therapy: it’s blunt, radical and it assumes collateral damage.

              Supply chain leaders, in particular, must prepare for significant upheaval. First, that means moving past the shock. Too many companies are still waiting to “see where the chips fall.” That’s dangerous. Approaches like friendshoring must move quickly: Everyone wants to go to the “safe” zones, but if you wait too long, you’re at the back of the line. Mexico and Canada look like relative winners in this situation for anyone trading with the US. Trump knows Mexico is critical for manufacturing, and Mexico isn’t trying to dominate AI or control strategic assets like the Panama Canal.

              Companies need to recalibrate quickly, even if it appears impossible. If your entire model is based on sourcing from China and selling in the US, you shouldn’t wait for tariffs to become permanent disruptors before adjusting. Yes, you’ll take short-term losses—but if you wait, you might not be able to find the capacity elsewhere, or you might not be able to afford the transition when capital becomes more expensive. Assume transformation pain and losses while you still can.

              Right now, there’s still financing available, and interest rates—while high(er) than in the previous decade—are manageable. But that window may close quickly. Market manipulations can spike US bond yields overnight—done so by China which, in 2024, held an average of $772.5 billion in Treasury bonds, and is the second-largest foreign US debt holder, just behind Japan. If the Fed sees inflation and low unemployment, they won’t lower rates—no matter what Trump wants. That makes financing tougher.

              Supply chain leaders must not panic, but they do need to act decisively. Assertive, educated and risk managing leaders will be positioned best. Identify the core driver of your business—whether it’s people, processes or technology—and rebuild around that in a region that offers stability for the next five or so years. Assume temporary losses, but protect yourself from catastrophic ones. Once this recalibration settles, we’ll enter a normalisation period. We will eventually enter the summer of the Kondratiev Cycle — a period of economic maturity and peak growth, where the core technologies of the cycle reach widespread adoption, driving productivity and profitability. AI and quantum computing are expected to drive growth through the 2030s, based on current technological trends.

              But eventually, autumn will follow—a season of readjustment, where growth slows, financial cracks appear, and confidence begins to wane, possibly prompting renewed cooperation with former rivals to extend stability. By that point, you want to be in a strong position.

              A new business triangle: Geopolitics, economics, technology

              The traditional “people, process, technology” triangle no longer suffices. Success in a multipolar world demands a second triangle—geopolitics, economics, technology—with technology as the linchpin driving the sixth Kondratiev Cycle (AI, quantum computing, 2030s growth). Kose Advisory’s Multipolar Resilience Recalibration Framework integrates these triangles, enabling clients to balance operational excellence with strategic foresight. 

              Value chains succeed when they lead in both triangles—balancing operational excellence with strategic foresight—and keep their eyes on the day after tomorrow.

              It’s no longer enough to optimise for efficiency alone. You need to understand which geopolitical blocs you’re operating in. There’s the US-anchored bloc, the emancipating North Atlantic/European bloc including the UK, the Eurasian axis led by Russia, the China-led bloc, the Turkic belt, and the BRICS nations, just to name a few of the most powerful and are diverging.

              If you aim to operate across multiple blocs, your supply chain must be architected to handle that complexity and not all blocs are compatible. Some are fundamentally at odds.

              Companies need to identify those blocs and build supply chains that align accordingly. And it’s no longer purely about geography—it’s also about technological and ideological compatibility. There’s a growing phenomenon known as the ‘balkanisation of technology.’ Think of it like electrical adapters in different countries… even though coding standards might be similar globally, the rules around how and where you run your tech are diverging. For instance, China strongly discourages state-run companies from running on US cloud infrastructure. They have to use a Chinese cloud provider, like Alibaba. So if you want to do business in China, you’re not just dealing with different regulations—you’re potentially rebuilding your entire tech stack. Another recent example, such as US restrictions on AI chip exports to China (reported in May 2025) or China’s retaliatory visa restrictions for US students, illustrate ongoing decoupling.

              Economically, different blocs are entering divergent growth and recession cycles. If you’re operating across multiple regions, your supply chain must be elastic, adaptive, and agile enough to respond to each environment’s unique dynamics. In some cases, this may require decoupling your business operations entirely. A global tech firm, for instance, may find it necessary to develop parallel manufacturing, compliance, and data infrastructures—one for Western markets and another for China—just to maintain market access. In an increasingly fractured landscape, some countries may even say: “If you’re operating in one bloc, you’re not welcome in ours.” Tech transfer restrictions and IP risks are no longer hypothetical—they’re strategic realities. As a result, companies are being forced to choose sides and rearchitect their business models accordingly. Risk management must become your core competency. 

              The end of an era: Seizing opportunity in chaos

              Globalisation, as we knew it, is over. The mantra of “people, process, technology” has given way to raw, lean effectiveness: what you produce, where you produce it, and how you secure it, with efficiency as a critical but secondary factor.

              Kose Advisory’s Multipolar Resilience Recalibration Framework equips leaders to thrive in this chaos by prioritizing agility and foresight.  Capital is critical. If you have access to it now, use it to make the necessary structural changes. In a recession, forecasting revenue becomes increasingly difficult, and the risk of failure escalates significantly – so will financing your business and investments into the day after tomorrow. 

              In the end, you’ve got two choices: You may die trying, or certainly die not trying. As the Turkish saying goes, “Cesurlar bir kez ölür, korkaklar her gün ölür”—the brave die once, but cowards die every day. 

              The future favours those bold enough to shape it.

              By Koray Kose, Founder and Chief Analyst for Kose Advisory and Senior Fellow at GlobSEC’s GeoTech Research Center.

              • Sourcing & Procurement

              Johnny Ivanyi, Global Head of Logistics at Bayer Crop Science, on managing the complexity of today’s supply chain amid a digital transformation and sustainability boom.

              Today’s supply chain is full of challenges. 

              Disruptions such as geopolitical tensions, climate change and the lingering impact of the pandemic have all had their respective impact on organisations and their strategies. As a result, supply chain and procurement leaders have been propelled to the top of the c-suite and are making key, strategic decisions to drive tangible impact on a company’s strategy. Quite the rise to the top for a function traditionally hidden away out of sight. 

              Supply chain transparency

              According to Johnny Ivanyi, Global Head of Logistics at Bayer Crop Science, one of the main areas he is focused on revolves around improving the transparency and visibility of the entire end-to-end supply chain. “I want to remove silos between system and process because Bayer to improve the performance of the operation as a global company,” he tells us. “The big question is how you can transform these dots of information into complete end-to-end connectivity and we call this ‘Smart Centre.’ You have to build transparency but also at the same time you have to ask how you can ensure real-time tracking in order to make the right decision. How can my team on the ground and the field make the right decision at the right time?”

              The Bayer Crop Science division is a world-leading agriculture enterprise with businesses in seeds, crop protection. The crop protection/seeds operating unit markets a broad portfolio of high-value seeds, while also providing extensive customer service for sustainable agriculture. The global supply and logistics team manages a large worldwide and local network of LSPs and suppliers to provide the ingredients necessary to make their products.

              Data-driven supply chain management

              In 2024, Bayer Crop Science chose a solution to provide their Supply Command Centre. Bayer joined the Digital Supply Chain Network to take advantage of a large and growing ecosystem, bringing efficiency, reliability, agility and predictability to their global supply chain operations. Speaking at the time of the announcement in 2024, Ivanyi said: “We have great expectations that this new platform will support us to improve our customer experience and our logistics operations throughout the entire global supply chain network.”

              Ivanyi joined Bayer in August 2019 and today leads the global supply chain and logistics strategy. As part of his role, he is driving the logistics transformation across regions by identifying, assessing and implementing innovative, best-in-class strategy methods and new technologies. These include Global Transportation Management Solutions (TMS), Global Warehousing Management Solutions (WMS), Last Mile Visibility, and Logistics Smart Centres, such as business intelligence and data analytics. He explains that another important item on his agenda today is change management amid the rise of new innovations entering the marketplace. “We have different generations in logistics so how do you share with your teams that there is a change in the mindset of the way of working? It’s not about show-and-join experience, but about making the right decisions with data,” says Ivanyi. “The final element is data connecting with generative AI (GenAI). The big challenge is balancing and prioritising everything.”

              GenAI journey

              Indeed, GenAI has become one of the biggest buzzwords in the supply chain and procurement space amid a significant industry-wide boom. Automation and the acceleration of new digital tools are transforming how companies operate and do business. However, one of the biggest questions within the industry today is how mature is this technology and how many use cases are there? In Ivanyi and Bayer’s case, they can back it up. 

              “We actually have several use cases — at least four or five in logistics and supply chain that we’re actively working on,” he reveals. “One key use case is maximising on-time delivery in our go-to-market strategy, from our distribution centres to customers. We’re leveraging machine learning and generative AI to analyse provider performance over the last two to three years, helping us predict their reliability today. For instance, if a provider has shown consistent delays in a particular route, we can anticipate issues and take proactive measures.

              “Another use case is within warehouse operations. Even though our organisation operates on a 3PL outsourcing model, we’re working on improving real-time warehouse visualisation—connecting inventory management with payment performance. The goal is to bridge the gaps between systems, improving operational efficiency.

              “A third major initiative is track-and-trace visibility for our 40,000 ocean containers worldwide. We rely on manual uploads to track container locations across multiple providers and platforms. We are exploring how GenAI and automation can eliminate human intervention while ensuring seamless system integration. The objective isn’t to replace people, but rather to enhance system interoperability and reduce manual workload. These are three of our most critical use cases, and while we have several proofs of concept underway, these remain top of mind for us right now.”

              Mitigating challenges

              Bayer is partnering with Gartner on its digital roadmap, and following a recent in-depth conversation, how to unleash the power of data was heavily discussed. According to Ivanyi, there are several key areas tied to success within data analytics. “If you have the right data, clearly understand your use case, and define your desired outcomes, you create a strong foundation for success. These three elements—data, use case clarity, and outcome alignment—are crucial,” he tells us. “We also believe in a step-by-step approach, starting with proof of concept. Rather than tackling everything at once, we begin with a single warehouse or distribution centre and scale up from there. However, the biggest challenge remains data, especially given the complexity within our ecosystem. As we transition to S/4HANA, we must also integrate various satellite systems. 

              “In my view, the key to generative AI success is having the right data and a clear vision. When these align, they drive meaningful outputs and impactful business outcomes. You can have cutting-edge technology powering your GenAI, but without high-quality data as the raw material and a clear framework to measure results, you’re setting yourself up for challenges. If you don’t know how to validate your data, there will be gaps.”

              Sustainability drive

              Alongside digital transformation, a second key topic dominating boardrooms and conferences today is sustainability. The business world has shifted and both the expectations of the consumer and global legislation dictate that greener strategies are the way forward, especially with the United Nations’ 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development in the background. But Ivanyi is optimistic that things are moving in the right direction for Bayer and the wider industry. “I believe we are on the right track,” he says. “We are making significant progress and putting in a great deal of effort to drive meaningful outcomes. Our first priority is establishing the right metrics to measure CO2 emissions globally. By implementing a standardised metric, we can define our baseline and track progress toward our 2030 sustainability goals.

              “Secondly, we are embedding sustainability into every aspect of continuous improvement. As I mentioned before, we are exploring ways to align digital platforms with sustainability opportunities. It’s not just about cost efficiency—we also prioritise customer experience, which is a core obsession at Bayer, while ensuring sustainability is a fundamental part of our decision-making process.

              “In fact, we already have use cases in the field where real-time decisions are being made based on CO2 emissions. For example, when planning transportation from point A to point B, our Transportation Management System (TMS) can calculate mileage and estimate the CO2 emissions for a given route, enabling us to make informed, eco-conscious decisions. Ultimately, it’s about integrating sustainability into our platforms and daily operations. Every use case we develop should not only drive operational improvements but also align with our broader sustainability goals.”

              However, reaching sustainability targets isn’t easy and is impossible to achieve alone. Ivanyi believes that ensuring alignment and mutual understanding with partners is a key piece of the puzzle. “A crucial aspect of collaboration is working with our partners to develop the right solutions while fostering a strong sustainability mindset,” he explains. “The key is collaboration, step by step, with transparency at the core. We need to be open about our internal goals, the opportunities we see, and where we believe improvements can be made. Our partners should align with these sustainability objectives so that we’re all moving in the same direction. Ultimately, in the world of logistics, success comes down to how well you connect with your partners. At the end of the day, they are the ones putting the wheels on the road, so building a strong, clear collaboration with them is essential to driving progress.”

              Brighter future

              Looking ahead, the global investment in new technologies is not going to die down anytime soon. With the supply chain and logistics space set to be digital-focused for the foreseeable future, Ivanyi explains the biggest hurdle will be tailoring digitalisation to each individual organisation because all are built differently. “There’s no turning back—everyone is moving toward digital transformation,” he tells us. “Of course, this requires changes in processes and systems, but more importantly, it requires a shift in mindset. I always say it’s about moving ‘from data to behaviour.’ It’s not just about collecting information—it’s about using it to drive smart decision-making.

              “Think of it like a pilot in a cockpit. The key is having the right metrics and insights at your fingertips, enabling you to make the best decisions—whether they’re focused on customer experience, operational performance, or strategic direction. More and more, companies are investing in digitalisation because it’s the only way forward. But success doesn’t just come from implementing new technology; it comes from training teams and fostering a mindset that embraces this transformation.

              “Another critical element is differentiation. There’s no one-size-fits-all solution for companies operating on a global scale. You can’t apply the same tailored approach everywhere, but at the same time, there isn’t a single universal strategy that works for all. The key is striking the right balance—adapting to regional needs while maintaining a cohesive digital strategy.

              “One thing is clear: digital transformation is inevitable. The real question is where each company focuses its efforts—whether in warehousing, transportation, inventory, or beyond. Everyone is on this journey; the difference will be in how mature and strategic their approach is.”

              • Digital Supply Chain

              Cyrus Gilbert-Rolfe, Chief Commercial Officer at Kezzler, dives into how supply chain professionals can prepare for the future by standardising their data.

              In today’s world of fragmented value chains and increasing uncertainty, supply chain disruption is no longer an exception – it’s sadly, often, the norm. Whether due to global conflicts, climate events, pandemics, or regulatory pressure, businesses must now operate with agility and foresight. And at the heart of this transformation lies a simple but critical need: data.

              More specifically, the ability to capture, share, and interpret granular supply chain data in real time is becoming a cornerstone of operational resilience, sustainability, and regulatory compliance. That’s where EPCIS 2.0, GS1’s visibility data standard, comes into play.

              Unlike its predecessor, EPCIS 2.0 reflects the reality of modern supply chains. It supports richer, more structured data, enabling interoperable traceability across systems, stakeholders, and borders. 

              Digital traceability is no longer optional

              The demand for traceability is growing exponentially. Consumers expect to know where their products come from, under what conditions they were made, and how they can be reused or recycled. Regulators, particularly in the EU, are implementing frameworks like the Digital Product Passport (DPP) to enforce such transparency.

              These shifts introduce massive data requirements that legacy systems were never designed to handle. Fragmented systems, paper-based processes, and non-standard formats not only increase inefficiencies, but they also make compliance, sustainability, and recall management nearly impossible to scale.

              EPCIS 2.0 is built to address this. It provides a common language for supply chain events, allowing businesses to capture detailed, event-based data such as where an item was shipped, under what temperature conditions, or which batch of raw material was used. This level of insight can be the difference between a swift product recall and a full-blown crisis.

              From compliance to circularity: What EPCIS 2.0 enables

              The relevance of EPCIS 2.0 extends far beyond compliance. Its core capabilities are based on capturing the ‘what, when, where, why, and how’ of each product movement or transformation, making it a foundational tool for the circular economy.

              • Sustainability: By embedding certifications, sustainability claims, and environmental data into digital events, companies can provide transparent proof of product provenance and lifecycle impacts.
              • Recall and risk management: When a problem arises, whether a contaminated food ingredient or faulty component, companies can immediately isolate and trace the affected batches, minimising financial and reputational damage.
              • Product lifecycle management: By tracking items from production through repair, resale, and recycling, EPCIS 2.0 supports extended producer responsibility and enables efficient returns or refurbishment programs.

              Crucially, this level of traceability is achieved not through bespoke integrations or proprietary software, but through global standards, enabling seamless interoperability across borders and industries.

              A real-world example: Building a data marketplace at scale

              The journey toward end-to-end digital traceability can be complex. But when done right, the benefits extend far beyond logistics.

              Take the case of Migros Group, Switzerland’s largest retailer. Facing challenges around fragmented data, inefficient returns processes, and lack of supply chain visibility, Migros set out to modernise its operations – not through piecemeal tools, but through the creation of a centralised Logistics Data Marketplace based on EPCIS 2.0.

              This initiative involved:

              • Assigning unique digital identities to each returnable transport item (RTI), enabling precise tracking and reuse.
              • Automating data capture using RFID, which reduced reliance on manual entry and minimized errors.
              • Capturing EPCIS event data for key steps like aggregation, shipping, and receiving – allowing for full visibility of every batch, pallet, and shipment.

              The result? Improved shelf availability, reduced waste, faster goods receiving, and a stronger foundation for sustainability reporting. Most notably, the data was not siloed – it was made available through a collaborative platform where all stakeholders, from manufacturers to distributors, could access the same real-time insights.

              How supply chain leaders can prepare

              While EPCIS 2.0 is technically advanced, its real power lies in its simplicity: using shared standards to enable shared visibility. But to implement it successfully, companies need to follow some strategic steps:

              1. Start with your business problems: Whether it’s improving inventory accuracy, meeting regulatory demands, or enabling product take-back schemes, your use case should drive your data model – not the other way around.
              2. Map your critical process steps: Identify where visibility matters most. For example, in a cold chain, temperature monitoring at transit points may be critical. In manufacturing, the transformation of raw materials into finished goods is key.
              3. Model visibility events: Using EPCIS’s event types you can structure how each step is tracked, verified, and shared.
              4. Use the Core Business Vocabulary (CBV): Adhering to standardised vocabulary ensures your data can be understood and used by partners and regulators alike.
              5. Enable interoperability through Digital Link: Combining EPCIS 2.0 with the GS1 Digital Link standard allows serialized product data to be directly embedded into on-pack codes, creating a bridge between physical products and digital data.

              Looking ahead: A foundation for resilience

              The convergence of regulation, consumer expectation, and technology is changing how businesses think about supply chains. What was once an operational back end is now a strategic asset – central to reputation, revenue, and resilience.

              By adopting EPCIS 2.0, companies are not simply responding to change – they are laying the groundwork for a future-ready infrastructure. This approach enables real-time, data-driven decision-making, facilitates transparent product journeys that help build consumer trust, and allows for faster, more accurate responses to disruptions. Additionally, it fosters smarter collaboration across supply chain networks, ensuring all stakeholders can operate with a shared understanding and greater agility.

              The stakes are high, but the opportunity is greater. For those willing to embrace data standardisation and traceability, EPCIS 2.0 offers a clear and powerful path forward.

              We chat with the CIO of Urenco, Sarah Leteney, about the ways this unique business leverages technology, and the big difference a small team can make.

              Urenco does things a little differently. It has to. It supplies uranium enrichment services and fuel cycle products for the nuclear industry – a niche that requires a lot of specialist care and attention. Urenco has a clear vision for the net zero world. A world in which carbon-free energy is the norm. And for its CIO, Sarah Leteney, this means approaching the world of technology in different and interesting ways.

              Leteney speaks exclusively to Interface Magazine about what it means to operate IT in a high-risk environment that requires an enormous amount of consistency. She also discusses the types of systems that are vital to Urenco, how the business leverages suppliers, bringing in the most talented possible people, and how Urenco balances a small team with a high pressure environment.

              How does the role of CIO within the nuclear industry differ from one for a consumer goods company?

              Most CIOs spend their time thinking about how to talk to customers through the rapid exchanges that are needed to maintain the flow of high volumes of traffic. They need to know how to keep up with their competitors in terms of customer experience and how to quickly bring new products to market.

              At Urenco, we are quite literally the polar opposite of this. We are concerned with the consistency and timeliness of highly individualised communications with our customers, how internal control software can enable the accurate flow of information to our regulators, and how to support our teams to keep track of every gram of raw material, and product in our organisation. Our systems are vital to keep our operations safe and reliable. It is not fast-paced – rather a very careful and considered environment where accuracy is everything.

              What is it like to enable and provision services in such an environment? Can you keep in touch with market trends? Is there much recognition of what you do?

              I work in a high threat environment and there are many special considerations to understand. There is a certain cadence and rhythm to what we do and we have to work at a pace which suits the organisation, rather than keep up with the latest trends in the IT industry. Although, we do keep abreast of developments through networks such as Gartner and Aurora and introduce them where appropriate and relevant.

              In relation to the recognition of this role, like every other CIO out there, you are noticed more when something is not working properly. That said, Urenco is very good at making you feel as if you are part of something that matters. People readily ask you questions and understand when something is a minor glitch compared to something more significant. And we actively encourage people to report issues because that is how you get continuous improvement. Overall, the organisation takes care of my team, we’re not under siege when things go wrong and what we do is widely appreciated.

              What sorts of systems are you looking after and what are the challenges around these?

              We have all the same systems that you see in many other large organisations, plus a few really niche products used only in our industry. 

              Like lots of businesses, we are on a SAP journey, moving existing systems into S4. This programme impacts all parts of the organisation and we have to drive the changes forward from a business point of view. We consider the IT team an enabler for this work as it’s ultimately the transformation of our business processes which we are trying to facilitate.

              We also look after the information assets of the organisation – both the structured and unstructured data. Like many organisations, it’s an on-going process to work out how to extract genuine business insights from vast amounts of  historical data which has been stored in multiple places and not always in the most logical manner. We have a significant amount of historical information which still remains important (think plant designs and maintenance records, etc.) so effective archiving and retention policies are very much at the forefront of our minds. It’s so easy to over store or over classify information in an effort to be ‘safe rather than sorry’, but in reality, as well as increasing on-going costs, this sort of behaviour tends to make it harder to find what you need. We are investigating new technologies to help us search through our data faster and more effectively than ever before.

              We’re also currently extending into the Operational Technology sphere, sharing our experience and tools with our OT colleagues and directly addressing operational security challenges, investing significantly in our cyber defences to further strengthen our plant security services.

              What is it like to work in a company with a large turnover but a relatively small number of employees? How does that affect the service you provide?

              We try to think through what every employee needs from IT and provide them with the level of service their role requires, regardless of their position in the business. We are in the fortunate position where having fewer employees means individual changes to software, hardware, or SAAS costs tend to have a less significant impact on our profitability than in many organisations with higher staff complements. Many organisations have tiers of users which determine the level of service received. However, in our organisation, every minute of everyone’s time is important, as we don’t have many employees driving our engine forward. We are investing in our employee experience as one of the key organisational imperatives working alongside our colleagues in the People and Culture team, and this is going to be an on-going focus for us for the next few years.

              Whilst the company turnover is important, it is less of a driving factor for us in IT. We benchmark ourselves against what proportion of operational expenditure we are investing in IT and IS to ensure we invest an appropriate amount in IT for an organisation of this size.

              How do you work with your team to ensure they can provide the most effective service to the business?

              We are organised primarily around our production sites, with a centralised team to provide shared services like architecture and finance. The organisation is only two layers deep in most teams, so information flow is mainly managed by direct cascade. The senior team is made up of heads of shared functions and site IT managers, and opinions flow freely between them.

              Our IT Leadership team has a monthly two-day meeting where we come together in person. We sit together without our PCs and the constant pinging of information. This helps us to realign, to reprioritise matters, and include coaching and learning techniques. We all have daily pressures in our lives, and these meetings are about supporting each other and working effectively together. 

              Once a quarter we also visit one of our sites as a group, hosted by our IT site managers. This is critical to us because we cannot do our jobs without thoroughly understanding the experience of IT services on the ground. These visits also allow us to meet up with our business colleagues as part of their site leadership teams so we can exchange experiences and strategic thinking quite freely in person.

              We also run monthly townhall meetings for all members of the IT team, and invite our colleagues from Information Security to join us. We have found this to be a really valuable information exchange point. IS can hear exactly what we are saying to the wider team on the ground, so they can gain real insight into our issues first hand. Our key suppliers are also invited to these sessions on a quarterly basis, again to foster free exchange of information.

              How about diversity and inclusion – what are you doing within that area and what have you achieved?

              This is one of the biggest areas I would like to tackle further. Within our company, like the whole of the nuclear sector, the age of our employees is increasing year on year as we have a very low employee turnover. So we have a small number of vacancies on an annual basis and we are working hard to get a better talent pool for when these opportunities arise, reaching out to people with a wider range of backgrounds. 

              Our strategy includes blind sifting, engaging with people who have had periods of time out of the workplace and may need to work certain hours, and being open to job-sharing. It is possible for us to be very flexible and we are trying to ensure this is known out in the world of recruitment.

              One area we are doing really well in right now is neurodiversity. We have a significant proportion of our team who identify as neurodivergent and a new staff network focussing on the specific issues of importance to this community was actually started by a member of our team.

              I’d love to see an ethnicity and gender mix in the future which is closer to the population norms in each of our operating countries and I’m pleased to say that our talent acquisition partners are working hard to promote our roles in new talent pools with a much more diverse population. 

              How do you work with your suppliers to maintain a good relationship with them?

              We’re currently in the process of diversifying our IT supply base. We have had a couple of really strong suppliers for a long period of time who work very closely with us, but what we are aiming to do now is widen our group of key suppliers to create a supplier ecosystem consisting of four different types of partner – Advisory, Development, Configuration, and Support. A key part of this initiative will be about embedding the behaviours we would like suppliers to demonstrate when working with us to create an inclusive and transparent relationship, which we are progressing through setting up a Urenco Academy to provide initial onboarding and on-going behavioural reinforcement of Urenco’s core values across our partnerships.  

              You recently won a CIO 100 award. How did that come about and what reaction did you get from people who know you?

              The CIO 100 award came about through my external mentor asking me why I wasn’t looking at it! He encouraged me to put myself forward for consideration. Sometimes you need a bit of a push from a critical friend to remind you that whilst you see how much remains to be done, it’s good to acknowledge the great results you have already achieved.

              The most gratifying thing about the whole experience for me was that you are judged by really experienced CIOs, so they fully understand the complexity of what you do. I’m incredibly grateful and humbled to be included in such an inspiring group of people, who are all wrestling with organisational struggles and trying to keep up in a fast-paced world, solving problems all day, every day. 

              My colleagues were delighted for me and sent lots of congratulatory messages. I think my team were slightly surprised because they also don’t always see what a good job they are all doing. One of them was even inspired to send an AI-created poem in celebration!

              Urenco gave me the opportunity to take on a challenging and exciting role initially as an interim CIO. They chose to promote from within despite having strong external candidates, and not only that, but they asked if I would like to have a mentor in my first year to help me to cement the skills I wanted to strengthen for my own peace of mind. I’m not sure what else I could have asked for from this organisation. When I look at the award all I really think, looking back over the last three years, is ‘how amazing is that’!

              Read the magazine spread here.

              We say goodbye to 2024 focused on the technology innovation the new year will bring. Our cover story highlights a…

              We say goodbye to 2024 focused on the technology innovation the new year will bring. Our cover story highlights a technology transformation journey change for the San Francisco Police Department (SFPD)

              Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!

              Read the latest issue here!

              San Francisco Police Department: A Technology Transformation

              San Francisco Police Department (SFPD) CIO William ‘Will’ Sanson Mosier is ignited by the transformative power of technology to enhance public safety and improve lives. “Ultimately, my motivation stems from the relationship between individual growth and organisational success. When we invest in our people, we empower them to innovate, problem-solve, and deliver exceptional results. In turn, the organisation thrives, solidifying its position as a leader in its field. This virtuous cycle of growth and innovation is what drives me.”

              OSB Group- Building the Bank of the Future

              Group Chief Transformation Officer Matt Baillie talks to Interface about maintaining the soul of a FinTech with the gravitas of a FTSE business during a full stack tech transformation at OSB Group. “We’ve found the balance between making sure we maintain regulatory compliance and keeping up with customer expectations while making the required propositional changes to keep pace with markets on our existing savings and lending platforms.”

              Urenco: Accuracy is Everything

              We speak with the CIO of Urenco – an international supplier of enrichment services and fuel cycle products for the civil nuclear industry. Sarah Leteney talks about the ways this unique business leverages technology, and the big difference a small team can make. “We work in a high threat environment and there are many special considerations to understand. There is a rhythm to what we do to work at a pace which suits the organisation, rather than keep up with the latest trends in IT.”

              Langham Hospitality Group: Technology, Strategy, Innovation

              Langham Hospitality Group SVP, Sean Seah, talks hospitality informed by innovation, and falling in love with the problem, not the solution. “You’ve got to pilot something small – ideate it, then you can incubate it, and if it works you figure out how to industrialise it.”

              Midcounties Co-operative: A Digital Transfomation

              The Midcounties Co-operative is home to over 645,000 members and employs more than 6,200 people across multiple brands and locations, including over 230 food retail stores across the UK. We spoke with CIO Jacob Isherwood to learn about its approach to data management. “Whether you’re running a nursery, managing a natural gas pipeline, or selling tins of beans, data helps manage complexity and meet challenges from a place of understanding.”

              Read the latest issue here!

              • Digital Strategy

              Xerox has been a household name for decades. For many, it’s associated with photocopiers and printers. After all, it’s the…

              Xerox has been a household name for decades. For many, it’s associated with photocopiers and printers. After all, it’s the largest print company in the world. But it’s also a technology powerhouse that’s been at the forefront of a great deal of innovation. It has undergone a journey of evolution and reinvention into an IT and digital services provider. That’s what led to the business acquiring a large managed service provider, Altodigital, in 2020. 

              Derek Gunton has spent nearly 20 years in the technology sphere. He came to Xerox as part of the Altodigital acquisition. Altodigital also started out as a management print organisation and evolved into the IT services side, so its journey mirrors Xerox’s in many ways. “Now, as we move into the next technological age powered by AI and automation, we’ve put ourselves in a good position,” says Gunton. 

              “Xerox continues to evolve as a company. It recently announced the acquisition of another large managed services IT business called Savvy, which will double the size of the IT services business. That gives us a lot of speciality, a lot of scale, and prepares us for that leap into the technologies of the future.”

              Supporting Lanes Group’s technology

              Xerox has been supporting Lanes Group in its own growth journey for a few years now. It doesn’t provide print services, but the IT and digital services Xerox is gradually becoming known for. The relationship began during the COVID-19 pandemic, when the working environment was very different. Businesses were trying to figure out how to continue to operate as normally as possible and provide certainty for staff.

              “There were just two of us from Xerox working with them, and we were talking about room planning software,” says Gunton. “How do you manage how many people are in the building? How do they book spaces, or manage people in line with the COVID legislation that was in place? The conversation started there. Then, we were asked what we could do around providing some managed service desk support just to assist the internal team at the time – and it’s grown from there. Four years later, we have over 30 members of staff dedicated to the Lanes account, supporting more than 4,000 users across over 50 states.

              “We’re very much an operation that compliments Lanes Group. The thing that has always worked well is that we have the ability to respond and scale. Lanes have been on their own journey over the last few years to the point that they’re truly industry-leading, and we’ve managed to keep up whilst always looking to innovate, make suggestions, and bring new solutions to the table.”

              An integrated technology partnership

              Lanes Group supports key utilities including water and gas. What it does is absolutely critical. If there are problems in those areas, millions of people can be affected. So while Lanes has a huge responsibility to always be ready to support those utilities at all times, Xerox has just as much of a responsibility to be in a position to support Lanes.

              “It’s massively important, and everybody in our business is briefed on what Lanes does to ensure we understand that responsibility,” says Gunton. “In my career, I’ve seen lots of different structures in terms of how we work with clients. Sometimes it can be very much a supplier-client relationship where it’s very siloed and formal. What sets our relationship with Lanes Group apart is that it’s a very integrated partnership. There are several meetings every week. There are dedicated program managers, and every product area has its owner. We have very strict SLAs to adhere to and the only way to deliver what Lanes needs is through communication and mutual support.”

              Streamlining inconsistencies 

              A perfect example of the collaborative relationship between Xerox and Lanes Group is the secure network solution Xerox put in place. Effectively, Xerox mapped out and replaced the network infrastructure of all Lanes Group sites, giving better visibility, better control, and a better user experience.

              “When we first reviewed the sites, there were over 50 of them running independently. That was difficult for the IT team to manage,” says Gunton. “It led to a lot of inconsistencies. We had mixed feedback from end users. Our aim was to introduce a technology system that would give the users the ability to have a consistent experience across all sites. We worked with our partners at HPE to identify the latest Ariba access solutions available, and deployment across all sites has been very successful. It’s also improved security, giving users the ability to skip length authentication processes. The user experience is really smooth now, which is what we were after.”

              Creating agility

              Working as partners, not in a supplier-client capacity, has made all the difference for the two businesses. From robot process automation to take manual tasks away from humans, to the increased use of AI-driven tools, Xerox is providing Lanes with what it needs to be agile. It’s a relationship based on trust and a shared goal.

              “I do appreciate the help from the stakeholders at Lanes, because they embrace the same kind of culture,” Gunton says. “Often we’ll do joint meetings where we all address the same problem or desire to innovate together. We trust each others’ skill sets and openness to really come up with a solution. Ultimately, it’s all people-driven. It’s based on having really clever people in the right places, and we’ve built up a really solid team over the years.”

              The evolution Lanes Group is going through isn’t going to slow down any time soon. That means Xerox’s work won’t either. Gunton states: “Our broad priorities with Lanes also reflect the current UK landscape. Data integration and automation are the areas we’re continuing to focus on. We have to think about how we deliver that. In terms of data, there needs to be one true source. You have to be really confident in the information you have, being as accurate as possible.”

              What’s key for Xerox is ensuring that Lanes Group is able to shift from being reactive to more proactive. That is its focus. “We’re already delivering technology solutions to better equip Lanes to respond in that manner. I think the next year is going to be really exciting as we continue to develop that. We believe that we will continue to put Lanes at the forefront of their industry with the solutions that we supply.”

              This month’s cover story throws the spotlight on the ground-up technology transformation journey at Lanes Group – a leading water…

              This month’s cover story throws the spotlight on the ground-up technology transformation journey at Lanes Group – a leading water and wastewater solutions and services provider in the UK.

              Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!

              Read the latest issue here!

              Lanes Group: A Ground-Up Tech Transformation

              In a world driven by transformation, it’s rare a leader gets the opportunity to deliver organisational change in its purest form… Lanes Group – the leading water and wastewater solutions services provider – has started again from the ground up with IT Director Mo Dawood at the helm.

              “I’ve always focused on transformation,” he reflects. “Particularly around how we make things better, more efficient, or more effective for the business and its people. The end-user journey is crucial. So many times you see organisations thinking they can buy the best tech and systems, plug them in, and they’ve solved the problem. You have to understand the business, the technology side, and the people in equal measure. It’s core to any transformation.”

              Mo’s roadmap for transformation centred on four key areas: HR and payroll, management of the group’s vehicle fleet, migrating to a new ERP system, and health and safety. “People were first,” he comments. “Getting everyone on the same HR and payroll system would enable the HR department to transition, helping us have a greater understanding of where we were as a business and providing a single point of information for who we employ and how we need to grow.”

              Schneider Electric: End-to-End Supply Chain Cybersecurity

              Schneider Electric provides energy and digital automation and industrial IoT solutions for customers in homes, buildings, industries, and critical infrastructure. The company serves 16 critical sectors. It has a vast digital footprint spanning the globe, presenting a complex and ever-evolving risk landscape and attack surface. Cybersecurity, product security and data protection, and a robust and protected end-to-end supply chain for software, hardware, and firmware are fundamental to its business.

              “From a critical infrastructure perspective, one of the big challenges is that the defence posture of the base can vary,” says Cassie Crossley, VP, Supply Chain Security, Cybersecurity & Product Security Office.

              “We believe in something called ‘secure by operations’, which is similar to a cloud shared responsibility model. Nation state and malicious actors are looking for open and available devices on networks. Operational technology and systems that are not built with defence at the core and not normally intended to be internet facing. The fact these products are out there and not behind a DMZ network to add an extra layer of security presents a big risk. It essentially means companies are accidentally exposing their networks. To mitigate this we work with the Department of Energy, CISA, other global agencies, and Internet Service Providers (ISPs). Through our initiative we identify customers inadvertently doing this we inform them and provide information on the risk.”

              Persimmon Homes: Digital Innovation in Construction

              As an experienced FTSE100 Group CIO who has enabled transformation some of the UK’s largest organisations, Persimmon Homes‘ Paul Coby knows a thing or two about what it takes to be a successful CIO. Fifty things, to be precise. Like the importance of bridging the gap between technology and business priorities, and how all IT projects must be business projects. That IT is a team sport, that communication is essential to deliver meaningful change – and that people matter more than technology. And that if you’re not scared sometimes, you’re not really understanding what being the CIO is.

              “There’s no such thing as an IT strategy; instead, IT is an integral part of the business strategy”

              WCDSB: Empowering learning through technology innovation

              ‘Tech for good’, or ‘tech with purpose’. Both liberally used phrases across numerous industries and sectors today. But few purposes are greater than providing the tools, technology, and innovations essential for guiding children on their educational journey. Meanwhile, also supporting the many people who play a crucial role in helping learners along the way. Chris Demers and his IT Services Department team at the Waterloo Catholic District School Board (WCDSB) have the privilege of delivering on this kind of purpose day in, day out. A mission they neatly summarise as ‘empower, innovate, and foster success’. 

              “The Strategic Plan projects out five years across four areas,” Demers explains. “It addresses endpoint devices, connectivity and security as dictated by business and academic needs. We focus on infrastructure, bandwidth, backbone networks, wifi, security, network segmentation, firewall infrastructure, and cloud services. Process improvement includes areas like records retention, automated workflows, student data systems, parent portals, and administrative systems. We’re fully focused on staff development and support.”

              Read the latest issue here!

              • Data & AI
              • Digital Strategy
              • People & Culture

              There were many inspiring themes on peoples’ lips at DPW Amsterdam 2024, including collaboration. One of the major reasons procurement…

              There were many inspiring themes on peoples’ lips at DPW Amsterdam 2024, including collaboration. One of the major reasons procurement professionals flock to DPW is the opportunity to learn from their peers, strategise with them, and make connections in order to partner up and grow. We sat down with Dr Matthias Dohrn and Sudhir Bhojwani, business collaborators of several years who prove the benefits of coming together for growth.

              Dohrn is the CPO of BASF, a global chemical company, making him responsible for direct, indirect, and traded goods. Prior to this role he headed up a business unit – and things weren’t going well. It got to the point where the question of how to drive performance became a priority. The business needed to consistently drive value, not just be, in Dohrn’s words, a “one-hit wonder”. 

              “I’ve been in a lot of meetings where people come together and say, ‘we should do something’ – but the next month, you have the same meeting and nothing has changed,” Dohrn explains. “Structuring an organisation in a manner that really drives and extracts value, that’s key.”

              This eventually led to meeting with ORO Labs and asking how it could help BASF build a solution that enabled the growth it needed. Sudhir Bhojwani, CEO and Co-Founder of ORO Labs, knew Dohrn already from his SAP Ariba days He even credits him with explaining what ‘supplier management’ means. When he co-founded ORO Labs, his team wanted to focus on being a procurement orchestration platform and build smart workflows. 

              “When Matthias was running his business unit, as he mentioned, he had this Excel-based process where he was running thousands of measures,” Bhojwani explains. “It was an interesting process. We let him know that our workflow could solve his problems way more efficiently. So we worked with this business unit at that time and saw some positive results. Roughly a year later, Matthias took over as CPO and wanted to bring in the same structure that we’d implemented at the business unit, but on a bigger scale.”

              Kicking off the project

              Getting this project off the ground meant having a business case, first and foremost. This required actually sitting down with the people who do the ordering, because procurement needed to understand the options it had. “So, with every plant in BASF – all approximately 150 of them – we had to talk to them, and look at the individual spend of each plant,” Dohrn explains. “This included direct procurement of raw materials, energy, logistics, indirect spend for services, and so on. Then we had brainstorming workshops, generating between 30 and 50 improvement measures per workshop.

              “Then, because it’s bottom-up, you bring in the performance management tool to prioritise the measures. Then you go through the business case and confirm the value. As these measures go through the implementation levels, it’s very satisfying because you can see how you’re making progress in driving value every day. The people who own the measures set the timeline themselves, and there are incentive schemes behind the best ideas.”

              Driving value to motivate people was a priority from the start, and something BASF discussed with ORO Labs early on. People are able to see the status of their measures thanks to ORO Labs, which means they’re able to see the results and also see other peoples’ great ideas. “You create a wave of people who are driving value, much faster,” Dohrn adds. 

              Addressing the challenges

              From Bhojwani’s perspective, there were multiple challenges when approaching BASF’s requirements. Fundamentally, ORO Labs was building a brand new workflow, as BASF required a very different take on what that means. ORO understanding how that translated to what BASF needed was the first challenge.

              “We needed to understand the structure Matthias has, and what the work streams should look like,” Bhojwani explains. “We had to figure out how to model these work streams within our tool in a way that made sense. An indirect work stream is not the same as something in direct material; those things are very different. So here’s where our workflow tool worked quite well. We could customise how direct material work streams should behave, compared to indirect work streams, how country A should behave compared to country B, and so on.

              “It was important that we could bring flexibility, and that we could solve workflow problems in innovative ways. Another challenge was the user experience part. We had to make sure that the system worked for everybody, otherwise nobody would participate in the system. We had to keep working on it, keep fixing it, and that took a good 18 months of tweaking. The biggest thing has been understanding how BASF actually generates value, and how a workflow can help. It’s been very interesting.”

              Identifying the value

              Collaborating with ORO Labs has unlocked an enormous amount of value for BASF. Dohrn has seen the business come together thanks to the work that was put into communicating and collaborating with every site across businesses and functions, and BASF is continuing to conduct workshops for further improvement. There’s also, of course, the EBIT being gained from the business cases, putting BASF on track to generate sustainable savings.

              “There’s been a real mindset change,” Dohrn states. “We’re now really focused on value, and we’re using this ORO Labs tool to hold each other accountable. You can see the progress every day. We call it the iceberg because you can see below the implementation levels. Everything starts off below the water line – no value created yet, just potential. Then you see it moving beyond the zero line into the positives, and every day I can see the difference between now and yesterday with just a click. It’s so fulfilling to see what we have created.

              “We’re able to see the interaction with the plants, the interaction between people, and interaction with the requisitioners, and we can create something positive together. I think that’s huge. It’s only going to bring more and more value over the next few years. People are used to the tool now, they find it easy. It has created value and everyone’s happy because the cost pressure on the plants has gone down.”

              Tonkean is built differently. Tonkean is a first-of-its-kind intake and orchestration platform. Powered by AI, Tonkean helps enterprise internal service…

              Tonkean is built differently.

              Tonkean is a first-of-its-kind intake and orchestration platform. Powered by AI, Tonkean helps enterprise internal service teams like procurement and legal create process experiences that transform how businesses operate. The transformation hinges on four key functionalities, intake, AI-powered orchestration, visibility, and business-led configuration (no-code), which internal teams leverage to use existing tools better together, automate complex processes across teams and tools, and empower employees to do better, higher-value work. 

              Jennifer O’Gara is the Senior Director of Marketing, Director People and Talent at Tonkean. O’Gara’s route into procurement came when Tonkean became active within the space. “While we initially focused on solving complex process challenges across entire enterprises, we quickly realised how much procurement could benefit from this approach,” she explains. “Procurement processes are inherently complex and collaborative and cross-functional, making them a perfect fit for Tonkean’s orchestration capabilities. We were right. Since we entered the market, we’ve been blown away by how enthusiastically process orchestration has been received. That’s keeping us excited about procurement.”

              This year, DPW Amsterdam 2024’s theme was 10X, with a focus on the importance of companies aiming for a moonshot mindset instead of an incremental approach. As far as O’Gara is concerned, achieving 10X improvements in performance is within reach for procurement, but it requires a shift in how the function thinks about growth. “It’s not just about doing more of the same faster—it’s about fundamentally rethinking the processes that drive your business,” reveals O’Gara. “Your processes are like your company’s infrastructure. When you optimise at the process level, you don’t just create incremental gains; you can fundamentally transform the way you operate at scale. You can remove bottlenecks permanently, facilitate easier collaboration org-wide, and drive true, reliable automation across all your teams and systems. The result is exponential performance improvements that can be sustained over time. Aiming for 10X isn’t just a lofty goal—it’s achievable. The key is focusing your improvement efforts at the process level.”

              However, the journey to 10X isn’t straightforward. Some organisations believe they can just layer new technology on top of old processes. According to O’Gara, this won’t unlock 10X growth and will still leave your company lagging behind. “Getting to 10X starts, instead, with building better processes—and moving away from the idea that any one technology will do the trick,” she says. “For example, AI. AI is powerful, but it’s just a tool, and it’s only valuable if used strategically. To truly unlock 10X improvements in performance, you need to integrate technologies like AI into your core processes in a way that’s structured, strategic, and scalable. You will only ever be as innovative or adaptive or as effective as your processes are dynamic, dexterous and dependable. How do you build better processes? That’s where process orchestration comes in.”

              Process orchestration refers to the strategy — enabled by process orchestration platforms — of coordinating automated business processes across teams and existing, integrated systems. These processes can facilitate all procurement-related activities. Importantly, they can also accommodate employees’ many different working preferences and styles.

              Instead of simply adding to an organisation’s existing tech stack, process orchestration allows companies to use their existing mix of people, data, and tech better together. One promise of process orchestration is to finally put internal shared service teams like procurement in charge of the tools they deploy.

              This goes a long way towards solving one of the enterprise’s most vexing operational challenges: the inefficiency of over-complexity born of too much new technology. It also allows procurement teams to truly make their technology work for them and the employees they serve. As opposed to making people work for technology. Process orchestration breaks down the silos that typically separate working environments. No longer do stakeholders have to log in to an ERP or P2P platform to submit or approve intake requests, just for example. The technology will meet them wherever they are.

              “It helps you create and scale processes that can seamlessly connect with all of your existing systems, databases, and teams, while accommodating the individual needs of your employees and meeting them in the tools they already use,” adds O’Gara. “Orchestration allows you to automate processes across existing systems—like ERP, P2P, and messaging apps—so data flows automatically between them. It allows you to surface technologies like AI when and where they’re most impactful for stakeholders.”

              Speaking of AI, it remains one of the biggest buzzwords in procurement. Indeed, anything that offers Chief Procurement Officers cost savings and efficiency will prick their ears, but the question remains: can the industry fully trust it? O’Gara believes it is ‘overhyped.’ “When it first emerged, it wasn’t just seen as a new tool—it was almost treated like magic,” she explains. “The hype still hasn’t died down, and that’s been a problem. It’s created unrealistic expectations and skewed perceptions of what innovation with this sort of technology actually entails; I can’t tell you how many procurement leaders have admitted to us that they’re getting pressure from the C-suite to invest in AI-powered tools just because they have ‘AI’ in the name.”

              While clear with her scepticism regarding generative AI’s current place in the market, O’Gara recognises its potential. “Generative AI’s potential is huge—especially if it’s deployed strategically at the process level,” she reveals. “It could truly transform procurement, shifting teams from transactional roles to strategic partners who are involved early in the buying process and appreciated for their unique expertise—and for the unique business value procurement alone can deliver. But AI on its own isn’t going to save procurement. The reality is, many organisations jumped into the AI hype without a real strategy, and that’s why they haven’t seen its full value yet. The key is integrating AI thoughtfully into core processes—that’s when we’ll start seeing its real potential.”

              With an eye on the future, O’Gara expects the next year to continue to revolve around AI adoption, but in ways that deliver real value. “I think we’ll see procurement truly stepping into a more strategic role, with businesses recognising procurement as a key partner, not just a back-office function,” she says. “This shift will be driven in part by new technology, especially process orchestration and AI, helping procurement bridge gaps in communication and collaboration across teams. Another big trend will be the rise of personalised, consumer-like experiences in procurement—making buying and approval processes smoother, more intuitive, and better tailored to the needs of individual users. It’s an exciting time, and we’re just scratching the surface of what’s possible.”

              Catching up with Mitha-Ai’s Co-Founder, Arash Saberi, we dive into the vital importance of a solid data foundation.

              Whether we’re talking about gen AI, 10X, or any other kind of advanced tech solution, data is at the core of the discussion. And when data isn’t clean or ready for the implementation of something being built on top of it, businesses can end up significantly held back. Mithra-Ai is an organisation that helps its customers to build trust in their data, which is a core issue for many. 

              “That sets us apart,” says Arash Saberi, Co-Founder of Mithra-AI. “We help procurement leaders and category managers create, execute, and realise their strategies. This is backed by reliable, comprehensive data, both internal and external, tailored specifically for their categories.

              “Maintaining high-quality data is crucial as it influences the accuracy and reliability of AI-driven insights and recommendations. That’s where Mitha-AI comes in. Our cleansing, enrichment, and auto-classification engines ensure that procurement stakeholders, including data scientists, begin with a reliable data foundation.”

              Cleaning and classifying data

              Mithra-Ai is an AI-native SaaS solution, which starts off by proposing a meaningful spend hierarchy for every category. What’s key is that this is paired with an automated cleansing and classification engine. This is so important because the only way to achieve truly clean data is to make sure it enters the system clean in the first place. 

              “Clear visibility into categorised spending eliminates uncategorised expenses and wrong assumptions,” says Saberi. “When supplemented by relevant external data intelligence, category managers are empowered to negotiate with confidence, achieve greater savings, and monitor initiatives effectively.”

              A world beyond cost savings

              When launching Mithra-Ai in 2021, the company’s founders rightly foresaw that the role of procurement would evolve beyond focusing merely on cost savings, and become the central hub of every organisation. Because of that, they knew that accurate, reliable information was needed – hence the necessity for Mithra-Ai.

              As procurement has shifted, the status quo is no longer good enough. It’s an exciting time for the sector, but also one of high demand in the race to adopt increasingly advanced technology. But it’s necessary for efficiency and growth.

              “Tesla and Nvidia exemplify the power of embracing change over maintaining that status quo,” says Saberi. “Procurement is facing intense pressure to evolve with organisational needs. Those organisations can opt for incremental changes, which will likely slow them down, or pursue a 10X leap to maintain competitive advantage. The latter requires bold and decisive leadership from heads of procurement.”

              The road to 10X thinking

              The way to drive 10X thinking, Saberi believes, is through having a clear vision of your goals. Sometimes businesses, especially ones which are going through major change or those navigating outdated legacy systems, are at risk of losing sight of their goals. But having that vision is a foundational necessity, regardless of what stage you’re at.

              “Set aspirations high, and question existing norms,” says Saberi. “Procurement leaders can draw inspiration from startups by fostering a culture of innovation through small-scale initiatives that can rapidly expand. Reevaluate the skills and team structure necessary for future success.”

              Another important aspect to bear in mind when considering these things is the level of risk you’re willing to undertake when setting goals and aspirations. “That’s often overlooked,” Saberi continues. “Determining the acceptable level of risk is crucial. It significantly influences partner selection and the outcome of RFPs.”

              Thinking big, starting small

              While ambition is vital to 10X thinking and beyond, businesses must also make sure they don’t bite off more than they can chew. Launching into adopting huge volumes of advanced technology can lead to overwhelm and can make a business stall rather than evolving. A more careful approach is required.

              “Think big, start small,” says Saberi. “Prioritise high-impact, low-effort initiatives over those requiring significant effort. Many transformation projects fail to deliver the expected benefits and incur high costs during the program.” This is another reason to decide on the appropriate risk level early on, in order to guide prioritisation decisions and transformation pace. 

              It’s an incredibly exciting time for procurement, and that includes Mithra-Ai. In a very short time, it’s developed several foundational modules for its data-driven category management solution. This includes the Collaborative Initiative Tracker that was launched during DPW Amsterdam 2024 – just one of Mithra-Ai’s inspiring undertakings as we approach 2025.

              “The tracker means that procurement teams can now involve multiple stakeholders in collaboratively tracking and enhancing the impact of key initiatives, such as cost-saving measures,” says Saberi. “Exciting times lie ahead.”

              DPW Amsterdam is the perfect stage for launching a solution like this. It’s an event that inspires a culture of innovation, bringing procurement professionals together to teach, learn, and shout about their latest additions to the procurement landscape.

              “DPW stands out as the premier procurement tech event of the year,” says Saberi. “Practitioners can explore and engage with procuretech suppliers, showcasing valuable use cases and personal stories across multiple stages. DPW is a catalyst for ideation, creating trust and confidence in the benefits of applying cutting-edge technologies to improve business outcomes. This year’s event felt even more international than previous years. I look forward to seeing it continue to grow.”

              Saberi’s main takeaway from DPW Amsterdam this year is that a solid data foundation is essential – something he was well aware of as part of Mithra-Ai. “Without it, transformation projects and new technologies will struggle to succeed,” he concludes. “In the past two years, there has been increased focus on sustainability and risk intelligence, driven by numerous new solution providers. However, during the DPW Amsterdam 2024 conference, we observed new trends coming up and, again, more focus on data quality, which works to our advantage.”

              When we’re talking about technology in procurement, the importance of partnership is a major component for success. No business is…

              When we’re talking about technology in procurement, the importance of partnership is a major component for success. No business is an island, and joining forces with experts is, increasingly, the direction many move in for the sake of growth. 

              At DPW Amsterdam 2024, we met many businesses who were looking around at the procurement sector in search of either what direction to move in next, or who they can help. The event is one that brings people together to learn, to teach, to discover the cutting edge of procurement, and be inspired by it. So when we sat down with the CEO of Fairmarkit, Kevin Frechette, it wasn’t surprising that he brought Nick Wright, who leads bp’s Procurement Digital Garage, into the conversation.

              For Frechette, one of the best things about working in the advanced procurement technology sphere is joining forces with other businesses to help them keep improving, and vice versa. “Having the chance to work with people like Nick, who are pushing the envelope when it comes to autonomous sourcing, is amazing,” he explains. “We’re fired up to be at DPW, absorbing this atmosphere.”

              While it’s something of a running joke in the procurement world that most professionals in the sector don’t deliberately choose it, Wright actually did. “I went to university and thought ‘wow, I fancy a career in procurement or vendor management’. I know a lot of people don’t have that story, but I’ve been doing something I’m passionate about from the beginning. I love making deals, whether I’m buying a car, a house, or something for BP.” The Procurement Digital Garage he leads exists to look at problems being faced across procurement, and figuring out possible solutions. 

              For Frechette, the intention wasn’t to start a company in the procurement space, but his team quickly saw the opportunities within it. “We had this ‘aha’ moment,” he says. “It was a tough pivot. There was a lot of debate, a lot of late nights. I’m super glad we made it because we got to be in a space where people can be forgotten about, and we’re able to give them centre stage.”

              The realistic approach to 10X

              DPW itself exists to put procurement under the limelight. Each event is themed in a way that gets conversations flowing around the next big thing in procurement. For Amsterdam 2024, this theme was 10X – something Frechette believes isn’t achievable right off the bat.

              “It’s something to strive towards,” he says. “It’s something where you work on getting a little better every single month, every quarter. You keep getting those small wins, and you build credibility. There’s no silver bullet. You just have to start the journey and learn as you go.”

              For Wright, it’s about not getting caught up in the hype, but figuring out what’s realistic. “There’s a lot of hype out there, and the beauty of something like my team at the Procurement Digital Garage is to weed out that hype, because what’s right for us might not be right for someone else. Having a team that’s out there in the market, testing and figuring out what’s real, will put you in good stead.”

              “There’s a leap of faith element that can be challenging to achieve, before you can really strive for 10X,” Frechette adds. “It’s like Amara’s Law: humans typically overestimate the value of technology in the short term, but underestimate it in the long term. So the hype is needed. We have to help people on that journey and sometimes, a leap of faith is needed. For the people that risk it, it’s exciting, and they’re then well positioned for the future.”

              However, again, managing expectations is important. “People might be on the sidelines expecting a 10X solution,” says Wright. “But the reality is, you’re going to get 5% here, 10% – smaller pockets of improvement.”

              The benefits of advanced technology are absolutely being seen at this stage, but being realistic about the future outcomes is important. “The benefits are there – not at the scale of 10X – but if you just make a start, you’ll achieve wins,” says Frechette. “You broadcast those wins across the organisation. That generates excitement, and then you can work on the next thing because you have ground swell.”

              How ‘the future’ has changed

              What’s interesting is that this 10X focus, this drive towards incremental wins, has reframed the way businesses plan for the road ahead. ‘The future’ used to mean having a three or five-year plan. Now, the future is only 12 months away.

              “The thought process right now is ‘what can we do that’s super optimistic in just 12 months’?” says Frechette. “Then you can put in realistic time frames and set off on a sprint to get there. You have to be able to move fast. We have launches every two weeks now, and we have to be flexible with our roadmap along the way. But we always know where we’re going – we have a north star.”

              “To me, that’s the only way to do it,” Wright adds. “I don’t have a crystal ball. Nobody knows what’s going to happen in two or three years. So what’s the point of creating a plan that’s going to get you to a certain point in those two or three years? You have to work on small iterations, make adjustments, change direction as necessary.”

              It’s part of what makes Fairmarkit and BP an active partnership – the ability to be flexible and open up discussions at every point. It’s all about real-time feedback and trust-building, to the extent that both parties feel like they’re on the same team. 

              The right people in the right places

              Because ultimately, it’s the human element that makes transformation happen. Having the right people in place is one of the elements that’s key to making sure implementing advanced tech for the sake of business strategy works at all. “It’s about access to talent and making sure you’ve got a capable user group that can make the most of that technology,” says Wright. “You don’t need to be a data scientist, but you do need to have the right mindset to take advantage of the tools you’ve got.”

              “I agree – you have to get the right people on the bus,” adds Frechette. “You all have to be committed to going on the journey together. Prioritise where you start and where you’re going to have the most value with the lowest risk, and have people on your side who can give suggestions and ideas.”

              While the much-discussed talent shortage can create challenges there, DPW as an entity proves that not only does procurement keep becoming more appealing and exciting, but where there are gaps, there are digital tools. “I’ve noticed a lot of folks under 30 who are here at DPW Amsterdam, and they’re genuinely interested in procurement,” says Wright. “We’re at a tipping point that makes me really excited about the profession I’m in.”

              ‘Digitalisation is just the beginning’ according to Crowdfox, a business which aims to improve procurement by bettering the ordering process…

              ‘Digitalisation is just the beginning’ according to Crowdfox, a business which aims to improve procurement by bettering the ordering process while lowering costs. That tagline speaks to Crowdfox’s dedication to advancing procurement using the exciting tools the sector now has at its disposal, and this push to innovate is being driven, in part, by Martin Rademacher, Crowdfox’s CSO. We sat down with Rademacher at DPW Amsterdam 2024, the exciting vibe of the event spreading far and wide around us. 

              Rademacher is responsible for everything to do with Crowdfox’s customers. From sales, to marketing, to customer onboarding and success, and everything in between – that’s Rademacher’s wheelhouse. His background is in management consulting, with a focus on procurement and supply chain. So, while he started out in sales, he soon decided that procurement was the direction to move in.

              “During my time as a consultant, I found procurement very interesting because it’s so versatile,” explains Rademacher. “Of course, it’s about the transactional phase with suppliers – but also you’re so connected with R&D, production, logistics, and so on. You have so many fields of application.”

              10X thinking

              At DPW Amsterdam, the overall theme of the two-day event was 10X. The concept of the 10X rule is around taking a goal you’ve set for yourself and multiplying it by 10. It’s an aspirational tool, coaxing all of us to aim higher. In procurement, that means innovating.

              “In the last two years we’ve seen tools like ChatGPT trigger some big adaptations in the procurement world,” says Rademacher. “I think there is the opportunity now to achieve 10X in terms of efficiency gains. Especially when it comes to making better decisions, more quickly, in order to analyse data. We’re now finding out what AI can really do, and focusing on how that can help with strategy.”

              For Rademacher, he believes people have the right tools to achieve 10X – it’s now about implementing those tools properly, and having the right culture.

              “In the last couple of years, implementing tools has become much easier than it was a decade ago,” Rademacher continues. “They’re so well designed that they fit into large procurement systems, and can connect with other best-of-breed tools. I’d say implementation should be the focus, but it’s not that complicated anymore. AI tools especially are really intuitive. As a result, you don’t need much in the way of change management. People just intuitively cooperate with AI.”

              The question of security

              The big challenge, Rademacher believes, is data protection. When it comes to barriers preventing a 10X approach, concerns around data privacy are among the biggest issues. As a result, organisations have to take the necessary precautions before plunging into making major technological changes, or risk falling at the first hurdle.

              “In the EU, it’s all about data protection,” says Rademacher. These concerns led to the Artificial Intelligence Act (AI Act) coming into force in the EU in August 2024. It was created in response to the rise in generative AI systems, and ensures that there’s a common regulatory framework for AI within the European Union. “Companies are very concerned about their data, but I wouldn’t call this an obstacle – more like a challenge.

              “The key is making sure you have a protected environment. Start with a pilot in a limited space, for instance, and then make sure you can find a solution you can control in a safe environment that suits your operations.”

              Shooting for the stars

              With these measures in mind, it’s never been easier to implement new technologies and aim for that ambitious 10X goal. Certainly, advanced tools have never been more accessible, or more straightforward for businesses to educate themselves about. Even as recently as two years ago, integrating multiple elements of advanced tech – like genAI – wasn’t really possible.

              “It definitely wasn’t easy to combine sources the way we can now,” says Rademacher. “Now, you can provide a much better user experience experience not only for procurement professionals, but for anyone who takes advantage of what procurement introduces to the company. Finding the supply to fulfil your demand is so much easier now. You no longer have to have difficult conversations starting with an email to your procurement professional to identify whether you’re allowed to purchase from a certain vendor, and whether they’re vetted or not. Streamlining processes like that makes that information quick and easy to identify.”

              Additionally, we’re at a point with advanced technology where the tools we have access to are capable of handling more and more volumes of data at an extremely fast pace. “In consulting, for example, every project started with an analysis of the status quo of a firm,” says Rademacher. “We’d figure out who the vendors are, the categories, and the spend. Depending on the workforce, this could take one or two weeks. Now, with the tools we have access to, you can gather this information in 24 hours.”

              The evolution continues

              While we’re seeing many of the benefits that come with genAI and other advanced technologies already, it’s only the beginning of what we can achieve using these tools. GenAI is at a peak right now, but according to Rademacher, it might take another five years to achieve its full productivity level. “There’s also this ambitious idea going around of fully autonomous procurement, and it’ll likely take a good 10 years to reach that level of productivity,” he adds. “On the other hand, nobody is talking about robotic process automation anymore because we’re almost there with that already.”

              Another challenge is data quality. The cleanliness of an organisation’s data can make or break its use of advanced technology, which is where making the right connections with service providers comes in. “It’s a good example of when to find the right partner,” says Rademacher. “Find someone from the innovative tech space who you think you can rely on. Don’t try to do it all on your own – that’ll just hold you back more and more. Be bold; find the right partner to make the most of your data and that helps you constantly improve. There’s a lot of talent out there, a lot of solutions that are really helpful for organisations of all sizes. You’ll improve step by step.”

              There’s no doubt that it’s an exciting time for procurement. The atmosphere at DPW Amsterdam 2024 was electric for that exact reason. The event, in Rademacher’s words, has “a really strong influence on the sector and enables attendees to learn about how the landscape is developing in real time”.

              “The AI-driven future is already a reality for us,” he states. “We’re beyond the pilot phase with our AI tool, ChatCFX, and now we really want to drive market share. 2024 going into 2025 sees us in a good position with high user visibility, and now we’re adding ChatCFX to the game, pushing it into the European market. We’re at DPW Amsterdam to meet the players who are looking for a solution exactly like ours, making it an invaluable place to be.”

              Certain procurement pain points can prove debilitating for a business, freezing it in its tracks when it’s trying to grow…

              Certain procurement pain points can prove debilitating for a business, freezing it in its tracks when it’s trying to grow and improve. This is where companies like Candex are able to step in and turn a headache into something so simple, it requires no further thought. 

              Danielle McQuiston is the Chief Customer Officer at Candex. She’s been with the fintech startup for five years, spending two decades prior to that working in procurement at Sanofi. Candex is a technology-based master vendor that allows customers to engage with and pay one-off or small suppliers without setting them up in their system. This means that the system doesn’t get clogged up with suppliers that are rarely or never going to be used again. 

              “We’re primarily used for what companies consider tail spend, and we typically deliver it as a punchout catalogue for a really simple user experience,” McQuiston explains. That ability to support lots of customers was what drew her to the role. “Coming to Candex, I was very excited about what they were doing and wanted to help as many companies as possible.”

              Addressing tail spend

              That ability to address tail spend in a unique way is the main thing that differentiates Candex. It’s an enormous problem for procurement professionals. The way Candex delivers it is through a digital plug-and-play solution, removing the need to be dependent on human intervention. “It’s a horizontal solution for any good or service, and it’s available in over 45 countries now,” says McQuiston. “It becomes part of the customer’s ecosystems and leverages the P2P process. It’s super compliant, and allows a lot of control.”

              With this tool in place, Candex’s customers are able to gain much better control over their smaller purchases, defining what is allowed to be purchased. For many, this tool allows them to put tighter restrictions on purchases than their e-procurement systems are able to do. Additionally, Candex runs suppliers through screenings every day, which generally doesn’t happen for small, rarely-used suppliers.

              “We run really detailed compliance and sanction screening against all those vendors, taking away a really daunting task from customers,” McQuiston states. “Customers probably check those suppliers once when they’re being set up, but then they never look at them again. Every day, we’re checking them, and keeping an eye on them when our customers can’t.”

              Candex’s reporting is extremely detailed, and provides customers with the kind of real-time visibility they wouldn’t normally get – even in their own systems. Reports are generated weekly or monthly, including the diversity status of suppliers. This is data that a lot of clients then feed directly into their Power BI tools and data lakes, meaning they’re able to integrate it seamlessly into their other data.

              Cleaning up the data

              The whole purpose and aim of Candex’s tool is to make life easier for its customers, streamline its processes, and improve efficiencies. To that end, standardisation is key when it comes to business improvements, and that includes preparing data prior to implementing new technologies and processes. When it comes to ensuring a business’s data is healthy –  before launching into major tech changes – accepting the necessity of making foundational change is key. 

              “Data cleansing processes are ugly, cumbersome, and long – and everyone has to do them,” McQuiston comments. “But you have to accept that you’re going to have to do something, if you want to get a handle on your spend. First and foremost, you need to standardise the way you name things, the way you put data in the system, and you need a really strict discipline around that. All of those things will make backend processes a lot easier.”

              It’s just one of many considerations CPOs need to bear in mind when seeking out technology solutions and implementation. Modern procurement departments have a seat at the wider business table now, and what they do impacts the entire business. So when it comes to utilising solutions for the sake of the business at large, there are many factors to think about.

              “As with any data or technology, it’s all about garbage in and garbage out,” says McQuiston. “Any advanced technology should be used with caution and viewed with a critical eye. You have to start with knowing what you want out of it. 

              “A lot of times, people put technology in place because it looks interesting, but you need to start with the problem and work backwards. If the issue is user experience, you need to make sure that whatever you’re implementing focuses on a positive UX. If the problem is unclean data, you need to make sure you’re putting in place all the foundational elements you need to make that better. Always start from the perspective of implementing a technology based on a problem, rather than the other way around.”

              Improving UX in 2025

              It’s a seriously dynamic time to be involved in procurement right now, as evidenced by the intense buzz around us at DPW Amsterdam as we sit with McQuiston. As we look ahead, she envisions that procurement will have an increasingly powerful impact on user experience. This is particularly important at a time when tasks are becoming increasingly automated, with less and less direct human interaction.

              “We’re also seeing a pretty big leap forward in terms of best practice sharing amongst our clients,” says McQuiston, something that events like DPW also encourage. “For Candex, a big theme of 2024 has been getting our clients together to share best practices and information, helping them to develop further expertise in the field. 2025 will have more of the same, but there’s now a higher level of maturity out there in the way customers are considering tail spend. As people continue to onboard solutions, it will be interesting to see how that impacts the UX in relation to Candex. We’re always looking for ways to make our tool more user-friendly and add better functionality.”

              All of this is why Candex’s customers love the company. On a base level, Candex takes a complex pain point and makes it simple. In a broader sense, the reason Candex is becoming so popular is the way it works with people. “The most common feedback we get from customers and suppliers is that we’re great to work with because we’re so flexible,” says McQuiston. “We hired a team of procurement experts, so our team is made up of people who really understand the pain of our clients, and can anticipate their fears, their needs, and cater to those.”

              The buzz of DPW Amsterdam draws in the most innovative minds across the industry. They’re there to have riveting conversations…

              The buzz of DPW Amsterdam draws in the most innovative minds across the industry. They’re there to have riveting conversations with their peers, to inspire, to teach and learn in kind. And they’re there to keep an eye on an industry that doesn’t stop changing for the better.

              This is a big part of the appeal for Fraser Woodhouse. Woodhouse leads the digital procurement team within Deloitte in the UK. His team historically focused on large-scale transformations, providing a backbone for suite implementation. Increasingly, however, it’s turning its attention to helping clients navigate a plethora of technology solutions. The goal is to help them build and scale, and take advantage of some of the more niche functionalities available. These are things that can be highly daunting for many customers, which is why Deloitte is there for support.

              “We’re helping clients ask the big questions,” Woodhouse explains as he sits down with us at DPW Amsterdam 2024. “How do you connect the technology in a way that allows data to flow from one system to another? How do you deal with processes that are connected to solutions which all have their own release cycles? How do you approach change management? That underpins so much of where the value is going to be achieved, and a lot of the providers will be focusing on it. They just might not have the same capability that Deloitte can provide.”

              For Woodhouse, getting involved with procurement was a total accident. He even left the sector at one point, but his strong foundational knowledge – and the exciting landscape procurement is enjoying right now – lured him back in. “It changes faster than I can get bored with it, that’s for sure,” he explains. “Procurement is fascinating.”

              Aspiring to greatness

              Especially now, with constant conversations around genAI, 10X, and beyond. Procurement is only becoming more interesting, more enticing, drawing young professionals in to fill gaps in the talent pool. 10X was actually the theme of DPW Amsterdam this year, a notion that’s on everyone’s lips. And for Woodhouse, it’s absolutely something to aspire to.

              “Aiming for 10X is sensible. You just have to consider your timescale. I’d caution against running before you can walk, but a culture of experimentation is important. Running small-scale pilots can help you hone in on where you really want to see value, or where value is likely to be generated. Starting with requirements is a fundamental thing at the moment, but you shouldn’t underestimate how long that will take. And it’s a continuous consideration, because requirements change. Just keep trying to refine your solution in order to take advantage of everything that’s out there right now.”

              Fotograaf: MichielTon.com

              Having the wrong mindset is one of the major barriers to adopting 10X thinking. It all starts with the company’s culture, and whether that’s one of growth or not. “I imagine most of the people here at DPW Amsterdam have already made that mental shift,” says Woodhouse. “Last year, people were still trying to understand how they, as big companies, could utilise startups. That’s changed now, and it’s amazing to see companies that were startups three years ago working with all these big enterprise customers. 

              “They have scaled and grown in partnership with those customers. Mindset is so important, and having the wrong one will only create barriers and missed opportunities.”

              Always improving, never slowing down

              When it comes to the advantages that technology has brought to procurement in the last few years, the list is endless. Procurement has gone from an overlooked segment of any given organisation, to having a seat at the table and helping make major business decisions. 10X thinking – whether it goes by that name or not – has been spreading across the segment and fuelling businesses to aim higher.

              “The layers of automation have really improved,” says Woodhouse. “A year or so back, there were a handful of use cases that you could truly automate, but now you can do it at a much larger scale. Another big change is around security concerns. There are more tried and tested case studies to draw upon now, and solutions are more readily available. You don’t necessarily have to be a pioneer, because someone else has already taken that first step.”

              The question of data

              Something else that holds businesses back, despite the innovation at their disposal, is an element that can be harder to change: poor quality data. When trying to implement advanced technology solutions, bad data can make or break their success.

              “It’s always useful to focus on that and have a dedicated work stream,” Woodhouse advises. “You need someone who really understands data. I think there’s a tendency to try to boil the ocean before you even get going in your transformation, which isn’t necessarily a bad thing. Cleaning up your data before you start, and having a fresh foundation will help you make decisions on what to implement on top of that good data. 

              “Doing all of that is obviously hugely beneficial, but it’s going to slow you down, in many cases. There are ways around that, like embedding the cleanup of data within the new processes. Data is important – we shouldn’t underestimate that – but there are different approaches to solving the issue of poor quality data, like buying it or using genAI to restructure your data into something more powerful. Either way, you need a strategy.”

              Novel thinking 101

              Some businesses fall into the trap of thinking that they can’t achieve specific things because their data isn’t in the right position, but novel thinking around data can allow them to still drive forward. “You’ve just got to focus on it. You can’t assume the data’s going to fix itself,” Woodhouse adds. 

              Novel thinking is certainly something that can be seen at DPW events, and DPW Amsterdam 2024 was no exception. People congregated there to learn, to share stories, to inspire. For Woodhouse, the magic of the digital procurement sector right now is that everybody recognises that their journey has no end. While that may be daunting, it’s a positive thing and keeps procurement professionals striving for more.

              “It’s a continuous improvement journey, and I think the best-performing organisations will recognise that, and invest in the business capability to continue that journey,” Woodhouse concludes. “That’s how you get proper value. I love hearing about how people frame problems differently, and how they approach the solutions.”

              Making procurement slicker, more streamlined, is the name of the game right now – and this is precisely why Globality…

              Making procurement slicker, more streamlined, is the name of the game right now – and this is precisely why Globality exists. It’s an organisation which leverages advanced, native-built AI to make sourcing more autonomous for Fortune 500 and Global 2000 companies, meaning it has a finger on a pulse of the technology tools procurement now has access to as the industry shifts and evolves.

              Keith Hausmann is the Chief Customer Officer at Globality. He has been working in procurement since the early 90s, both in industry as a service provider, and now, at a technology company. He came to Globality from Accenture, where he ran the operations business. During his first real job after college, Hausmann was also part of a training program at a major Fortune 500 company, working closely with a COO. At some point they got into a conversation about salespeople seemingly having an advantage over procurement people due to their access to information, knowledge, and training. The COO suggested that they launch a company to help support procurement. For Hausmann, it was a serendipitous entry to the industry.

              “I came to Globality because I saw the business was struggling with how to scale, automate, and deliver a differentiated user experience. Ultimately, I found it really compelling, and joined about five years ago.”

              Achieving 10X thinking

              Hausmann admits that the concept of what procurement is has only been defined relatively recently, and he’s been in the industry long enough to have seen the shift happen and suddenly accelerate over the last few years. Now, procurement professionals are in a position where they’re able to think big, and they have the tools to support that way of thinking. One of the most-discussed topics right now is 10X, whereby businesses are setting targets for themselves that are 10 times greater than what they can realistically achieve.

              “There continues to be, and always has been, so many mind-numbing manual activities that go on in procurement spaces,” says Hausmann. “We’ve built small armies of teams to handle those things. I think 10X has prompted us to take a step back and ask if there’s now technology that can uplift the role of people in the function and take on some of those automatable tasks. Whether that’s writing RFPs, discovering suppliers, or analysing proposals – these are all things that can be automated in today’s technological world. With 10X thinking, you can imagine the many, many, many things that can be automated and just go after them. 

              “There are barriers, of course. The biggest one is not being able to convey a compelling vision of what we want people to do in the new world. It’s not necessarily about making them go away – it’s about making their daily jobs, lives, and work more valuable. There are so many things around category thinking and strategy that don’t get done because people are spending so much time on tasks that could be automated. So I think the barrier is creating that vision and that plan to shift the operating models, roles, and the skill sets to something new and different.”

              People power

              Hausmann believes that if roles are reshaped and honed in response to automation, it’s less likely that there will be resistance to change because employees will know exactly what they’re doing, rather than being concerned about their future. “They have to know what they’re doing before they jump on board. It just requires a mindset change and good change management.”

              Hausmann believes it’s down to the CPO to drive that change management by conveying the activities, impacts, roles, and operating model they envision. If they can paint a picture of how humans can impact things in a new way, alongside the new technology rather than against it, suddenly it’s an exciting prospect and people are keen to make a bigger impact. 

              CFOs and CPOs joining forces

              While CPOs now have a long-deserved seat at the table to help push change business-wide, CFOs’ roles are also expanding and having an increased impact on procurement. “I think they’ve always influenced what’s going on in procurement,” says Hausmann. “CFOs are the champions of many things, but certainly improving the bottom line of the company. They’re also champions of using technology to make the organisation more resilient, more scalable, and more efficient. There was a time when people thought that the CTO or CIO would be doing that, but more often than not, the CFO is the ultimate owner of improving business impacts. More and more, we’re seeing our customers leaning on the CFO to help them make decisions about investments that have a big impact through technology and AI. 

              “These days, the relationship between the CFO and CPO is wildly different to what it once was, and CFOs are showing more interest in procurement as a function than ever, making a difference to the bottom line. It makes sense because, in theory, procurement controls one of the biggest cost line items in a company, besides raw headcount.”

              Matching the pace of technology

              The fact that we still need to focus on change management and relationships confirms that the way procurement is changing isn’t just about the technology. Far from it. However, technology is moving at an incredible pace and needs to be taken seriously. There are things that are possible now which couldn’t be done even one or two years ago.

              “A few years ago, technology couldn’t write an RFX document for you,” Hausmann says. “Technology could not instantaneously bring to light the most relevant suppliers from within a customer’s supply base, or in the broader market. It couldn’t write a contract, or an SOW, or a work order. It can now. Those are things that are near and dear to my heart that were impossible 3-5 years ago.”

              With these tools in mind, procurement professionals are able to think about the future in short-term stints. Five-year plans are no longer good enough when it comes to the way procurement is shifting – a year is now the maximum for putting plans in place. 

              “I’ve always thought that procurement, from the perspective of technological advancement and investment perspective, should sit under a broader business umbrella,” says Hausmann. “I’d guess that probably 50% of companies in the world right now have some kind of program in place to save money or improve agility by investing in technology. And speed to market is more important than ever, so sourcing can’t be a bottleneck.”

              Looking ahead, Hausmann expects to see many of the unique, differentiated technology providers becoming interoperable together, because big enterprises want services that operate and scale well in combination with others. 

              “We’re seeing that a lot, and working with our customers on how we improve interoperability and integration,” he says. “Tools will become more seamless, more easy-to-use, more scalable. Another big thing is, and will continue to be, analytics. It’s a hot topic in procurement, and I think there are profound opportunities to be deployed. For Globality, we’ll continue to endlessly innovate on user experience, ease of use, and beyond.”

              “I’m overwhelmed,” are Matthias Gutzmann’s first words when asked about DPW Amsterdam 2024. At the end of the bustling two-day…

              “I’m overwhelmed,” are Matthias Gutzmann’s first words when asked about DPW Amsterdam 2024. At the end of the bustling two-day event, we sat down with Gutzmann, the company’s founder, and Herman Knevel, DPW’s CEO, for a debrief. Gutzmann also quite rightly pointed out that the final word on summarising those 48 hours is in the hands of the sponsors and attendees, but if the countless conversations we had with said sponsors and attendees are anything to go by, it was the best DPW event yet. And Gutzmann and Knevel agree.

              “I really think that’s the case,” says Gutzmann. “We almost doubled the number of exhibiting startups, we had over 120 sponsors, more startup pitches than ever, and all the feedback I’ve heard so far has been amazing. There are always things you can do better, but I’m absolutely happy.”

              Across the 9th and 10th of October, DPW Amsterdam welcomed over 1,300 attendees through its doors at Beurs van Berlage, Amsterdam. Those attendees arrived from 44 countries across 32 industries, and the event itself featured 72 sessions with 140 speakers across five stages. It’s abundantly clear that people are deeply passionate about DPW.

              “On day one, it was already packed at 8:30 in the morning,” Knevel states. “The energy in the room was contagious, and the numbers speak for themselves. The startups, the innovators, the corporates, the mid-market – everybody who’s here has a genuine interest in what these guys are bringing to the procurement space.”

              Reconnecting with the vision

              Gutzmann describes that intangible energy as “bringing a little bit of joy back to procurement”. For many years, procurement was a very ill-defined concept – almost as ill-defined as the role of CPO. The shift has been a quick one, accelerated further by the COVID-19 pandemic, and events like DPW Amsterdam are part of the reason why. CPOs having somewhere to go, to meet, to learn about the procurement landscape is vital, hence that inspiring energy that permeates every DPW event.

              “A lot of people are missing that vibe,” Gutzmann continues. “It’s why I founded DPW. I was inspired by Mark Perera [Chairman of DPW], who I worked with at Vizibl, and had great technology while also being so inspiring. I realised we needed to connect founders with CPOs. I think every CPO should talk to one startup founder per week, at least. It’s important that we listen to their vision.”

              Striving for 10X

              The core of those visions for the 2024 event revolves around the concept of 10X, the idea being that you set targets for your business that are 10 times greater than what you think you can realistically achieve. It keeps people ambitious, always striving for greatness, and it’s especially prevalent in startup culture – hence Gutzmann’s belief that CPOs should be connecting with them more.

              “Deciding on 10X for this year’s theme was serendipity,” says Knevel. “The term came along and Matthias said, ‘this is it – this is what we need in procurement’. This is what the industry needs, and we’re exploring it, diving deeper.”

              “Last year’s theme was ‘Make Tech Work’, which was all about getting the basics right in order to scale,” Gutzmann continues. “This year we said, ‘how can we take it further?’ We are entering the biggest wave of AI yet. That technology is giving us the opportunity and the possibility to scale outcomes. The world around us is changing so fast, so we need to be more agile, scalable, and faster in procurement. It’s a very ambitious, maybe lofty theme, but it’s a mindset more than anything else.”

              “It’s the mindset that drives innovation and speed,” Knevel adds. “That’s really important in this age of procuretech and supply chain tech.”

              When it comes to honing that 10X mindset, it’s all about having a purpose in mind. A lot of the procurement professionals we spoke to at DPW Amsterdam called this a ‘north star’, which is the phase Gutzmann uses too. “That’s where it starts. There’s so much procurement can do. There are so many problems in the world, and I believe procurement can be the solution to many of those. So I think it starts with the CPO and their leadership, their vision. You also have to embrace startup innovation, be more experimental in the way you work, instigate new ways of working, and be bold in your thinking. You also have to remember it’s okay to fail.”

              Growing DPW

              Something that’s particularly impressive about DPW Amsterdam 2024 is that it’s actually the second of the year. Back in June, DPW ventured into the North American market with an intimate summit held in New York City, which CPOstrategy was fortunate enough to be invited to. Planning one wildly popular event a year is one thing, but venturing into a whole new part of the world with an additional one is incredibly dedicated.

              “I’m a bit more conservative when planning ahead, so there probably wouldn’t be a New York event without Herman encouraging me,” says Gutzmann. “I’m glad he said ‘let’s go for it’. It was a short-term plan, but it was ultimately very successful and the right decision.”

              Knevel adds: “The feedback we got from sponsors and delegates was quite impressive. They were asking for more. And it’s not just Matthias and myself – we have a great team here. This is a massive production, but we made the jump and it’s paid off.”

              Inspiration for 2025

              When it comes to the lessons Gutzmann and Knevel have learned in response to this event, it’s more about narrowing down the influx of ideas DPW gives them. By the time we spoke with them at the end of the Amsterdam 2024 event, their heads were spinning with inspiration.

              “I have so many ideas,” says Gutzmann. “Every year we reinvent the show, so we never rest. We’re always asking what we can do better. How can we improve? I think this year we maxed out the number of sponsor stands that are possible to have. We doubled the number of under-30 attendees. There’s the potential to go a little deeper on the talent side, connecting students with the corporates and building a proper program around that.”

              There was also the Tech Safari this year. The idea was to make the expo hall easier to navigate, since it was more crowded than ever this year. Members of the DPW team acted as ‘super connectors’ to help attendees find the right solutions and help startups find new customers. The aim was to simply make it easier for everyone involved to find what they’re looking for in small groups,enabling them to find who they wanted, talk to them, and ask questions. It turned out to be an amazing interactive experience for people, making sure they felt thoroughly looked after and valued.

              “Plus there’s an opportunity to cater more to the corporates coming in,” Gutzmann continues. “Perhaps we will build a custom program for them around the event. Some of them are already coming in with teams and doing annual leadership meetings outside of the venue, but I think there’s scope to show them solutions and do some workshops within the event. We can also do more with day zero, where we have site events. There’s much more we can do.”

              Giving CPOs what they want

              As for the broader future of the event, DPW’s heart lies in Amsterdam and will continue to do so. The organisation is building its team even further and putting strategies in place for future events, allowing it to move forward. “We follow the demand of what our customers want,” Knevel says. That’s what really drives DPW and how the event is themed and set up. The organisation listens to CPOs so it can give them exactly what they need, and what will help the industry level up further and further. 

              “There are things we’re still developing,” says Gutzmann. “For example, the podcast studio [something introduced in its current form for 2024] is something Herman is very passionate about, so it was great to test it out here. There’s more we can do with that. We have so many ideas and it’s important to engage our amazing team on these ideas and see what they think along the way.”

              “We’re ideating a lot,” Knevel adds. “And we’re asking our ecosystem what we should do more of.”

              “Ultimately, we’re bringing in the voice of the customer to make sure we’re giving them what they want and need,” Gutzmann concludes. “That’s the whole purpose of DPW.”

              It’s impossible not to be inspired by the energy at a DPW event. DPW Amsterdam 2024 was buzzing with that…

              It’s impossible not to be inspired by the energy at a DPW event. DPW Amsterdam 2024 was buzzing with that same energy, its attendees soaking in information and inspiration from speakers, peers, other experts. We caught up with Rujul Zaparde, Co-Founder and CEO of Zip, at the event to dive into the procurement landscape and chat about the specific qualities DPW brings to the sector.

              Zaparde is the Co-Founder and CEO of Zip. At the beginning of Zip’s journey, Zaparde and his fellow founder, Lu Cheng, based the company around their own experiences as end-users of the procurement process. They took their lived confusion around having multiple intakes for a contract, for the purchase request, and all the different complicated components of the process, and created a solution.

              “And so, we started Zip and created the category of intake and procurement orchestration. We’re very grateful to have been named the leader in the category,” says Zaparde, in reference to having just been named a category leader in IDC’s first ever Marketscape for Spend Orchestration.

              So, as is often the case, procurement is something Zaparde fell into. In this case, he got involved with procurement specifically to solve pain points. Prior to Zip, he was a Product Manager and Cheng was an Engineering Leader, both at Airbnb; they knew very little about procurement. “We were just end-users,” he explains. The upside of this was that they were able to come into the industry fresh, without the baggage and legacy issues that can come with being in a sector for a long time.

              UX first

              “At Zip, we really try to take a user experience first approach,” Zaparde continues. “What we found is the highest leverage change you can make in any procurement organisation is to make it easier for your employees to actually adopt and follow whatever the right process is. If you do that, then all of finance, procurement, accounting, and even IT find that they’re suddenly swimming with the current, not against it. And you can’t do any of that unless you solve for user experience.”

              Taking away problems, the way Zip does, also takes away a barrier to ambition. The theme of DPW Amsterdam 2024 was 10X, a term on the lips of many across all sectors. Once immediate issues and pain points are addressed, 10X is something businesses can aspire to, with many talks and workshops during DPW Amsterdam focusing on how to approach this.

              Getting the mindset right

              For Zaparde, 10X thinking is a necessity for growth. “You have to aim for 10X to even end up at something X,” he explains. “That requires ambition. I also think that when you think in terms of 10X, and your mindset is angled towards incremental change, you’re much more open to thinking of solutions that are perhaps a little more risky. It changes your perspective.” 

              A mindset shift needs to happen before anything else. This involves considering the needs of procurement and the wider company, having a north star in mind, and then breaking changes down to an incremental level. 

              “Then you can start to think about the steps you need to take to get there,” Zaparde explains. “A big component of this is bringing along your peers and stakeholders across every function that’s tangential and critical to the core procurement workflow and path.”

              Innovating for good

              The work Zip does is indicative of the shift towards continuous improvement and advanced technology that procurement has been going through in recent years. There are things that are possible now that weren’t possible even a year ago, thanks to the vast innovations being made. One of the hot topics right now is generative AI, something that’s opening up a world of possibilities.

              “It’s the elephant in the room right now,” says Zaparde. “With the capabilities that gen AI unlocks, you can automate a lot more. That allows you to cut down a lot of the transactional and operational work that procurement and sourcing organisations are doing. Procurement is tired of the status quo. It’s been an underserved function for over 20 years, and I’m glad that’s finally changing. I feel privileged for myself and Zip to be part of the conversation, and that we’re seeing all these amazing changes happening.”

              Zaparde believes we’re already seeing the benefits of the major changes that have occurred over the last couple of years in procurement. In fact, he knows this, because Zip has helped its customers save around $4.5bn of spend over the last two years, which is an astonishing statistic.

              “One customer of ours, Snowflake, achieved over $300m in savings alone,” Zaparde continues. “We’ve seen tangible benefits already. The way procurement is evolving isn’t a hypothetical thing – it’s really happening.”

              Fragmentation on fragmentation

              The key, again, is overcoming base level issues for the sake of evolution. This is precisely what Zip provides, after all. But sometimes, the issue is at a data level. Unclean data is something that technology leaders are talking about a great deal right now, with some feeling that it holds them back from implementing new technology. Zaparde believes that businesses should be questioning why their data isn’t clean from the start, rather than worrying about trying to cleanse existing data.

              “You don’t just clean your data – the real question is why is your data not clean in the first place?” he muses. “You have to have a clean entry point for it. I don’t think I’ve ever spoken to a Fortune 500 CPO that said they had clean data. I think it’s because of the upstream processes in intake and orchestration. If all the cross-functional teams – the IT review, the legal review, the finance – are being manually shepherded by the procurement operations organisation, then how can you possibly end up with clean data?

              “People are keying the same information into multiple systems, which might mean they answer in similar – but different – ways. So you end up with fragmentation on fragmentation. But if you have one single door to that data, you’ll be able to drive only clean data, because it’s a funnel. If you let everyone have different swim lanes that never intersect, you won’t have clean data.”

              As 2025 approaches, Zip has multiple product capabilities and features coming up that Zaparde and his team are very excited about. This includes leveraging gen AI, something we’re seeing incredible utilisation of across the sector.

              For Zaparde, attending events like DPW Amsterdam to talk about what Zip does and interact with peers and clients alike is a joyous part of his job. “DPW is really accelerating the rate of change in the procurement industry. That’s very much needed, and it’s energising to see so many incredible people from the procurement world in one place. I love spending time with these forward-thinking procurement leaders at this event.”

              Combining advanced technology with a people-led focus is the name of the game for Bravo Consulting Group. Bravo was founded…

              Combining advanced technology with a people-led focus is the name of the game for Bravo Consulting Group. Bravo was founded in 2007 by President and CEO Gino Degregori. He had his sights squarely set on leveraging Microsoft technologies to deliver cloud services, application modernization, and cybersecurity compliance. Bravo’s aim is to simplify how organisations create, share, and secure their intelligent information. In nearly 17 years of its existence, the business has grown into a premier Microsoft solutions provider serving the federal government, the Department of Defense, the Intelligence Community, and multiple Fortune 500 organisations. 

              Human-centric leadership and core values

              Degregori began his career in software engineering and entrepreneurship. However, he quickly realised that his true calling was beyond just developing software and implementing Microsoft technologies. “I saw an opportunity to build an amazing organisation that provides real value to our customers through our people and innovative solutions,” Degregori explains. “While the cloud didn’t exist in 2007, development, automation, and security were already crucial.”

              Degregori founded Bravo on core values that remain the cornerstone of the company today. “Our vision is to attract and create kind leaders who make an impact on our customers, partners, and communities,” he explains. “We lead with empathy, embracing kind leadership. This means prioritising the growth and wellbeing of our team members and clients. We view every interaction from a win-win perspective with a strong sense of accountability. 

              “It’s not just about implementing technology in your organisation; it’s about truly advancing the mission. Collaborating with great people enables us to deliver outstanding results,” he emphasises. Degregori also hosts The Kind Leader Podcast where he discusses empathetic leadership with industry leaders, embodying the values Bravo champions.

              By fostering a culture of empathy and innovation, Bravohas established itself as a leader in cloud services, application modernization, and cybersecurity. Degregori’s commitment to building a people-centric organisation ensures that Bravo not only meets but exceeds the expectations of its clients, driving meaningful and impactful results.

              Strategic partnership with AvePoint

              Bravo’s commitment to collaborating with exceptional partners has been the cornerstone of its longstanding relationship with AvePoint. For 15 out of its nearly 17 years of existence, Bravo has partnered with AvePoint—a testament to the enduring strength and value of this collaboration. When Bravo first started, the Microsoft ecosystem was rapidly evolving, with many businesses transitioning away from legacy systems. AvePoint’s advanced SharePoint migration and administration tools played a pivotal role in this transition, enabling Bravo to assist over 100,000 users across various verticals in successfully migrating and managing their content and data.

              “Our partnership with AvePoint allowed us not only to migrate vast amounts of content and data efficiently but also to reduce costs, which we passed on to our customers,” says Degregori. “It was a phenomenal opportunity to leverage AvePoint’s tools for seamless content and data migration. We recognized early on that AvePoint was poised for significant success, and from then on, our collaboration deepened, enabling us to develop even better solutions.”

              This partnership is a key reason customers choose Bravo. By integrating Bravo’s expertise in the Microsoft ecosystem with AvePoint’s suite of tools, Bravo delivers a unique value proposition centred on data management, compliance, and AI-driven solutions. Customers benefit from a holistic approach that not only prepares them for new technologies but also ensures regulatory compliance, cost efficiency, and superior results.

              Together, Bravo and AvePoint empower organisations to confidently navigate their digital transformation. Leveraging Microsoft’s advancements in AI and AvePoint’s robust data management tools, they offer cutting-edge solutions that address the evolving needs of modern businesses. This collaboration enables organisations to optimise their data, maintain stringent compliance standards, and harness the power of AI to drive innovation and efficiency.

              Expanding horizons through collaboration

              For the first decade, Bravo focused exclusively on the federal sector. Recently, Degregori made the strategic decision to expand Bravo’s services into the commercial sphere. “Our strong partnership with AvePoint was instrumental in this successful expansion,” he says. “AvePoint is a global organisation, and through our collaboration, we developed a strategy to penetrate the commercial market. We leveraged our combined services, expertise, and certified professionals at Bravo to build trust and confidence with the AvePoint commercial folks.”

              The unique relationship between Bravo and AvePoint has facilitated this long-standing and successful collaboration. Degregori attributes their success to three key factors: communication, clarity, and trust.

              “First, strong communication ensures continuous understanding. Second, clarity about our collective goals – focusing not just on our objectives but also on AvePoint’s – allows us to align our efforts effectively. Lastly, trust is paramount. We need to rely on each other through both successful projects and challenging ones. This mutual trust ensures we can support each other through thick and thin,” Degregori explains.

              “We are always learning. When things don’t go as planned, we sit down, discuss the lessons learned, and find ways to improve. This continuous learning and mutual support strengthen our partnership and drive our shared success.”

              Future growth

              The future of Bravo and AvePoint is exceptionally promising as technology evolves at an unprecedented pace. Both organisations are at the forefront, leveraging the Microsoft ecosystem. With Microsoft’s substantial investments in generative AI, their reach is set to expand even further into the Fortune 500 globally.

              “This momentum allows us to continuously leverage advanced tools, integrating them to deliver unparalleled value to our customers,” says Degregori. This focus on the human element—the customer—ensures that Bravo remains true to its core values.

              “I am immensely grateful for the opportunity to lead an incredible organisation like Bravo and to maintain a long-term partnership with AvePoint. Ultimately, while we discuss technology and solutions, it’s all about people. We’re constantly seeking ways to connect better as partners and employers. This human-centric approach is what drives us to deliver superior solutions.”

              This vision and commitment to both technological excellence and human connection make Bravo and AvePoint’s partnership not only resilient but also highly impactful for their clients. Together, they are poised to lead the way in digital transformation, ensuring that organisations are not only equipped with the latest innovations but also supported by a team that values their success.

              We caught up with Shachi Rai Gupta from ORO Labs to discuss the importance of orchestration in procurement.

              Simplifying procurement in smart ways is the ultimate goal for ORO Labs. Utilising the best of AI, ORO Labs aims to implement procurement orchestration across sectors, creating an experience that is simultaneously automated, augmented, and humanised.

              Shachi Rai Gupta is VP Strategy at ORO Labs, with a wealth of transformation and technology experience behind her. Rai Gupta’s sharp eye on procurement has allowed her to witness the rise and fall of various trends, and understand what the sector needs as it – along with technology – evolves. 

              We caught up with Rai Gupta at the DPW NYC Summit back in June, a special North American version of the event. Procurement trends, especially AI and orchestration, were very much the theme of the day, prompting lively conversations amongst some of the world’s most influential procurement leaders.

              Procurement as a net positive experience generator

              For Rai Gupta, the trends right now are guided by the fact that procurement has more of a  strategic and evolved role than ever, giving the function the opportunity to have a great impact on the enterprise bottom-line and the environment and community at large 

              “Procurement is morphing into a function where one of its biggest responsibilities is to be a net positive experience generator,” she explains.

              “Procurement really is a service function for the whole business stakeholders. We, as procurement professionals, need to see things through the lens of the business. This includes what issues the business is trying to solve, and meeting the business where it’s at for good collaboration.

              “It’s also important to make this experience as easy as possible, rather than cumbersome and time intensive. That needs to be catered and customised to the individual business segments.”

              Prioritising the planet

              Another area Rai Gupta is seeing talked about a lot is sustainability. This topic has, for some, been sidelined a little in favour of advanced technology. But it’s just as important as it’s always been, and it’s vital to keep the discussion alive – especially in procurement.

              “More and more, companies are realising the impact they’re having on the environment,” Rai Gupta explains. “It’s an increasing priority on all our agendas. The technology is still nascent in that space, in the sense that there aren’t good ways to do benchmarking or tracking. That’s going to be an interesting space to watch out for.”

              The next generation

              Another hot topic of the DPW NYC Summit was the talent shortage. We at CPOstrategy discuss this topic a lot with procurement professionals, and there’s no one answer for fixing the issue.

              “There’s a dearth of good digital talent,” Rai Gupta states. “The skillset you need today in procurement is very different from what we’ve had before. To be able to leverage that, to really make use of the procurement teams you have and the operational model you want, it’s a different challenge. The structure of your team is more important than ever. 

              “While that shortage is there, when you do have the right people in place in procurement, that’s where the department shines,” Rai Gupta adds. “That’s where procurement becomes a group of trusted advisors for the business, providing proactive opportunities. We wear a lot of hats in procurement, and we’re stepping up to a new level of evolution.”

              Advanced tech for good

              And, of course, AI and orchestration are terms on everyone’s lips right now – procurement included. AI is, in Rai Gupta’s words, “a solver”. Many of the blockages and challenges procurement is experiencing as it evolves can be solved, or at least aided, by AI and orchestration. “There’s so much tech out there,” Rai Gupta states. “AI is one such possibility. Every segment of procurement comes with its own risks and requires its own expertise and tool sets. 

              “To manage that whole ecosystem is where that orchestration comes in. There’s a real beauty in this because it’s collaborative. It makes the whole bigger than its parts.”

              For a company like TealBook, data is king. The organisation helps businesses to navigate the complex supplier landscape by offering…

              For a company like TealBook, data is king. The organisation helps businesses to navigate the complex supplier landscape by offering a foundation of high-quality data. This is something that’s often sorely missing in procurement.

              “We have a data problem,” Stephany Lapierre, CEO and Founder of TealBook, told us when we caught up with her at the DPW NYC Summit in June. “It’s always been my view that we don’t have a software or people problem – it’s data. If we could achieve better data – no matter the data stack, no matter the maturity, no matter the vertical – it would be truly transformative.”

              Creating a data foundation

              Lapierre has watched procurement’s attempt to tackle advanced technology without good data. Simply buying software is the easy part. Some have even tried to build their own architecture around that software. However, that’s often unsuccessful and highly manual. This is what led to the creation of TealBook.

              “We’re in this pursuit of how we can deliver to the market,” Lapierre states. “We’ve been building a trusted data foundation for eight years.” More recently, the second version of TealBook’s service is significantly more powerful than the first. This allows it to ingest data at speed and set up new data sources within a couple of hours. “The more data sources, the more suppliers we’re covering, the more attributes per supplier. And, the more signals to improve the TrustScore and the confidence behind the quality of our data.”

              Never ignore the fundamentals 

              The fact that quality data is all too often overlooked in procurement in favour of advanced technology was something of a theme at the DPW NYC Summit. The opinion of Lapierre is that there’s little point in implementing advanced tech without first having usable data in place. Many others at the event felt the same.

              “It’s like buying a house because you love the house, but paying no attention to its foundation, plumbing, or electrics,” she explains. “Procurement has been buying up technology solutions, wanting to see the workflow, the UI, what it can do. However, people aren’t asking where that data comes from. How is it being evaluated? What about the compliance side of having suppliers populating a portal?

              “Procurement has more and more requirements to get more and more data, so filling the gaps becomes more difficult. There are also increasing demands for transparency, and for regulators to have better quality information. When you’re reporting something, you have to really trust that information. That’s how you give confidence to your board or leadership team.”

              A shift in focus

              The upside of this disconnect is that Lapierre fully expects the pursuit of better data to be a key trend in procurement over the next few years. “I’ve found that no-one talks about the data layer in procurement,” she states. “They brush it under the rug or underestimate how critical it is to use data to feed large language models for better insights. As data becomes more accessible, the need for a trusted data foundation becomes more important. You need good data posture.”

              With this very topic being discussed openly at prestigious events like the ones DPW hosts, procurement professionals and leaders are actively working towards solving this blockage. “The problems have to be solved in order to leverage the exponential value of Gen AI, automate workflows, and bring intelligence in across all these functions,” Lapierre continues. 

              “Consider: what would it mean to your business if you could actually solve that data problem, drive better outcomes, and truly digitise the procurement function?”

              We caught up with Danielle McQuiston from Candex to discuss why procurement is risk-averse, and how the business can help.

              Candex, a B2B fintech company, has been going through some exciting changes recently. In the five years that Danielle McQuiston – its Chief Customer Officer – has been with the business, it’s gone from its venture round to A series in 2021 and into B series, which it closed out in 2023. Its goal is to make life easier for procurement professionals across sectors. This is because having trusted services at their disposal is one step towards changing procurement’s risk-averse reputation.

              Candex’s value proposition is as a tech-based master vendor that helps enterprise buyers engage and pay small and irregular vendors through an easy, quick, streamlined process. The obvious ‘low-hanging fruit’ use case at most enterprise organisations is to use Candex to avoid setting up new vendors for small, infrequent purchases. 

              While tackling this low-hanging fruit demonstrates an immediate benefit, Candex is now taking it a step further. It’s helping enterprise clients understand the additional benefits and value that they can get from the solution. We caught up with McQuiston at the DPW NYC Summit in June, an event which featured innovative solutions in procurement. In particular, AI.

              Creating and avoiding risk

              “The companies that only go for the easy wins still have tens of thousands of suppliers that they hold in their vendor master. They don’t closely manage them and really don’t know them,” McQuiston says. “At some point, these companies have onboarded a supplier to make a small purchase. When they do, they do minimal checks on the vendors since the purchase is small or one-time only. But now that ‘small’ vendor is in the company’s system for anyone to engage with – sometimes forever. These companies are left with little-known and unmanaged vendors taking up 80% of their vendor master. This, in turn, creates risk for the enterprise.” 

              Candex can mitigate this risk and empower companies to focus more on strategic relationships. It does this by helping companies offboard their non-strategic vendors, and engage vendors only as needed. Businesses can do this with the confidence that Candex applies robust compliance screening and third-party diligence to all vendors as part of its standard processes. 

              As a result, Candex has started helping clients realise how they can reach their initial objectives of deriving more value by lowering risk exposure. By helping them focus on strategic suppliers, they can increase their working capital, accelerate the speed of doing business, and support their supplier diversity programs.

              “All those aspects are where my focus is currently,” McQuiston explains. “Along with that, over the next few years, we will continue to make the process even more user-friendly. We’ll also further develop our solutions to meet the ever-changing commercial, compliance, and security landscapes. We can make the system even more intuitive, and help our customers streamline internal processes so things are faster and more cost-effective.”

              The roadblocks

              Implementing technology solutions to improve procurement is the name of the game across the sector, after all. It was talked about extensively at DPW NYC in June, where we spoke to McQuiston about Candex and trends. Unfortunately, there’s a roadblock for the sector, which is that procurement is risk-averse.

              McQuiston explains. “We work primarily with Fortune 2000 companies, and I can’t tell you how many I’ve met up with who have outright told me they’re risk-averse. They all think that’s unusual, but they all say it and most of them are the same. It doesn’t matter if you’re in pharmaceuticals or consumer goods or banking – everyone is in the same boat regarding risk.”

              This is because, as a function, procurement was created to ensure security of supply, controlling both quality and cost. “Procurement was born out of the supply chain world with a focus on direct spend. Out of the need to make sure prices don’t go up – and, in fact, go down,” McQuiston continues. 

              “Procurement has always been the enforcer of the financial rules. That’s the only way they were able to have an impact on the business initially. Now, procurement wants a seat at the table and is able to more broadly bring value to the business. In return, businesses are asking procurement to ease their role as the enforcer in order to have that seat. This is tough for procurement because, by nature, they’re nervous about losing control since that is how they have added value in the past.”

              Hope is here

              This may be a challenge, but the march of change isn’t stopping. There’s hope in the air. This is thanks to companies like Candex, as well as the arrival of new technologies. For example, artificial intelligence, which the business world is increasingly looking to leverage.

              “AI is the whole theme of this conference,” McQuiston said of DPW NYC. The event spawned many fascinating conversations, not to mention encouraging ones. As the business world utilises technology better, procurement is only going to get better. And AI can help support procurement teams as they look to calibrate their solutions and right-size their approach to risk, efficiency, and value-add for the business. 

              “I’m very interested to see how innovative solutions like Candex, as well as AI solutions, become disruptors – in a good way,” says McQuiston. “A lot of other solutions that have tried to enter the procurement space have struggled to really break in and push for significant change. 

              “However I believe that if you solve a real problem and have good technology, you will be successful. AI may be able to really help further support technology solutions in their mission to simplify the procurement stack and positively address user experience challenges,” McQuiston concludes.

              Welcome to the latest issue of CEOstrategy where we highlight the challenges and opportunities that come with ‘the’ leadership role

              Our cover story focuses on the work of Nigel Vaz, the CEO of Publicis Sapient – a digital business transformation company that partners with organisations globally to help them create and sustain competitive advantage – and his approach to change management.

              Welcome to the latest issue of CEOstrategy!

              Tasked with accelerating business growth, while building the synergies across an organisation that can drive innovation to meet diverse customer needs and keep revenues on track, the modern CEO must be mentor, marshall and motivator on the journey to success.

              Read the latest issue here!

              Publicis Sapient: Advice for the modern CEO

              “I lead Publicis Sapient with a set of principles to keep me on track, and which I offer to fellow CEOs as a guide,” says CEO Nigel Vaz. “Embrace change, and view challenges as opportunities for growth and innovation; Foster a culture of continuous learning within yourself and your organisation; Advance the organisational capabilities that will enable your company to deliver on your brand promise; Adopt a data-driven approach to decision-making, utilising analytics and advanced technologies and Stay rooted in purpose to realise your competitive advantage.”

              EMCS: Leading a small fish making a big impact

              “If you look after your people and you have the right people in place, the customer experience takes care of itself,” explains EMCS Industries CEO Trevor Tasker. “A lot of entrepreneurs say the same, but you don’t always see it in action. If I have to micromanage somebody, I’ve made a hiring mistake. When I’ve found the right person, all I have to do is support them and trust them. If I can’t trust them, I can’t lead them. And being trusted makes my employees so much better at their jobs. It makes choosing the customers you deal with very important as well…”

              Moneypenny: People at the heart

              We are consistently listed in the best places to work rankings and have created a happy and fun working environment,” says Moneypenny CEO Joanna Swash. “We strive to be authentic, and that starts at the top. If the leadership team walks the walk and talks the talk, then trust is built. Trust fosters a culture where employees are motivated, engaged and empowered with a culture of transparency and honesty…”

              Bupa: Choice, care and compassion driving digital transformation

              “In a fast-changing world, it’s essential that we harness the power of technology to keep improving health outcomes for our customers,” says Global & UK CEO Carlos Jaureguizar of the digital transformation journey helping Bupa become the world’s most customer-centric healthcare company. “We give our people the tools to give customers the best care, streamline the customer experience and drive innovation.”

              Also in this issue, we hear from Rachel Youngman, Deputy CEO at the Institute of Physics, on how organisations can leverage ESG targets to meet the Net Zero challenge; we get the lowdown on a fintech success story from RTGS.global CEO Jarrad Hubble; discover the importance of Strategic Thinking with Institute for Management Development Professor Michael Watkins and count down ten reasons why integrity is key to business success with Serenity In Leadership CEO Thom Dennis.

              Enjoy the issue!

              Dan Brightmore, Editor

              Global cloud services point-of-sale provider, GK Software, was founded over 30 years ago in Germany. For most of its existence,…

              Global cloud services point-of-sale provider, GK Software, was founded over 30 years ago in Germany. For most of its existence, its focus was on expanding across Europe. However, in 2015, GK broke into the US when its partnership with SAP helped it drive into that vital market. The business has been thriving stateside ever since. Its core business is a point-of-sale software platform – CLOUD4RETAIL – which features the OmniPOS solution. Today, GK is ranked highly in global POS installations and has been among the top three for the last five years.

              GK is an organisation committed to continuous improvement and customer engagement. It is evolving, getting into newer technologies like AI in a big way. It’s leveraging its expertise to improve insights into what its retail customers and their shoppers need. This includes everything from price optimisation to loyalty to self-service technologies.

              Its ability to provide these services, through its expertise, is what attracted Virginia ABC to GK Software. Virginia ABC was a previous user of SAP’s point-of-sale (POS) solution, but as the authority evolved, it required an updated POS. 

              GK Software meets Virginia ABC

              Enter: GK Software. “As a result of our relationship with SAP and with Paul Williams at Virginia ABC, we were shortlisted in their new point-of-sale solution selection,” explains Max Francescangeli, Regional Sales Director at GK Software.

              “With Virginia ABC, we went through quite an extensive selection process. It’s a government agency, so the rules are very strict,” says Francescangeli. “But we were able to prove that we could use our expertise to address and solve all of their problems in spite of the unique environment they operate in. They needed a flexible solution that would interact well with their legacy platforms during implementation. We were certainly able to provide that. So, we were eventually awarded the business and the project has been extremely successful.”

              The approach GK takes with its customers during these projects highlights just how much out-of-the-box capability its solution has. GK’s team spent a lot of time with Virginia ABC. The organisation examined its business requirements and using a consultative approach to show how its software could be configured. This was so it could meet the end-state business requirements and take advantage of best-of-breed capabilities that exist within GK’s platform. 

              “Rather than going there and trying to do a lot of customisation, we wanted to help them take advantage of the software as it exists,” Francescangeli adds. There were also other areas where GK was able to provide a lot of value and expertise to Virginia ABC. These include payment processing and its partner ecosystem. Virginia ABC was previously using a payment provider with limited capabilities, but GK was able to step in and expand the technology set. “We gave them more hardware choices, expanding what they could do with their in-store devices.”

              Virginia ABC also needed more advanced reporting and analytics within its environment. So, GK introduced a solution called Advanced Central Electronic Journal and Reporting. Francescangeli continues: “It saved them a tremendous amount of effort, and gave them a lot of flexibility. We implemented that very quickly and they gained business value from it immediately.”

              An evolving partnership

              GK Software and Virginia ABC worked on initial deployment for the first 12 months of the project, and GK has continued to supply its services ever since. Each year after the first, Virginia ABC has expressed interest in something else GK offers. As a result, the relationship has remained close and Virginia ABC continues to expand the partnership.

              “Paul and his team have been champions of ours and we’re champions of theirs as well,” Francescangeli states. “Due to the relationship we have with Virginia ABC, we have been able to secure business from other retailers in the same space because they have confidence that we know how to handle the market.”

              “GK checks a lot of boxes retailers are looking for,” Bill Miller, North American VP of Sales at GK adds. “We’re in this inflection point where we offer modern technology that also has a lot of functionality out of the box, and that’s what people want. That’s what Virginia ABC wanted, and that’s what we supplied.”

              Read more about Virginia ABC’s story, and the part GK Software has played, in issue 49 of Interface Magazine.

              Our cover story this month focuses on the work of Arianne Gallagher-Welcher. As the Executive Director for the USDA Digital…

              Our cover story this month focuses on the work of Arianne Gallagher-Welcher. As the Executive Director for the USDA Digital Service, in the Office of the OCIO, her team’s mission is to drive a tech transformation at the USDA. The goal is to better serve the American people across all of its 50 states.

              Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!

              Welcome to a new year of possibility where technology meets business at the interface of change…

              Read the latest issue here!

              USDA: The People’s Agency

              “We knew that in order for us to deliver what we needed for our stakeholders, we needed to be flexible – and that has trickled down from our senior leaders.” Arianne Gallagher-Welcher, Executive Director for the USDA Digital Service reveals the strategic plan’s first goal. Above all, the aim is to deliver customer-centric IT so farmers, producers, and families can find dealing with USDA as easy as using an ATM.

              BCX: Delivering insights & intelligence across the Data & AI value chain

              We also sat down with Stefan Steffen, Executive Leader for Data Insights & Intelligence at BCX. He revealed how BCX is leveraging AI to strategically transform businesses and drive their growth. “Our commitment to leveraging data and AI to drive innovation harnesses the power of technology to unlock new opportunities, drive efficiency, and enhance competitiveness for our clients.”

              Momentum Multiply: A culture-driven digital transformation for wellness

              Multiply Inspire & Engage is a new offering from leading South African insurance provider Momentum Health Solutions. Furthermore, it is the first digital wellness rewards program in South Africa to balance mental health and physical health in pursuing holistic wellness. CIO, Ndibulele Mqoboli, discusses re-platforming, cloud migrations, and building a culture of ownership, responsibility, and continuous improvement.

              Clark County: Creating collaboration for the benefit of residents

              Navigating the world of local government can be a minefield of red tape, both for citizens and those working within it. Al Pitts, Deputy CIO of Clark County, talks to us about the organisation’s IT transformation. He explains why collaboration is key to support residents. “We have found our new Clark County – ‘Together for Better’ – is a great way to collaborate on new solutions.”

              Also in this issue, we hear from Alibaba’s European GM Jijay Shen on why digitalisation can be a driving force for SMEs. We learn how businesses can get cybersecurity right with KnowBe4 and analyse the rise of ‘The Mobility Society’.

              Enjoy the issue!

              Dan Brightmore, Editor

              • People & Culture

              For our first cover story of 2024 we meet with Lloyds Banking Group’s CIO for Consumer Relationships & Mass Affluent,…

              For our first cover story of 2024 we meet with Lloyds Banking Group’s CIO for Consumer Relationships & Mass Affluent, Martyn Atkinson, to learn how an ambitious growth agenda, combined with a people-centred culture, is driving change for customers and colleagues across the Group.

              Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!

              Welcome to a new year of possibility where technology meets business at the interface of change…

              Read the latest issue here!

              Lloyds Banking Group: A technology & business strategy

              “We’ve made significant strides in transforming our business for the future,” explains Martyn Atkinson, CIO for Consumer Relationships & Mass Affluent at Lloyds Banking Group. “I’m really proud of what the team have achieved. There’s loads more to go after. It’s a really exciting time as we become a modern, progressive, tech-enabled business. We’ve aimed to maintain pace and an agile mindset. We want to get products and services out to our customers and colleagues. We’ll test and learn to see if what we’re doing is actually making a meaningful difference.”

              AFRICOM: Organisational resilience through cybersecurity

              We also speak with U.S. Africa Command’s (AFRICOM) CISO Ryan Larsen on developing the right culture to build cyber awareness. He is committed to driving secure and continued success for the Department of Defence. “I often think of every day working in cyberspace a lot like counterinsurgency warfare and my time in Afghanistan. You had to be on top of your game every minute of every day. The adversary only needs to get lucky one time to find you with that IED.”

              OLYMPUS DIGITAL CAMERA

              ALIC: Creating synergy to scale at speed with Lolli

              Since 2009 the Australian Lending & Investment Centre (ALIC) has been matching Australians with loans that help build their wealth. It has delivered over $8.3bn in loans to more than 22,000 leading Australian investors and businesses. Managing Director Damian Brander talks ethical lending and the challenges of a shifting financial landscape. ALIC has also built Lolli – a broker enhancement platform built by brokers, for brokers.

              Sime Darby Motors: Driving digital, cultural, and business transformation together

              Sime Darby Berhad is one of the oldest and most successful multinational companies in Malaysia. It has a twin focus on the Industrial and Motors sectors. The company employs more than 24,000 people, operating across 17 countries and territories. Sime Darby Motors’ Chief Digital & Information Officer Tuan Jean Tee shares how he makes sure digital, cultural, and process transformation go hand in hand throughout one of APAC’s largest automotive multinationals.

              Also in this issue, we hear from Microsoft on the art of sustainable supply chain transformation, Tecnotree map the key trends set to impact the telecoms industry in 2024 and our panel of experts chart the big Fintech predictions for the year ahead.

              Enjoy the issue!

              Dan Brightmore, Editor

              • Fintech & Insurtech

              Our final cover story for 2023 explores how Deputy CIO May Cheng is accelerating a digital customer and product-centric approach…

              Our final cover story for 2023 explores how Deputy CIO May Cheng is accelerating a digital customer and product-centric approach to IT management for the International Trade Administration (ITA).

              Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!

              Interface showcases leaders at the forefront of innovation with digital technologies transforming myriad industries.

              Read the latest issue here!

              ITA: A better digital government experience

              We connect once more with the tech trailblazers at the International Trade Administration. Deputy CIO May Cheng and her team are accelerating adoption of ITA’s customer and product-centric approach to IT management. In addition, their focus is on Agile, DevSecOps, Value Proposition, and Human Centred Design. “In 2023, we launched 13 products, three MVPs and saw enhancements operationalised. Moreover, the digital model has enabled a partnership between business and IT. The result is clearer lines of shared responsibility, transparency in resources, and a continuous learning culture across the agency.”

              Businessman touching data analytics process system with KPI financial charts, dashboard of stock and marketing on virtual interface. With American flag in background.

              Royal Papworth Hospital NHS Trust: Digitally transforming patient care

              The Royal Papworth Hospital NHS Foundation Trust is centred on bringing tomorrow’s treatments to today’s patients with a clear mission to provide excellent, specialist care to patients suffering from heart and lung disease. We hear from Andrew Raynes who took up his role as CIO in 2017. He is overseeing a digital transformation program bringing value to staff and patients. “Using the global language of interoperability… we’ll see greater efficiency in terms of use of technology and sweating our assets. Furthermore, exploiting the benefits to support seamless care by allowing standards to do the heavy lifting.”

              Toronto Community Housing: Supporting tenants with tech

              Toronto Community Housing houses tenants in 106 of Toronto’s 158 neighbourhoods. It ensures over 43,000 low and moderate-income families are supported in their continuously managed homes. Luisa Andrews, VP Information Technology Services tells us it’s the best role she’s had in her career. “It’s the most challenging, and where I’ve seen the most progress in a short amount of time. I’m proud of my team and what we’ve accomplished in five years. We, and our partners, have enabled the corporation, through technology, to do what it needs to do for our tenants.”

              Marshfield Clinic Health System:

              Marshfield Clinic Health System provides care at over 50 locations across the US state of Wisconsin. Chief Data & Analytics Officer Mitchell Kwiatkowski explains its tech mantra to us: “We’re trying to toe that line while examining new technologies as they come out. We’re aiming to understand what they are, how they can help, and implementing things that are mature enough and show promise. I don’t think healthcare is necessarily risk-averse; it’s a highly regulated area that doesn’t always have deep pockets for investment. However, it’s people’s health at stake, so we have to be careful…”

              Also in this issue, we get the lowdown on the tech trends for 2024 from Hitachi Vantara innovation guru Bjorn Andersson. We also hear from the WatchGuard Threat Lab research team with their cybersecurity predictions for the year ahead.

              Enjoy the issue!

              Dan Brightmore, Editor

              Nigel Greatorex, Global Industry Manager at ABB, on how digital technologies can support decarbonisation and net zero goals

              Nigel Greatorex is the Global Industry Manager for Carbon Capture and Storage (CCS) at ABB Energy Industries. He explains how digital technologies can play a critical role in the transition to a low carbon world by enabling global emissions reductions. Furthermore, he highlights the role of CCS and how challenges can be overcome through digitalisation.

              Meeting our global decarbonisation goals is arguably the most pressing challenge facing humanity. Moreover, solving this requires concerted global action. However, there is no silver bullet to the global warming crisis. The solution requires a mix of investment, legislation and, importantly, innovative digital technologies.

              Decarbonisation digital technologies

              It’s widely recognised decarbonisation is essential to achieving net zero emissions by 2050. Decarbonisation technology is becoming an increasingly important, rapidly growing market. It is especially relevant for heavy industries – such as chemicals, cement and steel. These account for 70 percent of industrial CO2 emissions; equal to approximately six billion tons annually.

              CCS digital technologies are increasingly seen as key to helping industries decarbonise their operations. Reaching our net zero targets requires industry uptake of CCS to grow 120-fold by 2050, according to analysis from McKinsey & Company. Indeed, if successful, it could be responsible for reducing CO2 emissions from the industrial sector by 45 percent.

              A Digital Twin solution

              ABB and Pace CCS joined forces to deliver a digital twin solution. It reduces the cost of integrating CCS into new and existing industrial operations. Simulating the design stage and test scenarios to deliver proof of concept gives customers peace of mind. Indeed, system designs need to be fit for purpose. Also, it demonstrates the smooth transition into CCS operations. Additionally, the digital twin models the full value chain of a CCS system.

              Read the full story here

              • Sustainability Technology

              Cybersecurity leader Shinesa Cambric on Microsoft’s innovation journey to identify, detect, protect, and respond to emerging threats against identity and access

              This month’s cover story highlights a cybersecurity program protecting billions of users.

              Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!

              Interface showcases leaders at the forefront of innovation with digital technologies transforming myriad industries.

              Read the latest issue here!

              Microsoft: Innovation in Cybersecurity

              Shinesa Cambric is on a mission to drive innovation for cybersecurity at Microsoft. Moreover, by embracing diversity and opening all channels towards collaboration her team tackles anti-abuse and delivers fraud-defence. Continuous Improvement doesn’t just play into her role, it defines it…

              “In the fraud and abuse space, attackers are constantly trying to identify ways to look like a legitimate user,” warns Shinesa. “And this means my team, and our partners, have to continuously adapt. We identify new patterns and behaviours to detect fraudsters. At the same time, we must do it in such a way we don’t impact our truly ‘good’ and legitimate users. Microsoft is a global consumer business and any time you add friction or an unpleasant experience for a consumer, you risk losing them, their business and potentially their trust. My team’s work sits on the very edge of the account sign up and sign in process. We are essentially the first touch within the customer funnel for Microsoft – a multi-billion dollar company.”

              ABB: Digital Technolgies contributing towards Net Zero

              Nigel Greatorex, Global Industry Manager for Carbon Capture and Storage (CCS) at ABB Energy Industries, explains how digital technologies can play a critical role in the transition to a low carbon world. He highlights the role of CCS in enabling global emissions reductions and how challenges can be overcome through digitalisation…

              “It is widely recognised decarbonisation is essential to achieving net zero emissions by 2050. Therefore, it’s not surprising that emerging decarbonisation technology is becoming an increasingly important, and rapidly growing market.”

              CSI: How can your IT estate improve its sustainability?

              Andy Dunn, Chief Revenue Officer at IT solutions specialist CSI, reveals how digital technologies can contribute to ESG obligations: “Sustainability is a now seen as a strategic business imperative, so much so that 74% of companies consider Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) factors to be very important to the value of their company. Additionally, we know almost three in four organisations have set a net zero goal. With an average target date of 2044, 50% of organisations are seeking more energy efficient products and services.”

              https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tsDaZiSO1ho

              “Optimising energy use and consolidating servers and storage infrastructure form a strong basis for shaping a more environmentally friendly and efficient IT estate. It no longer needs to be the Achilles Heel of an ESG policy. “

              Mia Platform: Sustainable Cloud Computing

              Davide Bianchi, Senior Technical Lead at Mia Platform, explores the silver lining of sustainable cloud computing. He reveals how it can help us reduce our digital carbon thumbprint with collaboration, efficient use of applications, containerisation of apps, microservices and green partnerships.

              “We’re already on an important technological path toward ubiquitous cloud computing. Correspondingly, this brings incredible long-term benefits too. These include greater scalability, improved data storage, and quicker application deployment, to name a few.”

              Also in this issue, we hear from Doug Laney, Innovation Fellow at West Monroe and author of Infonomics and Data Juice. Also, we learn how companies can measure, manage and monetise to realise the potential of their data. And, Deputy CIO Melvin Brown discusses the people-centric approach to IT supporting America’s civil service at The Office of Personnel Management (OPM).

              Enjoy the issue!

              Dan Brightmore, Editor

              • Infrastructure & Cloud

              Doug Laney is Innovation Fellow at West Monroe and a leading Data & Analytics strategist. We caught up with the author of Infonomics and Data Juice to talk tech and how companies can measure, manage and monetise to realise the potential of their data

              Our cover story explores the rise of data and information as an asset.

              Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!

              Interface showcases leaders aiming to take advantage of data, particularly in a new world of AI technologies where it is the fuel…

              Read the latest issue here!

              How to monetise, manage and measure data as an asset

              Our cover star is pretty big in the world of analytics… We meet the guy who defined Big Data. Doug Laney is Innovation Fellow at West Monroe and a leading Data & Analytics strategist. We caught up with the author of Infonomics and Data Juice to talk tech and learn how companies can measure, manage and monetise to realise the potential of their information. In his first book Laney advised companies to stop being fixated on hindsight-oriented analytics. “It doesn’t actually move the needle on the business. In the stories I’ve compiled over the last decade, 98% have more to do with organisations using data to diagnose, predict, prescribe or automate something. It’s not about asking questions about what happened in the past.”

              Canvas Worldwide: A data-driven media business

              Continuing this month’s data theme, we also spoke with Alisa Ben, SVP, Head of Analytics at full-service media agency Canvas Worldwide. Data has transformed the organisation, and what its clients do. “We look holistically at the client’s business and sometimes the tools we have might be right for them, sometimes not. It’s more about helping our clients achieve their business outcomes.”

              TUI Musement: from digital transformation to digital pioneer

              At travel giant TUI, handling data effectively is paramount when communicating consistently and meaningfully with up to 25 million customers annually. David Garcia, CIO for TUI Musement, talks about the tech evolution driving the travel giant’s provision of experiences, transfers and tours. It’s a big part of its operational shift from local to global. “As a CIO, I’ve always been interested in how the tech innovations we drive can support the business and add value.”

              Hiscox: making cybersecurity more accessible

              Liz Banbury, CISO at Hiscox and president of (ISC)² London Chapter, talks to us about how cybersecurity can become a more accessible, realistic career path for almost anybody. “When I was at school, topics like computer science didn’t even exist,” Banbury explains. “In one of my first jobs, over in Hong Kong, we were still using a typewriter! A lot has changed. My key point here is that there’s a lot of cybersecurity professionals who are really good at their job. They are inspiring, and have come from all walks of life. Crucially, they don’t have a maths, computer science, or technological background at all. But they still make great cybersecurity professionals.

              Portland Community College: Risk vs Speed in Cybersecurity

              Reet Kaur, former Chief Information Security Officer at Portland Community College, discusses the organisation’s transition to the cloud amid a digital transformation journey. I don’t want to work with people who just say yes all the time. I want my ideas challenged to help forge the excellence in the security programmes I help build.”

              DBHDS: Cybersecurity in healthcare

              The Virginia Department of Behavioral Health and Developmental Services (DBHDS) exists to create ‘a life of possibilities for all Virginians’ and transform behavioural health. Its focus is on supporting people across the entire commonwealth. It helps them get the support they need in order to take wellness and recovery into their own hands. In an area like healthcare, sensitive information is all over the place, meaning cybersecurity is a priority – and this is where Glendon Schmitz, CISO at DBHDS, comes in. The security team exists to help the wider organisation achieve its objectives with data. We’re there to protect the business, not the other way around.”

              Also in this issue, we schedule the can’t miss tech events and get the lowdown on IoT security from the Mobile Ecosystem Forum.

              Enjoy the issue!

              Dan Brightmore, Editor

              Welcome to issue 42 of CPOstrategy!

              This month’s cover story sees us speak with Brad Veech, Head of Technology Procurement at Discover Financial Services.

              CPOstrategy - Procurement Magazine

              Having been a leader in procurement for more than 25 years, he has been responsible for over $2 billion in spend every year, negotiating software deals ranging from $75 to over $1.5 billion on a single deal. Don’t miss his exclusive insights where he tells us all about the vital importance of expertly procuring software and highlights the hidden pitfalls associated.

              “A lot of companies don’t have the resources to have technology procurement experts on staff,” Brad tells us. “I think as time goes on people and companies will realise that the technology portfolio and the spend in that portfolio is increasing so rapidly they have to find a way to manage it. Find a project that doesn’t have software in it. Everything has software embedded within it, so you’re going to have to have procurement experts that understand the unique contracts and negotiation tactics of technology.” 

              There are also features which include insights from the likes of Jake Kiernan, Manager at KPMG, Ashifa Jumani, Director of Procurement at TELUS and Shaz Khan, CEO and Co-Founder at Vroozi. 

              Enjoy the issue! 

              Melvin Brown, Deputy CIO at the Office of Personnel Management, explains the organisation’s ‘sprint to the cloud’ and its determination to modernise at every level.

              Our cover story highlights the Office of Personnel Management’s ‘sprint to the cloud’ with technology.

              Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!

              Interface hears from leaders who champion a people-first approach driving successful technology transformations.

              Read the latest issue here!

              Culture Modernisation at the Office of Personnel Management

              The Office of Personnel Management (OPM) is a government entity which manages America’s civil service. This month’s cover story explores how an organisation that prioritises people is taking a human approach to IT. Deputy CIO Melvin Brown oversees a portfolio of $500m in programs and a growing workforce of around 300 federal employees and contractors. OPM is undergoing a major cloud transformation… “We want to be cloud-first and cloud-smart as we move forward,” he explains. “So, we created a two-year sprint to the cloud plan where we take all our major applications and move them to the cloud in order to take advantage of all the benefits that brings, from both a security and a utility perspective.”

              International Trade Administration: A strategic vision for technology

              The International Trade Administration (ITA) strengthens the competitiveness of U.S. industry, promotes trade and investment, and ensures fair trade through the enforcement of trade laws and agreements. We hear from its CIO Gerald Caron who is passionate about involving all stakeholders in ITA’s transformation… “We’re introducing different ways of thinking to drive innovation at the International Trade Administration (ITA). What is the art of the possible? We’re looking to explore possibilities with technology across our business units and build simple foundations for the development of more complex approaches.”

              Irwin Mitchell: Technology with a human touch

              Also espousing the importance of a people-centric approach, Graham Thomson, Chief Information Security Officer at Irwin Mitchell, discusses his firm’s transformative legal solutions. “We’re far more than just a law firm,” he says. “I think what sets us apart is that we’re very people focused and an organisation that genuinely cares about not only our customers but our people too. People are your biggest asset, and you have to look after them.”

              State of Vermont: Using AI for good

              We spoke with Shawn Nailor, Secretary and CIO at State of Vermont, about IT modernisation, tackling cybersecurity state-wide, and how AI is being used for the good of Vermonters. “We’ve got to be practitioners in order to give good guidance on how to use advanced technology and where… We want to establish a practice by which we can lead by example and show good applications or AI tools to advance services and the delivery of products.”

              Also in this issue, we round up the must attend tech events; get game-changing AI, Metaverse and ‘moonshot’ insights from Lenovo, and learn why people are at the heart of the decision-making process at energy company newcleo.

              Enjoy the issue!

              Dan Brightmore, Editor

              Amit Thawani, CIO for Consumer Data & Engagement Platforms at Wells Fargo, on the journey towards becoming a customer-centric company

              This month’s cover story reveals how a customer-centric approach to technology is helping Wells Fargo deliver stable, secure, scalable, and innovative services.

              Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!

              It’s our biggest issue yet! The common theme this month is the focus on the creation of customer-centric technologies that offer reliable, secure and helpful user journeys from travel and banking to health and business.

              Interface dives deep for insights on understanding, planning, implementing and communicating change across industries.

              Read the latest issue here!

              Customer-centric banking with Wells Fargo

              Amit Thawani, Chief Information Officer (CIO) for Consumer Data & Engagement Platforms (CDEP) on the technology journey at Wells Fargo: “All tech employees at Wells Fargo are tasked with working towards delivering stable, secure, scalable, and innovative services at speed that delight and satisfy our customers while unleashing the skills potential of our employees.”

              TUI: Developing a technology ecosystem

              Kristof Caekebeke, CIO for Product & Engagement, is a member of the leadership team that is driving the transformation of the TUI technical ecosystem which has seen Master Domain Owners taking different blocks of the ecosystem under their control to roll out across the organisation.

              TUI Group

              Responsible for product and engagement, Caekebeke’s focus is on building products out of the thousands of hotels, flights, experiences and cruises TUI is offering. “I’m responsible for every contact point between the customer and TUI. The websites, the mobile apps, the retail systems – any contact point we have between the customer and TUI. It’s a large team of 1,100 tech people.

              A digital bank transformation journey with Banco PAN

              “Until 2018 Banco PAN was very much an analogue company reliant on legacy paper processes,” recalls Leandro Marçal. Joining the bank in December 2020, to become Technology & Operations Director (CIO/COO), Marçal was tasked with accelerating a digital transformation journey.

              “Banco PAN invested in innovation before I arrived,” says Marçal. “It is my team’s job to formalise the path towards becoming a digital bank. Our legacy operation was digitalising. It was an opportunity to improve the customer experience with our checking account and credit card systems.”

              Pohlad Companies: The power of people

              A pillar of the community in Minneapolis, Pohlad Companies is well known to Minnesotans for its influence, its charity work, and the opportunities it has created for people since the 1950s.

              Alongside significant commercial real estate investments, Pohlad Companies owns a custom engineering and robotics company, a group of automotive dealerships specialising in luxury vehicles, a film production studio, and many more businesses. Famously, the Pohlad family also owns the Minnesota Twins, a Major League Baseball team.

              This variety is part of what makes Rachel Lockett’s job so exciting. She’s Pohlad Companies’ CIO and has spent a decade in her current role. Lockett began her career as a programmer over 25 years ago and quickly moved into IT leadership management.

              Coalfire: Embracing change in cybersecurity

              If you wait for something to happen, then it’s often too late. The art of having a finger on the pulse is an essential ingredient to success. Failure to manage change and implement cybersecurity protocols could mean leaving an organisation vulnerable to hackers. 

              Sreeveni Kancharla, Coalfire’s first Chief Information Officer, is leading the company’s digital transformation with unwavering determination. As a cybersecurity advisor, Coalfire assists private and public sector organisations in managing threats, closing gaps, and mitigating risks. Kancharla ensures that her team stays up-to-date with the latest technologies to guard against zero-day attacks.

              Uni of Kansas Health: Cybersecurity at the heart

              Speed versus safety. The two topics are intrinsically linked and vital in their own individual way. But can you have both in healthcare when the risks are so great? Ultimately, there is no higher stake than saving people’s lives – it goes above everything and is why cybersecurity is so vital.

              Protecting the healthcare system

              “There’s nothing more important to me than patient care,” affirms Michael Meis, Associate Chief Information Security Officer at The University of Kansas Health System. “It is one of the highest callings you can imagine, to be able to help people. While the cybersecurity team and me, individually, do not directly care for patients, we enable a lot of that patient care to continue and to be able to achieve some of the goals that the health system has set to provide that healing, research, and innovation within the healthcare space.”

              Also in this issue, we ask ChatGPT what the future holds for AI and learn from Zoom how businesses can leverage analytics for insights from their hybrid events.

              Enjoy the issue!

              Dan Brightmore, Editor

              We look into the need for a supply chain reset amidst inflation concerns, supply uncertainty, geopolitical issues and sustainability drives.

              Today’s supply chains are under pressure like never before.

              Amidst inflation concerns, supply uncertainty, geopolitical issues and sustainability drives, the modern supply chain is having to think twice about the way it operates. It means companies are rethinking their supply chain strategy as well as the materials they source and the suppliers they work with. But such significant change doesn’t come easy and isn’t necessarily cheap either. Indeed, these factors have led to the necessity of a great supply chain reset. But this is no easy fix. It impacts the entire business model, from strategy, marketing and design all the way through packaging, storage and transportation.

              Supply Chain Revolution

              The first part of a supply chain overhaul is rationalising the portfolio. A major review of the product portfolio could reveal what is profitable to make or sell. In many industries, the combined effect of the rising cost of products, logistics, carbon charges for border crossings and frequent supply disruptions is increasing the cost-to-serve, reducing gross margins and making it unprofitable to hold inventory as a buffer.

              Leading companies look for ways to improve communications among the supply chain, leadership, sales, and other commercial teams so that supply chain leaders clearly understand the trade-offs required to win in the market. The most successful companies are also involving other key stakeholders in the supply chain balance equation discussion, including finance, R&D, regulatory, sustainability, and procurement. This ensures everyone understands all the implications of the proposed overhaul, particularly what can actually happen.

              COVID-19 disruptions pushed companies to reorient their supply chains around resilience. According to Bain & Company, management at one global apparel firm recognised early on that this would require a transformation that would have ripple effects across other parts of the business. In order to make the correct decision, it pulled together a cross-functional strategy team that included the heads of supply chain, finance, sustainability, consumer insights, and the product’s business unit. The team saw the supply chain redesign as an opening to not only boost resilience but also responsiveness and sustainability. It found reducing reliance on any one location would provide insulation from supply disruptions, and making its products closer to customers would speed up delivery and shrink the supply chain’s carbon footprint.

              Design to delivery and beyond

              Taking a detailed view of the entire product journey, from design to delivery and beyond, can also help to simplify sourcing, by standardising as many elements as possible, reducing the range and specification of materials used for production and packaging. This means fewer suppliers and components, which lowers the exposure to disruption. Companies should investigate whether it’s possible to use less material and/or more recycled content, and whether this can reduce total cost of manufacture.

              Today, chief supply chain officers balance multiple conflicting needs of cost, service, sustainability, agility and resilience. As a result of increasingly international trade complexity and the need to manage a widening range of risks, it’s difficult to determine where products should be manufactured and sold. While the onshoring versus offshoring versus friendshoring debate remains, it is further complicated by issues such as sustainability, trade wars, agility and, increasingly, visibility.

              In the era of mass offshoring, manufacturers have enjoyed the huge scale efficiencies of large manufacturing centres in low-wage countries. For a wide range of products, there is a now a considerable and visible shift to get closer to the end customer, to ensure a faster response to changing consumer demands, while avoiding tariffs, cutting logistics costs and reducing carbon footprint.

              Looking ahead, supply chain has little choice. It can’t stand still and wait for the next black swan event to unfold – companies must be more resilient and fluid. A great supply chain reset may not just be a “nice to have” anymore.

              In EY’s January 2023 European CEO Outlook Survey, it was discovered European CEOs expect short-term challenges but have reason for optimism.

              Today’s CEO faces unprecedented challenges like never before and is tasked with navigating choppy waters.

              Amid global uncertainty caused by a potential recession and on the back of war in Ukraine and disruption caused by COVID-19, it can feel overwhelming for even the most experienced leaders.

              A positive horizon?

              Despite this, consulting giants EY has discovered reason for optimism in its January 2023 CEO Outlook Pulse survey which includes 390 responses from CEOs across Europe. While the survey found 98% of respondents are indeed expecting a global recession, the majority of European CEOs (52%) anticipate it to be temporary and not a persistent one. These figures are a greater percentage than CEOs worldwide (48%) who point to more long-term optimism for the global economy among European CEOs.

              According to the survey, 47% of European respondents believe this recession will be different from previous slowdowns. The recent crisis is more driven by myriad geopolitical challenges and an ongoing fallout from the COVID-19 pandemic compared with previous recessions primarily as a result of financial and credit market factors. Many CEOs are aware of this difference and acknowledge the necessity for new and sustainable approaches that build resilience in uncertain times.

              In EY’s last survey in October 2022, ongoing pandemic-related concerns such as supply chain issues were the most important topics. However, since then supply chain pressures have eased to some extent with data from S&P Global Purchasing Managers’ Index (PMI) showing improvement. Only 32% of European CEOs now cite supply chains as the key issue which is down from 41% in October. Given inflationary pressures and the upward movement in interest rates, European CEOs are increasingly focusing on the policies and steps they believe European governments should take to help businesses mitigate the downturn.

              About 35% of European respondents, in comparison to 32% globally, consider uncertain monetary policy and increasing cost of capital as the biggest challenge to growth. With inflation beginning to decline in November 2022 after 17 months of upward trajectory, CEOs are closely following central bank activity for potential course changes.

              A strategy change

              In response to the current recession, EU policymakers are considering more dovish economic recovery proposals instead of top-down austerity rules seen during the sovereign debt crises a decade ago. This includes rethinking debt rules to help countries navigate this downturn. Alongside this, EU governments now face pressure on how to handle the discontent of people protesting against the rising cost of living crisis and questions still remain on how extensively they will intervene. In particular, governments are reluctant to pursue austerity measures as a result of protests from the crisis 10 years ago. Meanwhile, for CEOs, financing will continue to be a challenge as a result of increased capital costs that are set to persist which disrupted growth plans.

              European CEOs have learned from previous financial crises and recognise that it is essential to think of new and sustainable strategies to capitalise on the opportunities.

              What is the way forward?

              According to EY, there are five directives which are worth exploring over the next few years.

              Investing in operations
              European CEOs identify investing internally to boost operations as extremely important. Risk isn’t only about extraordinary events; day-to-day operational failures can also lead to losses, regulatory action and reductions in share prices. Operations such as finance, accounting and supply chain have emerged as the top priority area of investment for European CEOs (41%).

              Recognising disruption and accelerating digital transformation

              Amid ongoing global pressure to embrace new technologies and a digital transformation, COVID-19 further accelerated a trend toward digitalisation. Around 38% of European CEOs (in line with 37% globally) are looking to invest in digital transformation, data and technology to emerge stronger from this downturn.

              Developing a strong environmental, social and governance (ESG) strategy

              Businesses need to ensure ESG processes are moved to the centre of business strategy. Sustainability, including net zero and other environmental issues, as well as societal priorities, is one of the key areas that European CEOs identify as a need for more investment.

              Nurturing talent

              Despite the recession, the labour market remains tight in Europe. European CEOs are weighing cost management options, with 37% considering a move to contract employment and 38% planning on reducing learning and development investments. About one third are also considering a restructuring of their workforce compared with global and Americas CEOs (36% and 42%) considering the same approach.

              Portfolio transformation

              Looking ahead, portfolio rebalancing is expected to be a key theme as CEOs will be compelled to make bold decisions regarding their business portfolio. During a recession, companies must critically assess what their core businesses are, what their focus should be and where they can create value by spinning out or selling non-core assets. Some 93% of European CEOs consider prioritising restructuring opportunities as an important initiative in the next six months.

              Welcome to the launch issue of CEOstrategy where we highlight the challenges and opportunities that come with ‘the’ leadership role

              Our first cover story explores how Vodafone is leveraging strong leadership to drive the collaborations enabling businesses to champion change management and better use technology.

              Welcome to the launch issue of CEOstrategy!

              Tasked with accelerating business growth, while building the synergies across an organisation that can drive innovation to meet diverse customer needs and keep revenues on track, the modern CEO must be mentor, marshall and motivator on the journey to success.

              Read the launch issue here!

              Leadership with purpose at Vodafone

              “Leadership is purpose, it’s why do you do the things you do…”

              Our cover story throws the spotlight on Vodafone US CEO David Joosten; also Director for Americas & Partners Markets at Vodafone Business, he talks to CEOstrategy about leading from the front and setting the standards to deliver growth while keeping employees and customers happy.

              “People follow leaders that are honest about themselves. If you can reflect on what you’ve done well, but also where you need to improve it can inspire others to do the same.”

              EMCS Industries Ltd: How a CEO can navigate change management

              “Why hire talent and then tell them what do? You have so much to learn from the great people you hire. Micromanaging is not management, and it’s certainly not leadership. Let your people thrive!”

              Read our interview with EMCS Industries Ltd CEO Trevor Tasker for more thought-provoking insights on leadership from the shifting tides of the marine industry in this maiden issue.

              How to be an authentic leader

              “At the most basic human level, everyone knows what it’s like to feel heard by another person, and how that changes our behaviour. It can help anger and sadness subside and enable us to start seeing things differently. So, when employees are being listened to by their leaders, it can only help how an organisation operates.”

              Dr Andrew White, director of the Advanced Management and Leadership Programme at the University of Oxford’s Saïd Business School and host of the Leadership 2050 podcast series, explores transformative approaches to leadership for the modern CEO.

              How can CEOs drive forward culture change around diversity and inclusion?

              Diane Lightfoot, CEO of Business Disability Forum, explores the changing the narrative around diversity and inclusion in the workplace.

              “Disability is still often parked in the “too difficult” box when it comes to Diversity, Equity and Inclusion. Employers are often afraid of doing or saying the wrong thing and as a result, do or say nothing. As a CEO, the stakes feel (and often are) higher. That high profile platform can feel daunting at the best of times; when tackling an unfamiliar topic, it can feel positively overwhelming. But what we do and say as senior leaders has a huge impact. Indeed, it is critical in driving change.”

              https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=g-TRCm1dv6o

              Also in this launch issue, we get the lowdown on agile ways of working from Kubair Shirazee, CEO of Agile transformation specialists Agilitea. Elsewhere, we speak with Nirav Patel, CEO of the consultancy firm, Bristlecone – a subsidiary of Mahindra Group and a leading provider of AI powered application transformation services for the connected supply chain – who discusses the challenges facing CPOs and supply chain leaders in our uncertain times. And we analyse the latest insights for CEOs from McKinsey and Gartner.

              Enjoy the issue!

              Dan Brightmore, Editor

              Standard Bank CIO Bessy Mahopo on the challenges of operating in a fractured market and how the company overcomes them

              This month’s cover story highlights how technology is helping Standard Bank overcome the challenges of a fractured market to both drive business growth and improve services for customers.

              Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!

              “Time may change me, but I can’t trace time…” sang David Bowie. Changes can be challenging to manage with the path to positive disruption not always a smooth change management journey.

              Interface dives deep for insights on understanding, planning, implementing and communicating change across industries.

              Read the latest issue here!

              Standard Bank: driving Africa’s growth

              Standard Bank CIO (CIB – Transactional Banking) Bessy Mahopo explains how one of South Africa’s largest banks is using its own digital transformation successes as a template to support the country’s ongoing technological evolution by overhauling IT from the inside out. “I believe that once we start moving the curve to fifth and sixth generation technology, we’re going to become even more of a value-producer.”

              The art of change management with SAP

              Maria Villar, Head of Enterprise Data Strategy and Transformation at SAP, talks about the importance of driving change in the technology space and helping businesses thrive with data from the perspective of one of the world’s leading enterprise resource planning software vendors. “My job is about finding out what a good data strategy looks like and continuing to spend time with customers to look ahead…”

              Talent transformation journeys with TUI

              We caught up with Cerstin Lang, Director for HR Group IT at TUI. She reveals how it’s global For:ward program is driving digital transformation as the travel giant works with training partner Udacity to upskill IT talent. “Our IT goals are focused on developing a structure that supports new ways of working with the right balance to innovate and grow in the future.”

              How TransUnion is enabling consumer trust

              Alejandro Reskala, CIO Canada, LATAM, Caribbean at TransUnion, about technology transformation at a leading consumer credit reporting agency, its dedication to people, and how it makes trust possible. “TransUnion has always blazed a trail to use technology and data to generate insights that help support financial inclusion.”

              Also in this issue, we ask what the birth of ChatGPT means for businesses leveraging tech and learn from Rivery why organisations need to rethink their data strategy with robust operational analytics.

              Enjoy the issue!

              Dan Brightmore, Editor

              Mark Weil, CEO at TMF Group, discusses the rise of staff attrition in the industry

              At the start of 2023 many companies are still struggling to find employees. The job market favours the applicant far more than before Covid-19 across many sectors. Higher interest rates and lower economic growth so far haven’t reduced the pressure on labour availability.

              High staff turnover isn’t just a matter of the cost it creates. The disruption from running with a lot of open roles and with less experienced staff can disrupt client service, increase error rates and lead to more serious compliance and reputation damage.

              Mark Weil, CEO at TMF Group

              Examining the data

              A lot of commentary on the situation has been based on surveys of employees’ intentions rather than their actual decisions. By managing our clients’ financial, legal and employee administration we have access to large volumes of data. This provides insight on the overall recruitment and resignation levels across workforces, from several hundred thousand employees, covering a broad range of sectors and job levels in more than 90 countries.

              As a starting point, the data tells us that there was indeed a significant global increase in staff resignation during and after the pandemic. Across the 90 countries, average company staff attrition rose from around 15% annually in mid-2020 to 25% at the end of 2021. That’s a dramatic 67% increase in just 18 months.

              Global annualised employee attrition trend

              Digging deeper reveals a much more nuanced picture by company and country. In 2021, staff attrition averaged around 20% across the 90 countries but was below 10% in a small number, with Argentina the lowest at 6%. Of those above 20%, India, the UK and Poland topped the list with a rate of 26%. Both India and Poland are now major destinations for companies establishing regional service centres – locations that are supposed to be low cost, stable hubs that support many other countries. So rising staff turnover there will be particularly painful.

              2021 average employee attrition by country

              When examining the data at company level, annual attrition levels vary  even more widely, from a low of around 5% to a high of 40%. Some of that will be a result of challenges in specific industries and companies. Some will arise from the underlying attrition in the labour market of the countries they operate in. To disentangle how much is company versus country, we compare in the chart below the attrition a firm is seeing with the average attrition it should be seeing given the mix of countries where it operates.  The wide spread in the data shows that that country averages matter far less than individual company factors. For example, looking at companies whose country mix should give them expected attrition of around 15-20%, we see many at 30%-40% and others at just 5%-10% attrition.

              Company actual 2021 attrition versus average for the countries where they operate

              Staff attrition is a problem at any time, but becomes a significant threat to a business if it gets too high. How high is a matter of judgement and depends on the particular company. In professional services, for example, when staff attrition is above 20% it starts to impact client service and above 30% it can pose a risk to regulatory and reputational integrity.

              The rise in global staff attrition, coupled with big spikes by country and company means that multinational firms will have an increased number of locations where attrition is high and potentially well beyond manageable levels. From 2020 to 2021 the number of employees in company locations experiencing more than 20% attrition nearly doubled, from around 15% to 27%. Looking at where the levels were highest, employees in countries experiencing more than 35% attrition rose from 1% to 7%. That means there’s an increasing number of hotspots, where extremely high staff attrition means companies need to intervene quickly to avoid staff resignations spiralling due to increased workload.

              Factoring in country complexity

              An important additional factor is the complexity of a particular country to operate in. Many countries  have onerous business rules which are enforced vigorously. High staff turnover in complex countries is particularly dangerous because of the added risk of compliance breaches.

              We can look at country complexity using TMF Group’s Global Business Complexity Index. It ranks countries annually based on 292 criteria, covering the fiscal, legal and employment environments for doing business in each location.  

              Jolyon Bennett, CEO of Juice, discusses how sustainability has moved to the forefront of his organisation’s operations

              A green approach is quickly transitioning away something that is ‘nice to have’ to an essential component of a company’s strategy.

              To Jolyon Bennett, who heads up UK tech accessories manufacturer Juice, being environmentally friendly is non-negotiable. Bennett has transformed the mobile phone accessories sector, having consistently introduced a series of quality, vibrant and consumer-focused products to market, ranging from portable power banks through to super-fast chargers.

              He takes us under the bonnet of his firm’s sustainability drive.


              You have recently removed all single-use plastic from your entire product range – why?

              Jolyon Bennett (JB): “Why wouldn’t you? Single-use plastic is one of the biggest polluters in manufacturing – it uses 3% of the entire planet’s oil consumption. This year, it’s forecast that there will be 50kg of plastic waste for every single one of the eight billion human beings on planet earth – that’s a lot! Consumers, manufacturers and brand owners like myself all need to get on board with the fact that we’re going to need to use and re-use plastic packaging to make different things.

              “Why have we done it? Because it’s totally the right thing to do. We need to stop making so much plastic and we need start reusing what we’ve already got. We need to stop cutting down trees in order to make paper and cardboard – let the trees grow and re-use what we’ve got. It just makes sense on a planetary level to stop consuming quite so much and start being just a bit more content with what we’ve got. Why do we need to make ‘new new new’ all the time?”


              What have you used instead of virgin plastic?

              JB: “We’re reusing, reusing, reusing. Did you know that recycled plastic – depending on its quality and density – can be recycled and re-used between seven and 200 times. Isn’t that unbelievable? It’s such an amazing material. Plastic is a vibe, and we should be re-using it. Juice is using post-consumer waste such as Evian bottles to make speakers, old milk cartons to make power banks and so much more!”


              Why do you love plastic?

              JB: “I just think we’ve got a lot of it so why not reuse it? I admire the material because it’s so durable – it’s an incredible scientific breakthrough to be able to make something that’s not only waterproof and heatproof but lasts for up to 3,000 years. There are so many different elements that make plastic a great material. I would prefer it if we didn’t have any, but that’s not going to solve the current (and ever-growing) problem of plastic waste finding its way into our oceans, and burying it isn’t the answer either. The problem is with us humans is that we just shy away from the truth – l don’t want to shy away, I want to face these problems head on and meet the challenge.”


              Has Juice taken a financial hit to make this happen?

              JB: “As an example, we sell around three million cables a year (based on last year’s figures) and each piece of packaging that we are making using post-consumer waste costs us between $0.15 and $0.25 more, so as a minimum, our increased cost for doing this is almost half a million dollars. But I still think it’s the right thing to do. Money is made up – the world could end and money would no longer matter, so let’s stop making decisions based purely on money and let’s start making decisions based on the right thing to do.”


              How do you rate the overall quality of the ‘Eco’ products compared to the ones they have superseded?

              JB: “There is absolutely no difference whatsoever, so I rate them just as highly.”


              Do customers really want these eco products or is this more for your own conscience?

              JB: “I don’t suffer from guilt so in that respect I don’t feel driven by my conscience to do this – doing the right thing has its own gravity and its own way of whisking you forward. Generally, I believe that people and businesses that do the right things will prosper. I’m a firm believer in the philosophy of ‘do the right thing and good things will happen’ so it’s a strategic choice to do something that has a positive impact because positive things attract positive things. While not every consumer or every retailer is especially interested in our sustainability drive, I do think this is shifting slightly. Maybe I do have a conscience, but the reality is that it’s the right thing to do, and the right thing gets rewarded in the end.”


              Are retailers keen to stock them?

              JB: “We haven’t given them a choice! We changed all of our products because we wanted to and we are adamant that even though the materials we are using are different, our products still perform just as well, if not better.”


              Should other tech brands follow suit?

              JB: “Of course they should, and we would happily help them do so. We’re willing to introduce other tech brands to our suppliers and guide them through the same process we’ve taken, sharing our knowledge – including the hurdles we’ve overcome – because it’s the right thing to do. I don’t understand why any brand would want to continue producing virgin plastic when they don’t have to, it just doesn’t make any sense to me.”


              What advice would you give to other brands wanting to embark on this process of removing single-use plastic from their products?

              JB: “Do it. Stop messing about – get on with it and do it. Although it may cost you a bit more in the short term, we’ve proven that consumers do generally buy more of your products if you are making the right decisions towards the environment, so you will reap this extra cost back whilst also doing the right thing.”


              What is next for Juice?

              JB: “I want Juice to be a brand that limits its impact. We’re currently doing this with our manufacturing and through our supply chain and the way that we conduct ourselves in general. I want to start releasing products that have a positive impact on humans as well as the planet – I’m a firm believer that everyone can win. There will always be a demand for technology, so I don’t believe that we should be fighting against it, however, I would very much like to see people taking their technology off grid.

              “My dream is to be able to take every mobile phone on planet earth off grid and start generating our own personal electricity. I want to create products that link to your activity – imagine if you could run 5k and the kinetic activity could generate enough energy to a charge a device such as a phone or a laptop while you do it? I’m interested in organic solutions to current chemical problems such as organic battery cells using salt water and algae as a storage method of electricity – so much so that we’re currently in discussions with a photosynthesis harvesting electronics brand about using photosynthesis as a charging capability!

              “I want to get more connected with nature and I think you can have it all – I think we can still enjoy modern technology as well as the beautiful world around us. If we can utilise our intelligence in the right way, we can all live in a perfectly harmonious symbiotic relationship with amazing technology products and a sustainable environment for all wildlife.”

              Procurement is in a state of flux. Against a backdrop of economic uncertainty, the procurement landscape is volatile and requires…

              Procurement is in a state of flux.

              Against a backdrop of economic uncertainty, the procurement landscape is volatile and requires agility to navigate turbulent waters. But, despite significant disruption could there still be opportunity?

              Simon Whatson, Vice President of Efficio Consulting, is optimistic about the future of digital procurement and despite a challenging few years he is confident of a successful bounce back. He gives us the lowdown on the direction of travel for digital procurement in 2023. 

              As an executive with considerable experience in the space, we’d love to learn more about your background and how you ended up in procurement. Why was this the specialism for you and how did you get involved to begin with?

              Simon Whatson (SW): “I think the one-word answer of how I came into procurement was accidental. I studied maths at university, with a year in France, before I began looking for different roles to apply for.

              “Eventually, I was offered a position with a big plumbing and heating merchant with global operations. I worked in that supply chain team for two and a half years. Although it was called supply chain, a lot of the work was procurement, which involved negotiating with suppliers. It was after that stint there, that I discovered consulting and joined a boutique procurement consultancy. Now I am onto my third consultancy and I’m very happy here!

              “In terms of why I’ve stayed, one of the success factors in procurement is being able to work cross-functionally. Procurement doesn’t own any of the spending that it is responsible for helping to optimise. It must work with other functions and the spend owners. I quite like the people side of that, building relationships, almost selling internally to bring teams together. That really appeals to me and is a key reason why I’ve been very happy in procurement.”

              As we move into exploring procurement today in 2023. The space is filled with challenges and complexities. You only need to look at the last few years. Covid, war in Ukraine, inflation – how would you describe the world’s recent challenges and their effect on the industry and what do you feel CPOs and leaders can do to combat these issues?

              SW: “I would flip it around and say that these are not so much challenges but rather opportunities for procurement. When I started my career 18 years ago, procurement was often fighting to get a voice and there were complaints that procurement was not represented at the top table, but the war in Ukraine, inflation, COVID and ESG, these are things which are now on the C-suite agenda and procurement is ideally positioned to help companies face those challenges. If you think about COVID and the war in Ukraine, procurement is in a privileged position to help with this.

              “I see some procurement functions that prefer to do what they know, which focuses on the process and transactional side. However, there are also many forward-thinking CPOs and procurement professionals out there, that have really seized this opportunity of being on the C-suite agenda and drive the thinking and the solutions to some of these big challenges we’re seeing.”

              Although new technology in procurement has been around for well over a decade, digitalisation has become so much more of an important topic. How would you sum up where procurement and supply chain are in terms of digital transformation today?

              SW: “It’s a bit laggard, but digital transformation is difficult, and we have to recognise there are some real trailblazers. There are some firms doing some fantastic things in digital to produce better outcomes. If you contrast your experience when you’re buying something in your private life, it’s much easier than 20 years ago. You can get access to a wealth of pre-sourced things, whether it’s food, a holiday, a car, or a book. You can see reviews of what other people think of these things.

              “But when you go into your workplace as a business user and you want to buy something, it doesn’t quite work like that yet. You often have to fill in a form, send it off and wait for them to come back to you. They might come back a little bit later than you were hoping and might tell you that they don’t have that part on the supply frameworks. I think people sometimes get confused about how it can be so easy to buy something as large as a car or a holiday on their sofa at home, but when they want to buy something at work, it seems to be quite cumbersome. Digital can help a lot with that, but it is incumbent on organisations and procurement functions to figure out how to recreate that customer experience that we’ve become accustomed to in our private lives.”

              With a new generation of leaders growing up with technology, some might say that it could be a key driver in helping to speed the adoption in procurement along. Is this something you would agree with or what would you point to as a key driver?

              SW: “I do think that it will act as one of the catalysts for further digital transformation in organisations, because if procurement doesn’t manage to recreate that customer experience that the new generation expects, then they won’t use procurement going forward and will look to bypass it.

              “The analogy that I’ve used previously in this case is one of travel agents. I remember as a child, my parents were able to take us on holiday and I remember the whole process. We would walk into town to the travel agent, and look at some of the brochures of options. They often then had to phone the various airlines or resorts on our behalf. They might not be able to get through, so we’d have to come back the next day. I remember as a child being quite excited by the whole process but actually, thinking back, it was quite cumbersome. You compare that to now, with being able to review online, and you can get instant answers to your questions. It’s not a coincidence that travel agents don’t really exist anymore.”

              How much of a challenge is it to not get caught leveraging technology for technologies sake? How important is it to stay true to your approach and be strategic?

              SW: “We conducted a study of many procurement leaders and CPOs a few years ago, and one of the things that we found was that about 50% of procurement leaders admitted to having bought technology just on the basis of a fear of missing out, without any real understanding of the benefits that technology was going to bring. That was a real shock and a revealing find because technology is not cheap, and its implementation is quite disruptive. If you’re purchasing a system because everybody else is using it, then there could be some pretty costly mistakes. It is really important to make sure that when buying technology, it is because the benefits are fully understood.

              “My advice to companies when looking to digitalise is own your data, visualise that data, and manage your knowledge. If you can focus on getting those things right in that order, and make your technology decisions to support that goal, then that’s a much better way of thinking about it rather than just jumping in and buying a piece of technology.”

              It’s clear that the procurement space is an exciting, but challenging, place to be. What do you think will play a key role in the next 12 months to push the digital conversation further to take procurement to the next level?

              SW: “Looking forward, one thing that procurement needs to do and continue to do is attract the best people. Ultimately, people are what makes an organisation, and it is what makes a function successful. I think procurement has often not looked for the right skills in the people that it employs. Traditionally, it’s looked for people with procurement experience and while they are valuable and required, we also need leadership potential. People who think a bit more outside the box and aren’t so process driven. A lot of what procurement has done in previous years has been process driven, so if you’re just limiting your search of people to those that have had procurement experience, you’re inevitably going to end up with a lot of people who are process driven.

              “I think being bolder and recruiting people from different backgrounds with different skill sets is the way to go. If procurement can ‘own’ the ESG space, that will help with the younger generation see procurement make a difference. I think that’s one thing that will be key to success going forward.”

              Check out the latest issue of CPOstrategy Magazine here.

              Paul Farrow, Vice President of Hilton Hotels’ Supply Management, sits down with us to discuss how his organisation’s procurement function has evolved amid disruption on a global scale

              The hospitality industry has endured a rough ride over the past few years.

              Following the COVID-19 pandemic which stopped the world in its tracks and now with millions facing a cost-of-living crisis, it’s been a period of unprecedented disruption for those involved in the space and beyond.

              But it’s a challenge met head-on by Paul Farrow, Vice President of Supply Management at Hilton Hotels, and his team who have been forced to respond as the world continues to shift before their eyes.

              Farrow gives us a closer look into the inner workings of his firm’s procurement function and how he has led the charge during his time with Hilton Hotels.

              Could we start with you introducing yourself and talking a little about your role at Hilton Hotels? 

              Paul Farrow (PF): “I’m the Vice President of Hilton’s Supply Management, or HSM as we call it. I’ve been with Hilton Hotels for 12 and a half years, and my role is to head the supply chain function for our hotels across Europe, the Middle East and Africa.

              “Over the past few years, Hilton has grown rapidly and has now got 7,000 hotels in over 125 countries globally. What is really exciting is Hilton Supply Management doesn’t just supply Hilton Hotels and the Hilton Engine because we also now supply our franchisees and competitive flags. While we have 7,000 hotels globally, Hilton Supply Management actually supplies close to 13,000 hotels. That’s an interesting business development for us, and a profit earner too.”

              You’re greatly experienced, I bet you’ve seen supply chain management and procurement change a lot in recent years? 

              PF: “The past two to three years have been tremendously challenging on so many industries but I’d argue that hospitality got hit more than most as a result of the Covid pandemic. Here at Hilton, supply management was really important just to keep the business operational throughout that tough time, but I’m delighted to say we’re fully recovered now.

              “Looking back, it was undoubtedly difficult, and you only have to look at the media to see that we’re now going through a period of truly unprecedented inflation. On top of the normal day job, it’s certainly been a very busy time.”

              Hospitality must have been under an awful lot of pressure during the pandemic… 

              PF: “Most of our teams as a business and all functions have worked together far more collaboratively than ever before through the use of technology and things like Microsoft Teams and Zoom. Trying to work remotely as effectively as possible changed the way we all had to think and the way we had to do. Now we’re back in the workplace and in our offices, we’re actually looking to take advantage of that new approach.”

              Inflation, rising costs, energy shortages, as well as drives towards a circular economy means it’s quite a challenging time for CSCOs and CPOs right now, isn’t it?

              PF: “Those headwinds have caused and created challenges of the like that we’ve not seen before. The war in Ukraine and Russia has meant significant supply chain disruption and supply shortages of some key ingredients and raw materials. China is a significant source of materials and they’re still having real challenges to get their production to keep up with demand.

              “All the local and short-term challenges are around energy and fuel pricing, so throughout the supply chain that’s been a major factor to what we’ve had to deal with. On top of that is the labour shortages. We rely heavily throughout the supply chain and within our business to utilise labour from around the world. In my region, particularly from say Eastern Europe as well as other businesses all fighting for a smaller labour pool than we had before. We are fighting with the likes of the supermarkets, Amazon’s, not just other hotel companies to capture the labour pool we need both in our properties but also within our supply chain supplies themselves.

              Hilton operates a rather unique procurement function, doesn’t it?  

              PF: “We trade off the Hilton name because our brand strength is something that we are able to utilise and we’re very proud of, but we’ve also got additional leverage by having that group procurement model.

              “We’ve got essentially two clients. We’ve got our managed estate which is when an owner chooses to partner with Hilton, they’re signing a management agreement because they want the benefit and value of the Hilton engine. That could be revenue management, how we manage onboarding clients and customers through advertising, as well as the other support we give in terms of finance, HR, marketing and sales as well as procurement.”

              HSM is a profit centre and revenue driver through its group procurement model but how does this work?

              PF: “Our secret sauce is our culture. It’s our people and that filters across all of our team members and indeed all of our functions. The key strategic pillars are the same for health and supply management around culture, maximising performance and so on as they are across the overall global business.

              “Across our 7,000 plus hotels, the majority are actually franchised hotels because that’s the legacy of what still is the model in the US. When I joined Hilton 12 and a half years ago, the reverse is true where nearly all of our hotels in Europe, Middle East and Africa, and indeed in Asia Pacific, were and are managed. In the Europe, Middle East and Africa regions right now we’re building up close to a 50/50 split between managed, leased and franchised.”

              What has pleased you most about the roll-out of the HSM?

              PF: “It’s certainly not been easy because we’ve got 70 countries that sit within our region here in EMEA and Hilton’s penetration in those individual countries is very different. We may have 100 hotels in one of those markets and only one or two in specific countries. Our scale and our ability to get logistics solutions is different by market.

              “Getting everyone on board to what we want to achieve to our guests and to our owners means we have to pull different levers. We have very effective brand standards. If you’re signing up to Hilton, you’re signing up to delivering against those brand standards that we believe are right for our organisation.”

              What kind of feedback have you had from your clients? 

              PF: “Integrity is in our DNA, and we work very closely with our suppliers who we value as partners. These are long-term relationships, and we work hand in hand because we have to see that they’re successful so that we can be successful – it’s really important to what we do and we constantly look for feedback.

              “With our internal and our external customers, we’ll have quarterly business reviews and so we’ll get that feedback through surveys where we are asking them to tell us what we do well and what we could do better. Our partners are now asking what additional value can you do to bring support to our organisation through ESG? So that’s what’s on the table now when it wasn’t before. But it’s not just that – it’s about the security of supply competitiveness, competitiveness of pricing, and a whole bunch of other very important things as well.”

              Looking to the future, what’s on the agenda for the next few years?

              PF: “We’re out there meeting and greeting people in person and there’s always new opportunities that make things exciting in what we do and how we work. Innovation’s very high on our agenda and we’re very proud of what we do in food and beverage. In non-food categories, it’s about how we support our owners and our hotel general managers to find that competitive edge and do the next big thing ahead of our competitors.”

              Anything else important to know?

              PF: “One thing we’ve been able to take full advantage of is how we’ve been able to grow our business by bolting on new customers. I think it’s fantastic that our competitors choose to use Hilton Supply Management because they benchmarked what our capabilities are and how competitive we are.

              “Another key part of the agenda is environmental, social and governance (ESG) sustainability. Responsible sourcing and everything that sits within that is front and centre of what we do. Within that you’ve got human rights, animal welfare, single use plastics as well as general responsible sourcing like managing food waste. The list is very long, but they’re all very important.”

              Check out the latest issue of CPOstrategy Magazine here.

              Here are 10 of the most important leadership skills that CEOs need to demonstrate in 2023.

              In today’s world, a CEO needs to be lots of things to different people. The importance of having the leadership skill to being able to lead through unprecedented disruption was highlighted by the COVID-19 pandemic and helped to define what makes a good CEO.

              Here are 10 of the most important leadership skills that CEOs need to demonstrate in 2023.


              1. Clear communication

              Communicating effectively with employees is one of the most vital skills any leader can have. By adopting a transparent mindset, it leaves little room for miscommunication or misunderstandings. But rather than just being eloquent, CEOs should deliver meaningful content too. A CEO needs to be able to communicate the essence of the business strategy and the methodology for achieving it.

              2. Strong talent management strategy

              People are the most important component of all businesses. CEOs who are able to recruit and retain key employees have a greater chance of increasing productivity and efficiency. After recruiting good people, the key to retaining them is by harnessing a positive work environment that empowers employees to succeed.

              3. Decision-making

              As a leader, thinking strategically to make effective decisions is vital to the success of an organisation. Making decisions is a key part of leadership as well as having the conviction to stand by decisions or agility to adapt when those decisions don’t have the required outcome. While all decisions might not be favourable, making unpopular but necessary calls are important characteristics of a good leader.

              4. Negotiation

              Negotiation is a fundamental part of being a CEO. In a top leadership position, almost every business conversation will be a negotiation. Good negotiations are important to an organisation because they will ultimately result in better relationships, both with staff inside the company and externally. An effective leader will also help find the best long-term solution by finding the right balance and offering value where both parties feel like they ‘win’.

              5. Creativity and innovation

              Being quick-thinking and ready to explore new options are great skills of a CEO. Creative leadership can lead to finding innovative solutions in the face of challenging and changing situations. It means in the midst of disruption, of which it has been increasingly prevalent, leaders can still find answers for their teams. Creative CEOs are those who take risks and empower employees to drop outdated and overused practices to innovate and try new things that could lead to greater efficiency.

              6. Agility

              Without agility over the past few years, businesses would have failed. CEOs were forced to embrace remote working following the advent of the COVID-19 pandemic whether they liked it or not. Now, faced against a potential recession, these macroeconomic events are unavoidable and have to be managed carefully. Effective leaders will have their fingers on the pulse and ready to respond to changes.

              7. Strategic forecasting

              Creating a clear path forward is essential to achieving uninterrupted success. The ability to look into the future and identify trends and issues to then react to is vital. Good CEOs are able to plan strategically and make informed decisions to set goals and plan for the future easily.

              8. Delegation

              CEOs can’t do everything. A leader tends to be pulled in a number of different ways every day and it is impossible to be on top of everything. This means the importance of bringing in a team of people who are trusted and skilled in their respective areas of expertise. Successful CEOs are expert delegators because they recognise the value of teamwork and elevating those around them.

              9. Approachability

              An approachable CEO who welcomes conversation and is an active listener will help employees feel at ease raising issues or concerns. This approach will help build strong relationships with staff and customers and encourage a healthy culture which is beneficial to employee retention. Leaders with strong, trusting and authentic relationships with their teams know that investing time in building these bonds which makes them more effective as a leader and creates a foundation for success.

              10. Growth mindset

              If a CEO arms themselves with a growth mindset it allows them to meet challenges head-on and evolve. This shines a light on improving through effort, learning and persistence. As others may back down in the face of adversity and upheaval, successful CEOs will strive to move forward with confidence. Those with a growth mindset are unlikely to be swayed as they have the tools needed to reframe challenges as opportunities to grow.

              In McKinsey’s latest report ‘Actions the best CEOs are taking in 2023’, we examine three of the biggest trends on the c-level agenda

              Anyone can sail a ship when things are going well. But it takes a strong, robust and characterful CEO to steer a business through choppy waters and out the other side.

              In McKinsey’s latest report ‘Actions the best CEOs are taking in 2023’, the research and advisory firm uncovered which trends are set to have the biggest impact on how CEOs lead their business throughout the year.

              McKinsey’s CEO Excellence Survey surveyed 200 of the best corporate CEOs of the past 15 years. This was completed by whittling down a list of all the current and former CEOs of the 1,000 largest public companies during that timeframe. The list was subsequently filtered based on tenure, including only those who had completed at least six years in the role. From there, the CEOs were continuously shortlisted until the best 200 were determined.

              Each CEO was asked to identify the top three trends that are set to determine how leaders tackle the future. Here is an insight into those findings.

              1. Actions to deal with digital disruption

              CEOs are targeting digital trends in three key ways: developing advanced analytics, enhancing cybersecurity and automating work. OpenAI’s launch of ChatGPT has accelerated the demand of companies looking to embrace advanced analytics for a competitive advantage. Improving cybersecurity is another key action for CEOs with the importance of guarding against external threats paramount amid strengthening and more mature cyberattacks. Lastly, automating work is another key priority to scale efficiency and eliminate boring and manual tasks which free up people’s time.

              2. Actions to deal with the risk of high inflation and economic downturn

              One CEO who is worried about economic uncertainty told McKinsey: “Act early to lower costs and protect the balance sheet so that you are stronger and leaner when the economy begins to turn more favourably.” McKinsey found that companies that outperformed the 2008 financial crisis cut operating costs by 1% before the downturn while the others expanded costs by the same percentage. The best performers reduced their debt by $1 for every $1 of book capital before the downturn. This can be done by reducing operating expenses, redesigning products and services as well as reassessing strategic and economic assumptions.

              3. Actions to deal with the escalation of geopolitical risk

              According to McKinsey, there are three actions to help manage the escalation of global and national crises. CEOs are targeting building robust compliance capabilities, creating resilience in supplier networks and investing in monitoring and response capabilities. These actions come following the challenges presented by COVID-19, the war in Ukraine and now inflation concerns. Many firms are choosing to build their trade compliance organisations and improve how they screen different customers and companies. While a defensive approach is the way forward for many, some companies see the turbulent times as an opportunity.

              How Minted is leveraging digital technology to make investment in precious metals, accessible, affordable and simple

              Shahid Munir, co-founder of Minted, discusses how his firm is competing with larger banks for a spot at the top table of investment in fintech.

              Few industries have boomed like the fintech space over the past few years. With a plethora of new technology at consumer fingertips like never before, banks are being properly challenged by upcoming startups offering an alternative solution. Among these is Minted, aiming to make the buying, selling, transferring and delivery of physical precious metals simple through flexible monthly plans and one-time purchases. The company was founded in 2018 by three close friends – Shahid Munir, Hamzah Almasyabi and Haroon Siddiq – with a shared passion for entrepreneurship, technology and the opportunities the financial industry presented. Their combined drive led to the creation of Minted.

              Shahir Munir, Co-Founder, Minted

              The rise of Minted

              Munir, co-founder of Minted, admits the journey has been a “rollercoaster” since the trio decided to launch their venture. “It’s certainly been exciting,” he explains. “It’s been a great learning curve and was a case of taking an industry where so many people were so used to doing it one way and offering something new. This has been challenging because we have a great product, but no one understood it. We’ve had to go out and educate people first in what has been a journey of growth, but it’s a constant journey.”

              A decade ago, financial technology was considered by many as ring-fenced by bigger banks. But Munir stresses he has tried to change that narrative and offer competition which provides tremendous value. “Previously, a bank was the only way you could provide financial products,” he says. “Technology has allowed more innovative and creative solutions to launch and test the bigger banks and what they became bad at which was the customer experience. Now you see bigger banks adopt a lot of the technology and some of the practices used by challenger banks which can only be a good thing. Being in London has also helped because it is one of the leading hubs for fintechs and really supports the financial technology industry.”

              Armed with different skillsets, the three co-founders complement each other with a diverse range of experience. With Almasyabi bringing an operations background and Siddiq bringing business strategy, Munir completes the line-up with finance and technology know-how. “I think it’s what sets us apart and makes us different,” he says. “Our backgrounds mean we’re not tunnel visioned and can see clearly when things aren’t working. We have a great thinktank within the business which helps us come up with ideas.”

              Making precious metals accessible, affordable and simple

              “I recall seeing a meme about how the price of a Freddo chocolate had changed over the years, no longer being its trademark 10p, it was now 200% more expensive and also smaller in size. This led me down rabbit-hole of trying to understand why most items go up in price as years pass and rarely come back down again. I became fascinated with how the government increases the money supply and the concept of inflation – my money buys me less in the future than it does today.

              “I met with the other two founders that same night and the thoughts extended from my mind into an intense conversation about quantitative easing, Brexit, cost of living – snacks were being consumed faster than the rate of government borrowing. Where could we park our money, what was better than money? That was when the penny-dropped (pardon the pun). Hamzah proclaimed: ‘What about gold, guys?’”

              Digital disruption

              Through Minted, customers will have full legal ownership over their gold and can also request to have their gold delivered to a verified address. The gold and silver are stored in a grade 10 vault in the UK with the highest level of security possible. The products are fully insured by Lloyds of London at the current value while in vaulted storage as well as when being transported.

              As a digital disrupter, one of the biggest challenges Minted continues to face is a lack of understanding. Customer assurance is an important priority, and the organisation has established several initiatives to gain trust. Minted is registered and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) which means the firm operates to the highest financial standards and guidelines as determined by the FCA. “I feel like we need to go that extra mile,” stresses Munir. “What I think we underestimated at first was the extent to which people needed to ask questions until we launched a live chat facility on the website. This function helps build our knowledge base and allows us to hold the customer’s hand throughout the process. We’ve also found success when we’ve attended face to face exhibition events and had one-on-one interactions. It’s been brilliant to see first-hand the customer perception and look at what we can do better to meet their needs.”

              Munir says he has noticed a trend of people starting with a “flutter” to test the water and check out the process. “I think it’s important that people build their confidence and recognise the value in what we offer,” he explains. “Once this is done, we often see those same customers make larger transactions. We know our difference can be a challenge for some people to accept which is why education is such an important topic to us. We have to keep doing explainer videos, use social media and hold community sessions to be there for customers.”

              Scaling up

              Minted recently launched its own app which offers customers an even easier way to manage their gold and silver, as well as introducing a tool to partner with businesses called Minted Connect. Munir believes the move has helped showcase an advanced, modern way for people to own physical items. “I love the app as it just makes things so much easier for customers via the platform,” he explains. “It’s been fantastic, a one-stop solution that helps stores the precious metals for free and allows them to be delivered at any time. In a world where everything is so digitally enabled it is nice to offer something physical – people don’t even buy cars anymore. Hopefully via customer feedback we can make improvements to the app that will help us develop new features.”

              Munir believes gold is increasingly being seen as an alternative for savings and affirms global pressures like the threat of inflation amid economic uncertainty has helped people to realise the full potential of Minted’s offering. “In the past if you wanted to save money, you simply open a saver account and start adding money but with gold it was often a little trickier,” he says. “But with Minted we’ve simplified the process and tried to make it as automated as possible. Gold is a great alternative which has stood the test of time.”

              Looking ahead, Minted is showing no signs of slowing down and is expanding into different territories. Munir remains positive for the next few years and what comes next for his organisation. “We’re working towards expanding the team because I feel like we’re at the stage now where each of our departments needs its own team of people to run each department,” he explains. “We’re scaling up and branching into new markets such as Turkey, and focusing in on developing the business to business side too.”

              “Disruption should drive digitalisation and cloud uptake rather than hindering it.”

              Sal Laher, Chief Digital & Information Officer at global enterprise software provider IFS, reveals how a single strategy for cloud and digitalisation helps businesses maximise the rewards of growth.

              Digitalisation equals transformation

              Digitalisation and the business transformation projects that enable it are again on the radar for many businesses, particularly given the current macro-economics and potential recession being predicted. According to recent data from Research and Markets, The Global Digital Transformation Market size is expected to reach $1,302.9bn by 2027, rising at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 20.8% in the period 2021-2027.

              This renewed focus on digitalisation is aligned to businesses accelerating cloud migration, including readily available SaaS solutions. The Flexera 2021 State of the Cloud Report finds 92% of enterprises have a multi-cloud strategy and 80% have a hybrid cloud strategy.

              Sal Laher, Chief Digital & Information Officer, IFS

              Both trends will go hand in hand as digitalisation and cloud migration continue to drive business efficiencies, process change and consumer service demands. Most organisations are aware of the potential rewards both business models can bring. This is because it is not the first time they are being talked about– this major transformational shift has already been in place for a decade. But some, wary of the disruptive impact of recent global events are holding back from implementing them. However, it is the wrong approach.

              Disruption should drive digitalisation and cloud uptake rather than hindering it. Even in isolation, either moving to the cloud, or undertaking digitalisation, will enable faster decision-making, supported by greater compute power and more agile processes, generating faster output and enhancing customer service. Yet, to drive competitive edge, organisations need to combine cloud migration with business transformation and look to maximise those benefits. To do this, they must develop a single strategy covering both elements and move forward with a common approach.

              Migrating to the cloud for business transformation

              By digitalising, organisations have an opportunity to benefit from faster time to insight, enhanced business and customer connectivity, and operational efficiencies. It allows them to more easily collect and analyse data that they can later turn into actionable, revenue-generating insights.

              Over time, they can go further and start to tap into the benefits of artificial intelligence, machine learning, big data analytics, and the Internet of Things (IoT). But it is the additional compute power and scalability of the cloud that helps them to maximise these benefits and fulfil the potential of digital technologies.

              Cloud migration also includes adopting evergreen application (business process) solutions in the cloud with the many SaaS solutions that are available today. That’s why it is important that they adopt a single plan to migrate to the cloud and drive business transformation all in one. This tandem approach also avoids unnecessary customisation, making a business much more agile to change based on actionable data insights.

              Adopting a single plan will, in itself, drive up efficiencies and drive down costs. But critically, the two must be linked to ensure that businesses maximise the benefits of the migration process.

              It is cloud, after all, that helps businesses adapt to the new digital world, enabling them, for instance, to leverage out of the box business applications, digital analytics tools and low code platforms that deliver informed decision-making and reduce costs. But cloud doesn’t just maximise the benefits for businesses, it also accelerates them. Cloud has become the fulcrum of digital transformation, mainly due to its ability to enable innovation at scale and allow businesses that have digitalised to rapidly launch enterprise-ready products.

              Without cloud, businesses will struggle to drive through timely updates to systems and processes. The costs of stakeholder management may ramp up. Moreover, moving to the cloud without doing it within the step-by-step structure of digital transformation risks mistakes being made, increasing the likelihood of data loss and security breaches through misconfigurations.

              Optimising the benefits of digital transformation in the cloud

              We have seen how important it is to adopt a single strategy for cloud migration and digitalisation and to execute them in tandem. But organisations also need to maximise the benefits of the combined approach. So how can they best do this?

              First, they need to avoid procrastination and delay. The benefits of digitalisation and cloud migration working together are compelling – and senior leaders need to seize the initiative and kickstart the transformation. To get the ball rolling, they need to conduct a benchmarking exercise to better understand where their business stands in terms of its capabilities or gaps. This will help to decide where efforts and resources should be focused.

              They then need to align their business processes with IT. That’s key as modern business models increasingly emphasise the digitalisation of processes.

              Cloud computing and network security concept, 3d rendering,conceptual image.

              They should begin by determining their goals and the systems, technologies, and processes currently in use to achieve them. Next, they need to brainstorm and document core business objectives before developing a cloud and digitalisation migration roadmap to guide their implementation. Measuring performance will also be crucial to optimising results. In choosing which metrics to analyse, organisations should concentrate on those that will most positively impact their bottom line or user experience.

              Ensuring employees buy into the process of cloud-based digitalisation will also be key. Organisations should use cloud-based digitalisation as an opportunity to strengthen business processes and help employees switch to new ways of working which maximise the potential of the new technology.

              Digital readiness

              Given all this, it is vital businesses don’t delay on their journey to digital and the cloud. Unfortunately, CIOs often struggle to know where to start with a cloud and digital migration strategy.

              Before they begin, they often look to put a complete strategy in place up front. The truth is that it is not necessary. Instead, they need to get going and prioritise what’s most important. Pick one area, settle on a use case, digitalise, and move it to the cloud, demonstrate results – and then repeat incrementally. That will enable the business to showcase value and create momentum. Over time also, this single coordinated approach, will allow it to tap into a wide range of cloud and digitalisation related benefits – and ultimately to maximise the rewards.

              For more cutting edge insights read the latest issue of Interface magazine here

              Ian Povey, CIO – Head of Payments Services & Technology, on the strategic transformation taking place at NatWest benefitting both the bank and its customers

              This month’s cover story reveals how innovation is at the core of change for payments processes at NatWest.

              Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!

              Charles Darwin famously said: “It is not the strongest of the species that survives, nor the most intelligent; it is the one most adaptable to change.” Technology is helping us to evolve. And that evolution is being driven by innovation.

              Read the latest issue here!

              Payments transformation at NatWest

              “It may be a cliché, but a transformation journey really has no end… If you fixate on a constant end state without ‘checking in’ you can, and likely will, fail in your objectives.” A wise outlook from a CIO with three decades of change management experience across banking’s payments panorama.

              Ian Povey, CIO – Head of Payments Services & Technology, discusses the strategic transformation taking place at NatWest and how that journey of change and innovation is benefitting both the bank and its customers as it evolves to become a relationship bank for a digital world. “Our environment is always changing – we must be on the back of the ‘Change Dragon’ and steering/influencing as a leader and always learning from our teams for new ideas.”

              Customer-Centric transformation at FedEx

              We also check in with logistics leader FedEx… Custom Critical CIO Cheryl Bevelle-Orange reveals a “technology-forward yet flexible company” embracing innovation and “paving the way for customers to get more relevant information faster about their packages while delivering with excellence”.

              https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=galaZZlrEn0

              Continuous Improvement in IT at Mazars

              Mazars CIO David Marcelino explains his approach to innovation and leading on a successful IT transformation program at one of the world’s largest audit and advisory firms aiming to improve the digital experience for all its stakeholders. “Change Management, adoption, training and awareness are at the core of every single business technology project we deliver.”

              Tech innovation at speed with the US Air Force

              We also caught up with George Forbes, Director of Digital Operations Directorate at the United States Air Force, who outlines the importance of innovation within the federal government.

              Digital Transformation in healthcare at Avellino

              Nancy Selph, Global Head of IT at Avellino Lab, discusses how technology is creating new opportunities to improve health outcomes and the importance of leadership in the industry.

              Also in this issue, we round up the key tech events and conferences across the globe; we learn how Minted are making it easy for everyone to invest in gold; and we feature the latest on cloud digitalisation from IFS.

              Enjoy the issue!

              Dan Brightmore, Editor

              We look into the supply chain production process of Easter Eggs and the journey to their final destinations in supermarkets

              Chocolate is arguably the world’s most popular sweet treat. Depending on who you ask, of course.

              After, perhaps Christmas, it is the most common time for people to indulge in chocolate if they don’t do so anyway throughout the year.

              And synonymous with Easter are the eggs themselves which are loved by children and adults alike all over the world.

              The journey to Easter Eggs

              The supply chain process is split into eight stages of production: cultivating, harvesting, splitting, fermentation, drying, winnowing, roasting and grinding. Following production, the supply chain process is extended further with logistics which is the final step to providing customers with their favourite seasonal sweet treat.

              The journey actually begins with cocoa tree plantations being established which is done by scattering young cocoa trees amongst new shade trees or by planting the cocoa trees between established trees. These are planted in humid tropical climates, with temperatures between 21 and 23 degrees Celsius. This is consistent rainfall periods and a short dry season because these conditions provide good quality cocoa.

              Easter eggs

              Each tree produces 20-30 cocoa pods a year which grows straight from the tree’s trunk and main branches. With this tree also yielding fruit, the crop is carefully pruned, and as a result, it is easier to harvest the cocoa pods. The next step is the labour-intensive task of harvesting the crop.

              The harvest is a whole community affair on small West African farms. Large knives are then used to detach the pods from the trees and placed in large baskets on workers’ heads. The pods are then manually split open to remove the beans so they are ready for the two-step curing process. Each pod consists of between 20-40 purple cocoa beans.

              The curing process consists of fermenting and drying the beans to develop the chocolate flavour. There are several fermentation methods but the most traditional is the heap method. This requires placing mounds of wet cocoa beans in between layers of banana leaves on the ground for between five to six days. Following this, the drying stage begins. This involves the wet bunch of beans being spread out in the sun or using a more advanced method of special dying equipment.

              From plant to factory

              Often, a lot of large chocolate brands then buy the cocoa through intermediaries. The beans are then packed into sacks ready to be exported to the brands processing facilities in other locations globally.

              After arrival, the beans are cleaned and quality inspected before the winnowing stage takes place. The dried beans are cracked to separate the shell from the nib which is where the small chunks are used to produce chocolate. Afterwards, the roasting phase begins in which the nibs are baked at high temperatures reaching 120 degrees Celsius in special ovens. This is where the colour and flavour is acquired.

              Subsequently, the next stage is grinding which creates the basis of all chocolate products. The roasted nibs are grounded in stone mills until a thick liquid chocolate consistency is achieved.

              Chocolate to egg

              The final step is creating the chocolate egg masterpiece by using highly efficient computer-operated technology which has been used since the mid-20th century. The molten chocolate is placed in heated egg molds which are rotated so there is an even thickness. Following this, the eggs are left to cool and then removed from the molds. Once cooled, the eggs are wrapped in coloured foil and packaged into individual boxes before being sent out for retail. The transportation and exportation throughout the various supply chain stages is vital being a seasonal product. This means they are heavily relied upon for their timings to deliver to large supermarkets and independent stores.

              Gartner surveyed 400 senior business leaders about the challenges faced and their priorities for 2022-23. We analysed the results

              Priorities change in a business; they evolve all the time to match the societal landscape around them. Following a major worldwide disruption like the COVID-19 pandemic, it’s no surprise that the focus for CEOs has shifted to match the way our outlooks and challenges have changed.

              Gartner surveyed 400 senior business leaders about their 2022-23 priorities and found that – for the first time – environmental sustainability has made its way into the top 10. Additionally, workforce issues are a bigger priority than ever before.

              Mark Raskino, VP Analyst at Gartner, said of the results: “In 2022, the Gartner CEO and Senior Business Executive Survey showed that, catalysed by multiple macro trends and economic factors, business leaders are reprioritizing some key areas of enterprise purpose and management focus.”

              The last time there was such a dramatic change in the priorities of CEOs was in 2009-10, during the recovery from the last major recession. Here, we’ll dig into the key challenges for CEOs in 2023…

              Growth

              While growth remains the primary challenge, with 51% of respondents stating that it’s in their top three priorities, it’s actually down 8% from 2021-22. Gartner has surmised that the reason for this is that, due to ongoing supply chain disruptions, business leaders are less focused on driving up demand if they don’t necessarily know whether they can supply. Many organisations are working hard to revamp and improve their supply chains, but uncertainty remains and nobody wants to make promises that they can’t keep.

              Gartners top 10 strategic business priority areas for 2022-2023

              Technology

              Technology has also dropped slightly as a top three priority, though it remains the second biggest focus at 34%. While the survey respondents are 5% less concerned about tech-related issues than in 2021-22, it’s still hugely important – especially as the world recovers from the pandemic.

              Many businesses have taken the pandemic as a sign that they need better digitalisation, as a lack of that made the transition to home working difficult for some. Additionally, cybercrime is a major concern, especially when ensuring employees have the hardware and software they need to work safely from multiple locations.

              Workforce

              A focus on the workforce is up 32% from 2021-22, putting it at 31% in third place. This is the second consecutive year that workforce has become more of a priority, and there are multiple reasons for this.

              Attracting and retaining employees is a challenge because older generations are retiring and there aren’t always enough replacements for specific roles. Plus, the younger generations joining the workforce are more likely to align themselves with businesses they truly believe in, meaning they are more picky, so organisations have to be the best they can and transparent with it.

              Additionally, diversity, equality, and inclusion are bigger focuses than ever, and these have been boosted by the spotlight being shone on such topics during the pandemic. All in all, almost half (49%) of CEOs agreed with the statement that ‘it is very difficult for us to find and hire the kind of people we need in our business’.

              Corporate

              At 29%, corporate has dipped only a little since 2021-22 – just 5% – and remains a top priority. Corporate includes company structure and culture changes, and this is a focus right now due to the challenges of employee retention, as well as the drive towards digitalisation. Corporate change is required to improve business efficiency and performance, hence its position on this list.

              Financial

              The financial side of business has decreased in importance to CEOs for 2022-2023, dropping by 27% since 2021-22. However, it’s still in the top three for 20% of respondents. CFOs are making a major push towards finance transformation through technology to boost efficiency in their departments. Despite the ongoing challenge of building digital competencies in finance, 82% of CFOs have reported that their investments in digital are accelerating and exceeding investments in many other areas.

              Products & Services

              Products and services remain in the top three spot for 15% of respondents, up 43% from 2021. As the world recovers from the pandemic, the products and services a business produces are in the limelight. Competition is more fierce than it’s ever been, so innovation is key to remain in the best position.

              Customer

              The customer as a priority is up 26% from 2021-22, at 15% – and it’s no surprise. Linking into products and services, and the challenge of hiring the latest generation of workers, costumers have very high standards and hard work is required to impress them and retain loyalty.

              In a Gartner survey about customer service trends, 74% of respondents stated that improving operational excellence to create a seamless customer journey is either ‘important’ or ‘very important’, and the survey found that business growth is best achieved through positive customer experience outcomes.

              Environmental sustainability

              Nine per cent of respondents to the Gartner survey stated that environmental sustainability is a top three priority – up a huge 292% from 2021-22. This is the first time it’s broken into the top 10, which is telling. Businesses are increasingly under pressure to do more when it comes to their own environmental impact. Many leading nations are aiming to be carbon neutral within the next few decades and being more sustainable undeniably leads to growth.

              ESG

              Cost

              Also at 9% is cost, which is actually down 24%. Despite it being less of a concern than in 2021-22, cost remains a major focus. Supply chain shortages and the government support offered to help people through lockdowns have driven inflation, and Russia’s invasion of Ukraine has made that worse. As a result, we’re seeing the prices of products from the region shoot up, and those cost increases inevitably become the problem of business leaders.

              Sales

              While it’s number 10 (6%) on Gartner’s list of priority areas, sales is a 77% bigger priority in 2022-2023 than it was in 2021-22. Sales falls into a similar category to cost; with rising inflation comes an inability for customers to spend as freely as they once may have, making the landscape more competitive. Having said that, as we touched on with growth, sales aren’t necessarily being driven to the same degree due to supply chain disruptions.

              Sara Malconian, Chief Procurement Officer at Harvard University & Jim Bureau, CEO of JAGGAER explain how ESG & the Circular Economy is changing the evolution of procurement.

              We speak to Sara Malconian, Chief Procurement Officer at Harvard University and Jim Bureau, CEO of JAGGAER to see how ESG and the Circular Economy is changing the evolution of procurement…

              Sara, how have you seen your role evolve as a procurement leader over the years as ESG and supplier diversity come into focus? 

              Procurement leaders have gone from ‘cost cutters’ to ‘problem solvers’ within their organisations. Our core mandates used to be to drive cost savings and efficiency. We were hyper-focused on getting the most out of the organisation’s spend and supplier relationships. Those priorities haven’t gone away, especially in today’s inflationary environment, but the expectations of the procurement function are significantly higher and broader today. 

              Procurement functions saved their companies during COVID and the confluence of disruptions that followed. We showed we are a strategic linchpin. We are now looked upon to drive value and impact and strategically guide our organisations to achieve broader goals, including diversity and environmental, social, governance (ESG). Internal stakeholders realised the benefits of procurement and sought help with advancing their department’s agendas or solving their challenges. We listen to their needs, allocate the right resources, and ultimately enable them and the overall organisation to be successful.  

              I’ve been in procurement for over 20 years, and I can honestly say you’d be hard-pressed to find a more rewarding and exciting career. Procurement professionals have a real opportunity to make a tangible difference within their organisations, communities, and the world through the way we source products and services. 

              What is Harvard doing to have a positive impact on society? Can you share some examples, Sara?

              Across the Harvard community, students, alumni, faculty, and staff are advancing scholarship and teaching on the world’s most significant challenges, and everyone wants to do their part to address inequities. Supplier diversity and inclusion have been a priority for Harvard for years, but we wanted to make even more of an impact and really invest in the growth and development of diverse businesses, especially as the pandemic highlighted inequities and disparities within our communities.

              In 2021, we formed the Office for Economic Inclusion & Diversity (OEID), which is dedicated to reaching out to diverse suppliers, giving them opportunities, and providing them with tools, training, and resources to be successful. The office also encourages the use of underrepresented business enterprises (UBEs) in the purchasing of all goods, services, and construction at Harvard and standardises procurement practices with these businesses across the university. 

              We’re proud of the work this office is doing. We’re actively training suppliers on Harvard’s policies and how they can work with us. We’re creating a central location for them to access bid and RFP opportunities. UBEs can also apply to be mentored by Harvard Business School students.

              We’ve created a dashboard to track and analyse spend with diverse suppliers across all of Harvard’s schools and measure progress over time. Everything we’re doing is aimed at increasing spend with our existing diverse suppliers, as well as the number of diverse suppliers that work with Harvard, and helping these suppliers grow their businesses.

              Jim, why is prioritizing ESG and supplier diversity important and what steps can companies take today to progress in their journey? 

              Beyond being the right thing to do, investors, boards, regulators, customers, and employees now expect organisations to prioritise ESG and diversity initiatives and walk the talk. There’s also a clear business impact. Supplier diversity drives competitive bidding processes that lead to cost savings. Working with partners who are sustainable and have different ideas and perspectives fuels innovation and creates a competitive advantage. Sourcing from a sustainable and diverse supplier pool also reduces risk by broadening organisations’ access to multiple resources for various materials, products, and services. 

              One of the most critical steps companies can take to progress on their ESG journey is to make it clear to suppliers that environmentalism is a priority for their organisation. They will attract suppliers with higher levels of ESG maturity and provide suppliers who are earlier on in their ESG journey with sustainability toolkits and training to help educate them on eco-friendly best practices and sustainability innovations.

              This step avoids having to overhaul their supply chain to account for ESG. Strategically managing suppliers by leveraging third-party data, scorecards, and supplier audits are crucial for understanding the ESG risks that suppliers pose and minimizing disruptions by working with them to correct these issues. 

              Successful supplier diversity programs start with a top-down culture shift. If a company’s culture isn’t diverse, inclusive, and supportive for all its stakeholders, they won’t be able to drive supplier diversity in a meaningful way. Supplier diversity strategy should map back to company goals and include an executive-level champion to sponsor the program internally and help bring in the resources they need.

              Outside of leveraging technology to identify diverse suppliers and build a program, businesses can talk with people who have been in their shoes. They can collaborate with like-minded companies at industry events, engage in relevant LinkedIn groups, and connect with organisations such as the National Minority Supplier Development Council.

              Once diverse suppliers are on board, organisations can create a supplier diversity policy that clearly outlines how many diverse suppliers need to be invited to bid for each event to ensure teams are executing on the strategy. Leading supplier diversity programs go beyond simply spending with diverse suppliers to providing mentorship and training them on how to respond to RFPs correctly, as well as creating environments where it’s easier for them to engage. 

              Jim, what role does technology play in helping organisations achieve ESG and supplier diversity goals?

              Technology is a key enabler of ESG and supplier diversity initiatives. One of the biggest obstacles to supplier diversity and ESG is a lack of reliable supplier data. Suppliers don’t always keep their information up to date in self-service portals. The data procurement teams have isn’t always enriched to the level they need, with insights on diversity status, certifications, and proof of ESG compliance.

              Researching and assessing suppliers is tedious and time-consuming, which leads many organisations to skip the verification step. Without this information, organisations don’t have a true picture of the inclusivity and sustainability of their supplier network, which makes it impossible to identify the right partners to source from to meet their ESG and supplier diversity goals and make an impact.

              Technology addresses this challenge by automatically collecting, enriching, validating, and integrating the supplier data needed to obtain this level of supply base visibility and make decisions that drive ESG and diversity. AI-powered tools are available to match buyers with specific diverse suppliers who also have the capabilities to help drive ESG objectives and meet broader procurement criteria.

              Software that segments the supply base and helps visualise spending with small and diverse suppliers across a variety of classifications is critical for setting benchmarks and measuring progress and ROI. 

              Jim and Sara, how do you expect the ESG and diversity conversation to shift and where should procurement leaders focus for the future?

              Sara: I expect we’ll see the conversation shift to emphasise measurement. It’s not enough anymore to say you’re committed to ESG – you need to prove it and show demonstrable progress and ROI. Maintaining the momentum on ESG initiatives is hard. Technology is key for setting benchmarks and goals, ensuring accountability for hitting key milestones, and measuring progress and return in a credible way. 

              Jim: In a declining economic environment, choices inevitably need to be made. I expect the conversation around ESG will center around where companies can focus to maintain progress on ESG initiatives as financial and economic pressures come to the forefront. While some companies may need to scale back in some areas to preserve cash and resources to navigate a downturn, I’d advise them to be careful about slowing ESG down too much as it will be much harder to catch up to current levels after the economy bounces back.

              I’d argue that when ESG is done right it can be a strategic lever for navigating a down economy, saving organizations money and resources, driving innovation, and helping them achieve broader business objectives and resilience. 

              Here are five of the biggest procurement events happening during 2023 that chief procurement officers won’t want to miss.

              Procurement Futures 


              London, UK  |  1-2 February 2023 

              Held at the QEII Centre in central London, Procurement Futures is a new conference, launching in 2023. It promises delegates the chance to find out how to make supply chains more resilient, with thought-provoking and presentations and discussions designed to inform and inspire.

              There is a flexible programme of content that can be tailored to attendees’ preferences, with networking opportunities throughout and a huge variety of sessions to attend and take part in.

              This CIPS event has three streams of content: Insights, Ignite and Interact. Insights will showcase presentations and panel discussions from leaders, Ignite will consist of hands-on workshops to help delegates optimise their procurement strategies and Interact will be smaller groups taking part in interactive roundtables and debates.

              Speakers across the two days will include Ross Grierson, Director of Procurement, Primark; Patrick Dunne, Director of Group Property, FM & Procurement (CPO), Sainsburys Plc; Rebecca Simpson, Procurement and Supply Chain Director, Balfour Beatty; and Nick Jenkinson, Chief Procurement Officer, Santander. In addition, delegates are ablew to book a one-to-one career workshop, where they’ll get advice on professional development from coaches covering a variety of specialisms. 

              Tickets are £795 for CIPS member, £995 for a non-member and £2240 for a supplier/solution provider, and there is a discount of 30% for tickets purchased before 30 November 2022. 


              3rd World Digital Procurement Summit 


              Berlin, Germany  |  2-3 March 2023 

              The third World Digital Procurement Summit is aimed at procurement directors, VPs, managers and other industry specialists. The two-day event will focus on accelerating procurement processes, adopting emerging technologies, finding the right talent, overcoming the barriers to progress and embarking on a journey of transformation. It’s a hybrid event, bringing together procurement experts from various industries, which will maximise knowledge exchange opportunities. The event organisers list five key learning points for delegates: 

              1. Exploring the latest advances in data and cognitive technologies to gain greater insights and improve procurement processes 
              1. Overhauling the procurement ecosystem with new technologies and strategies to drive business value 
              1. Sharing the best practices of monitoring and managing a range of risks to hedge against future disruptions 
              1. Developing capabilities and skillset required for the digital transformation of procurement 
              1. Defining ESG metrics of the procurement strategy to ensure business continuity 

              Speakers will include Paul Harlington, Group Procurement Director at TUI Group and Patrick Foelck, Head of Strategy and Transformation Procurement at Roche. 

              Click here to check out a video from a previous event. Tickets cost €1495. 


              Women in Procurement & Supply Chain 


              Sydney, Australia  |  6-8 March 2023 

              Returning for its 8th annual event, Women in Procurement & Supply Chain will deliver two days dedicated to leadership and the future of procurement. The event will feature a series of exclusive panel discussions and keynote addresses examining career development, overcoming imposter syndrome, working with confidence, developing an unbeatable talent pool, mentoring, diversity and inclusivity.

              It will also address risk mitigation, digital disruption, ESG, sustainability, economic development, ethical sourcing, category management, cultural diversity, strategic sourcing, supplier relationships, procurement with purpose, and supply chain resilience. There are two pre-conference masterclass options on 6 March – that can be booked separately – covering either contract law or leadership skills. 

              Some of the reasons to attend include: 

              • Discover the path to taking your procurement career to a new level while elevating your organisation with dedicated days on leadership and the future of procurement 
              • Learn best practice strategies to facedown supply chain vulnerabilities and reduce risk exposure 
              • Get ahead of the game with insights into the future of procurement and the impact of globalisation on modern supply chains 
              • Put yourself at the cutting edge of ESG and procurement with the latest updates and trends in procurement with purpose 

              Speakers for the main two-day conference include Michelle Richard, Director of Procurement, Thales; Karina Davies, Chief Procurement Officer, icare NSW; and Kylie McKinlay, Procurement Partner – Property and Business, Australian Broadcasting Corporation. 

              Tickets start at $3,495 with discounts available until 25 November 2022. 


              Americas Procurement Congress 


              Miami, USA  |  21-22 March 2023 

              The Americas Procurement Congress will feature the region’s most progressive CPOs sharing their expertise

              With a focus on what makes CPOs tick, the Americas Procurement Congress will feature the region’s most progressive CPOs sharing their expertise in keynote presentations and working groups.

              Giving delegates the tools to stay on the cutting edge of procurement developments, there are also sessions aimed at those with responsibilities over governance, procurement capabilities and quantifying data. Unsurprisingly, sustainability will also be a key theme in 2023, and attendees will hear from a diverse range of sustainability leaders about how to transition from traditional metrics to a purpose-driven function. 

              The agenda for Americas Procurement Congress 2023 will include: 

              • Sustainability of the future  
              • How to transition from traditional metrics to a purpose-driven function   
              • Harnessing the power of digital transformation  
              • Utilizing data as a driver of sustainable value, supply continuity and transparency   Agile procurement  
              • New approaches and skills that facilitate speed and agility   
              • Frictionless procurement  
              • Removing friction from the procurement process to support high-velocity sourcing   
              • Beyond Just in Time 
              • Designing future-fit supply networks for an age of chaos and conflict 

              Tickets start at $3649. 


              Americas Procurement Congress 


              Orlando, Florida  |  8–10 June 2023 

              Gartner Supply Chain Symposium/Xpo 2022 addressed the most significant challenges that chief supply chain officers and supply chain leaders face as they mitigate risk and navigate uncertainty in an increasingly dynamic and challenging environment.  

              At the conference, the top 5 sessions that CSCOs and supply chain leaders met on included: 

              • Signature Series: The Future of Supply Chain 
              • What the Pivot to Sustainable Profit Means for Procurement Leaders 
              • The Art of the New Age One Page Dashboard: Why Your Current Perfor-mance Measures May Be Doing More Harm Than Good 
              • Manage Supplier Risk With Technology 
              • Procurement Role Redesign: Stop Fitting Square Pegs Into Round Holes 

              Tickets start at $4725. 

              Here are five of the best procurement schools in Europe.

              As procurement becomes an increasingly vital and strategic function within many organisations, people are beginning to realise the full potential of turning it into a career for themselves.

              This has subsequently led to many universities noticing the demand in the industry and offering courses which equip students with the relevant qualifications and skills needed to succeed in the supply chain space.

              With this in mind, here are five of the best procurement schools in Europe.


              1. CIPS


              Course: Various
              Where: Across England

              procurement schools

              Run by Oxford College of Procurement and Supply, there are 10 Chartered Institute of Procurement and Supply centres in England offering several different qualification levels to choose from. The courses are recognised throughout the world as harnessing leading edge thinking and professionalism across the procurement and supply chain management space.

              CIPS offers courses such as level three, four, five and six in procurement and supply with each qualification created to reflect current, emerging and best practice in procurement and supply chain management. Classes focus on exploring legacy purchasing and supply methods as well as techniques and theory to the application in a business environment.

              CIPS doesn’t just offer in-person studying as courses are designed to suit individual lifestyles with virtual classrooms, part-time and weekend options to choose from.


              2. Politecnico di Milano


              Course: MSc in Supply Chain and Procurement Management
              Where: Milan, Italy

              Politecnico di Milano
              Politecnico di Milano offers an extensive portfolio of programmes

              Renowned as being one of the best scientific and technological universities in the world, Politecnico di Milano offers an extensive portfolio of programmes in a variety of different spaces. Its supply chain master’s degree is a 12-month course aimed at equipping students with vital knowledge and skills needed to succeed in the industry.

              The course also includes a number of practical activities in the programme such as lessons with international lectures, workshops on soft skills, company presentations, projects with companies, company visits and an international study tour in Rotterdam.

              According to Politecnico di Milano, 86% of students were employed three months after graduation while 55% were also working abroad during the same period.

              The course was ranked third in the TOP 2021 Eduniversal Best Masters Ranking (Global) and eighth in the QS Supply Chain Management Masters Rankings for 2023.


              3. SKEMA Business School


              Course: MSc (and MS) Supply Chain Management and Purchasing
              Where: Lille and Paris, France

              Skema offers two supply chain management (SCM) and procurement masters: The premium international MSc Global Supply Chain Management in Lille taught in English, and the MS in SCM and Purchasing in Paris and Lille mainly taught in French. France’s highly-rated supply chain and procurement program has been designed with a progressive shift from theory to practice. The degree covers the entirety of supply chain activities from planning, purchasing, receiving, production, storage to delivery through nine compulsory and six elective courses.

              The global MSc has a new cooperation with the leading prestigious business school, MIT in the US, plus another cooperation with Politechnico from Milano. The MSc master’s degree provides soft skills in supply chain and purchasing management as well as going into future trends in digitalisation, AI, sustainability, ethics, globalisation, risk management and agility. The course’s primary goal is to find future leaders who are seeking to make a positive impact on the world of supply chain management and procurement. The MSc is a full time program, complemented by paid internships in the area of the student’s choice, while the MS alternates weeks of classes with professionals at the forefront of their fields.


              4. Audencia Business School


              Course: MSc in Supply Chain and Purchasing Management
              Where: Nantes, France

              Audencia Business School

              Created in 2009, Audencia Business School’s programme will cover topics such as procurement, global sourcing and supply chain strategies. Other topics to feature includes green logistics, Big Data, digital transformation, negotiation and commercial law. The course will provide expertise from industry insiders as business executives visit and share professional insights during the programme.

              The school works closely with the corporate world and is recognised for its responsible management practices. Audencia is triple-accredited, highly ranked and internationally oriented and according to its website, 79% of course graduates are employed before graduation. The course is available as a one-year or two-year master’s programme.

              In autumn 2024, the course is set to be renamed to the MSc in Responsible Procurement and Supply Chain Management.


              5. Cranfield School of Management


              Course: MSc in Procurement and Supply Chain Management
              Where: Cranfield, United Kingdom

              Cranfield School of Management provides students with specialist knowledge and skills in procurement needed to progress their careers

              Cranfield’s Procurement and Supply Chain Management course has been co-designed with senior industry executives. This purchasing postgraduate course provides students with specialist knowledge and skills in procurement needed to progress their careers. Possessing one of the largest facilities in Europe, the course places considerable emphasis on how to overcome real-world challenges.

              Students will gain an in-depth understanding of supply chain strategy and sustainability, procurement strategy, supplier selection and evaluation, negotiation and contact management. They will also be taught how to use data, models and software to solve problems and inform decisions, inventory and operations management and how to design effective supply chain operations.

              Students will have the opportunity to attend a study tour and experience a different supply chain perspective elsewhere in Europe.

              The course was ranked 11th in the world on the QS Supply Chain Management Masters Rankings for 2023.

              Expert analysis of the tech trends set to make waves this year

              Digital transformation is a continuing journey of change with no set final destination. This makes predicting tomorrow a challenge when no one has a crystal ball to hand.

              After a difficult few years for most businesses following a disruptive pandemic and now battling a cost-of-living crisis, many enterprises are increasingly leveraging new types of technology to gain an edge in a disruptive world. 

              With this in mind, here are what experts predict for the next 12 months…


              1. Process Mining


              Sam Attias, Director of Product Marketing at Celonis

              Sam Attias, Director of Product Marketing at Celonis, expects to see a rise in the adoption of process mining as it evolves to incorporate automation capabilities. He says process mining has traditionally been “a data science done in isolation” which helps companies identify hidden inefficiencies by extracting data and visually representing it.

              “It is now evolving to become more prescriptive than descriptive and will empower businesses to simulate new methods and processes in order to estimate success and error rates, as well as recommend actions before issues actually occur,” says Attias. “It will fix inefficiencies in real-time through automation and execution management.”


              2. The evolution of social robots


              Gabriel Aguiar Noury, Robotics Product Manager at Canonical

              Gabriel Aguiar Noury, Robotics Product Manager at Canonical, anticipates social robots to return this year. After companies such as Sony introduced robots like Poiq, Aguiar Noury believes it “sets the stage” for a new wave of social robots. 

              “Powered by natural language generation models like GPT-3, robots can create new dialogue systems,” he says. “This will improve the robot’s interactivity with humans, allowing robots to answer any question. 

              3d rendering cute artificial intelligence robot with empty note

              “Social robots will also build narratives and rich personalities, making interaction with users more meaningful. GPT-3 also powers Dall-E, an image generator. Combined, these types of technologies will enable robots not only to tell but show dynamic stories.”


              3. The rebirth of new data-powered business applications


              In today’s fast-moving world, technology doesn’t sleep. Through the help of experts, we’ve compiled a need-to-know list of 23 predictions for 2023

              Christian Kleinerman, Senior Vice President of Product at Snowflake, says there is the beginning of a “renaissance” in software development. He believes developers will bring their applications to central combined sources of data instead of the “traditional approach” of copying data into applications. 

              “Every single application category, whether it’s horizontal or specific to an industry vertical, will be reinvented by the emergence of new data-powered applications,” affirms Kleinerman. “This rise of data-powered applications will represent massive opportunities for all different types of developers, whether they’re working on a brand-new idea for an application and a business based on that app, or they’re looking for how to expand their existing software operations.”


              4. Application development will become a two-way conversation


              Adrien Treuille, Head of Streamlit at Snowflake

              Adrien Treuille, Head of Streamlit at Snowflake, believes application development will become a two-way conversation between producers and consumers. It is his belief that the advent of easy-to-use low-code or no-code platforms are already “simplifying the building” and sharing of interactive applications for tech-savvy and business users. 

              “Based on that foundation, the next emerging shift will be a blurring of the lines between two previously distinct roles — the application producer and the consumer of that software.”

              He adds that application development will become a collaborative workflow where consumers can weigh in on the work producers are doing in real-time. “Taking this one step further, we’re heading towards a future where app development platforms have mechanisms to gather app requirements from consumers before the producer has even started creating that software.”


              5. The Metaverse


              Paul Hardy, EMEA Innovation Officer at ServiceNow

              Paul Hardy, EMEA Innovation Officer at ServiceNow, says he expects business leaders to adopt technologies such as the metaverse in 2023. The aim of this is to help cultivate and maintain employee engagement as businesses continue working in hybrid environments, in an increasingly challenging macro environment.

              “Given the current economic climate, adoption of the metaverse may be slow, but in the future, a network of 3D virtual worlds will be used to foster meaningful social connections, creating new experiences for employees and reinforcing positive culture within organisations,” he says. “Hybrid work has made employee engagement more challenging, as it can be difficult to communicate when employees are not together in the same room. 

              “Leaders have begun to see the benefit of hosting traditional training and development sessions using VR and AI-enhanced coaching. In the next few years, we will see more workplaces go a step beyond this, for example, offering employees the chance to earn recognition in the form of tokens they can spend in the real or virtual world, gamifying the experience.”


              6. The year of ESG?


              Cathy Mauzaize, Vice President, EMEA South, at ServiceNow

              Cathy Mauzaize, Vice President, EMEA South, at ServiceNow, believes 2023 could be the year that environmental, social and corporate governance (ESG) is vital to every company’s strategy.

              “Failure to engage appropriate investment in ESG strategies could plunge any organisation into a crisis,” she says. “Legislation must be respected and so must the expectations of employees, investors and your ecosystem of partners and customers.

              “ESG is not just a tick box, one and done, it’s a new way of business that will see us through 2023 and beyond.”


              7. Macro Trends and Redeploying Budgets for Efficiency


              Ulrik Nehammer, President, EMEA at ServiceNow, says organisations are facing an incredibly complex and volatile macro environment. Nehammer explains as the world is gripped by soaring inflation, intelligent digital investments can be a huge deflationary force.

              “Business leaders are already shifting investment focus to technologies that will deliver outcomes faster,” he says. “Going into 2023, technology will become increasingly central to business success – in fact, 95% of CEOs are already pursuing a digital-first strategy according to IDC’s CEO survey, as digital companies deliver revenue growth far faster than non-digital ones.”  


              8. Organisations will have adopted a NaaS strategy


              David Hughes, Aruba’s Chief Product and Technology Officer

              David Hughes, Aruba’s Chief Product and Technology Officer, believes that by the end of 2023, 20% of organisations will have adopted a network-as-a-service (NaaS) strategy.

              “With tightening economic conditions, IT requires flexibility in how network infrastructure is acquired, deployed, and operated to enable network teams to deliver business outcomes rather than just managing devices,” he says. “Migration to a NaaS framework enables IT to accelerate network modernisation yet stay within budget, IT resource, and schedule constraints. 

              “In addition, adopting a NaaS strategy will help organisations meet sustainability objectives since leading NaaS suppliers have adopted carbon-neutral and recycling manufacturing strategies.”


              9. Think like a seasonal business


              According to Patrick Bossman, Product Manager at MariaDB corporation, he anticipates 2023 to be the year that the ability to “scale out on command” is going to be at the fore of companies’ thoughts.

              “Organisations will need the infrastructure in place to grow on command and scale back once demand lowers,” he says. “The winners in 2023 will be those who understand that all business is seasonal, and all companies need to be ready for fluctuating demand.”


              10. Digital platforms need to adapt to avoid falling victim to subscription fatigue


              Demed L’Her, Chief Technology Officer at DigitalRoute

              Demed L’Her, Chief Technology Officer at DigitalRoute, suggests what the subscription market is going to look like in 2023 and how businesses can avoid falling victim to ‘subscription fatigue’.  L’Her says there has been a significant drop in demand since the pandemic.

              “Insider’s latest research shows that as of August, nearly a third (30%) of people reported cancelling an online subscription service in the past six months,” he reveals. “This is largely due to the rising cost of living experienced globally that is leaving households with reduced budgets for luxuries like digital subscriptions. Despite this, the subscription market is far from dead, with most people retaining some despite tightened budgets. 

              “However, considering the ongoing economic challenges, businesses need to consider adapting if they are to be retained by customers in the long term. The key to this is ensuring that the product adds value to the life of the customer.”


              11. Waking up to browser security 


              Jonathan Lee, Senior Product Manager at Menlo Security

              Jonathan Lee, Senior Product Manager at Menlo Security, points to the web browser being the biggest attack surface and suggests the industry is “waking up” to the fact of where people spend the most time.

              “Vendors are now looking at ways to add security controls directly inside the browser,” explains Lee. “Traditionally, this was done either as a separate endpoint agent or at the network edge, using a firewall or secure web gateway. The big players, Google and Microsoft, are also in on the act, providing built-in controls inside Chrome and Edge to secure at a browser level rather than the network edge. 

              “But browser attacks are increasing, with attackers exploiting new and old vulnerabilities, and developing new attack methods like HTML Smuggling. Remote browser isolation is becoming one of the key principles of Zero Trust security where no device or user – not even the browser – can be trusted.”


              12. The year of quantum-readiness


              Tim Callan, Chief Experience Officer at Sectigo

              Tim Callan, Chief Experience Officer at Sectigo, predicts that 2023 will be the year of quantum-readiness. He believes that as a result of the standardisation of new quantum-safe algorithms expected to be in place by 2024, this year will be a year of action for government bodies, technology vendors, and enterprise IT leaders to prepare for the deployment.

              “In 2022, the US National Institute of Standards and Technologies (NIST) selected a set of post-quantum algorithms for the industry to standardise on as we move toward our quantum-safe future,” says Callan.

              “In 2023, standards bodies like the IETF and many others must work to incorporate these algorithms into their own guidelines to enable secure functional interoperability across broad sets of software, hardware, and digital services. Providers of these hardware, software, and service products must follow the relevant guidelines as they are developed and begin preparing their technology, manufacturing, delivery, and service models to accommodate updated standards and the new algorithms.” 


              13. AI: fewer keywords, greater understanding


              AI expert Dr Pieter Buteneers, Director of AI and Machine Learning at Sinch

              AI expert Dr Pieter Buteneers, Director of AI and Machine Learning at Sinch, expects artificial intelligence to continue to transition away from keywords and move towards an increased level of understanding.

              “Language-agnostic AI, already existent within certain AI and chatbot platforms, will understand hundreds of languages — and even interchange them within a single search or conversation — because it’s not learning language like you or I would,” he says. “This advanced AI instead focuses on meaning, and attaches code to words accordingly, so language is more of a finishing touch than the crux of a conversation or search query. 

              “Language-agnostic AI will power stronger search results — both from external (the internet) and internal (a company database) sources — and less robotic chatbot conversations, enabling companies to lean on automation to reduce resources and strain on staff and truly trust their AI.”


              14. Rise in digital twin technology in the enterprise


              John Hill, CEO and Founder of Silico

              John Hill, CEO and Founder of Silico, recognises the growing influence digital twin technology is having in the market. Hill predicts that in the next 20 years, there will be a digital twin of every complex enterprise in the world and anticipates the next generation of decision-makers will routinely use forward-looking simulations and scenario analytics to plan and optimise their business outcomes.

              “Digital twin technology is one of the fastest-growing facets of industry 4.0 and while we’re still at the dawn of digital twin technology,” he explains. “Digital twins will have huge implications for unlocking our ability to plan and manage the complex organisations so crucial for our continued economic progress and underpin the next generation of Intelligent Enterprise Automation.”


              15. Broader tech security


              Tricentis CEO, Kevin Thompson

              With an exponential amount of data at companies’ fingertips, Tricentis CEO, Kevin Thompson says the need for investment in secure solutions is paramount.

              “The general public has become more aware of the access companies have to their personal data, leading to the impending end of third-party cookies, and other similar restrictions on data sharing,” he explains. “However, security issues still persist. The persisting influx of new data across channels and servers introduces greater risk of infiltration by bad actors, especially for enterprise software organisations that have applications in need of consistent testing and updates. The potential for damage increases as iterations are being made with the expanding attack surface. 

              “Now, the reality is a matter of when, not if, your organisation will be the target of an attack. To combat this rising security concern, organisations will need to integrate security within the development process from the very beginning. Integrating security and compliance testing at the upfront will greatly reduce risk and prevent disruptions.”


              16. Increased cyber resilience 


              Michael Adams, CISO at Zoom

              Michael Adams, CISO at Zoom, expects an increased focus on cyber resilience over the next 12 months. “While protecting organisations against cyber threats will always be a core focus area for security programs, we can expect an increased focus on cyber resilience, which expands beyond protection to include recovery and continuity in the event of a cyber incident,” explains Adams.

              “It’s not only investing resources in protecting against cyber threats; it’s investing in the people, processes, and technology to mitigate impact and continue operations in the event of a cyber incident.” 


              17. Ransomware threats


              Michal Salat, Threat Intelligence Director at Avast

              As data leaks become increasingly common place in the industry, companies face a very real threat of ransomware. Michal Salat, Threat Intelligence Director at Avast, believes the time is now for businesses to protect themselves or face recovery fees costing millions of dollars.

              “Ransomware attacks themselves are already an individual’s and businesses’ nightmare. This year, we saw cybergangs threatening to publicly publish their targets’ data if a ransom isn’t paid, and we expect this trend to only grow in 2023,” says Salat. “This puts people’s personal memories at risk and poses a double risk for businesses. Both the loss of sensitive files, plus a data breach, can have severe consequences for their business and reputation.”


              18. Intensified supply chain attacks 


              Dirk Schrader, VP of security research at Netwrix

              Dirk Schrader, VP of security research at Netwrix, believes supply chain attacks are set to increase in the coming year. “Modern organisations rely on complex supply chains, including small and medium businesses (SMBs) and managed service providers (MSPs),” he says.

              “Adversaries will increasingly target these suppliers rather than the larger enterprises knowing that they provide a path into multiple partners and customers. To address this threat, organisations of all sizes, while conducting a risk assessment, need to take into account the vulnerabilities of all third-party software or firmware.”


              19. A greater need to manage volatility 


              Paul Milloy, Business Consultant at Intradiem, stresses the importance of managing volatility in an ever-moving market. Milloy believes bosses can utilise data through automation to foresee potential problems before they become issues.

              “No one likes surprises. Whilst Ben Franklin suggested nothing can be said to be certain, except death and taxes, businesses will want to automate as many of their processes as possible to help manage volatility in 2023,” he explains. “Data breeds intelligence, and intelligence breeds insight. Managers can use the data available from workforce automation tools to help them manage peaks and troughs better to avoid unexpected resource bottlenecks.”


              20. A human AI co-pilot will still be needed


              Artem Kroupenev, VP of Strategy at Augury, predicts that within the next few years, every profession will be enhanced with hybrid intelligence, and have an AI co-pilot which will operate alongside human workers to deliver more accurate and nuanced work at a much faster pace. 

              “These co-pilots are already being deployed with clear use cases in mind to support specific roles and operational needs, like AI-driven solutions that enable reliability engineers to ensure production uptime, safety and sustainability through predictive maintenance,” he says. “However, in 2023, we will see these co-pilots become more accurate, more trusted and more ingrained across the enterprise. 

              “Executives will better understand the value of AI co-pilots to make critical business decisions, and as a key competitive differentiator, and will drive faster implementation across their operations. The AI co-pilot technology will be more widespread next year, and trust and acceptance will increase as people see the benefits unfold.”


              21. Building the right workplace culture


              Harnessing a positive workplace culture is no easy task but in 2023 with remote and hybrid working now the norm, it brings with it new challenges. Tony McCandless, Chief Technology Officer at SS&C Blue Prism, is well aware of the role organisational culture can play in any digital transformation journey.

              Workers are the heart of an organisation, so without their buy in, no digital transformation initiative stands a chance of success,” explains McCandless. “Workers drive home business objectives, and when it comes to digital transformation, they are the ones using, implementing, and sometimes building automations. Curiosity, innovation, and the willingness to take risks are essential ingredients to transformative digitalisation. 

              “Businesses are increasingly recognising that their workers play an instrumental role in determining whether digitalisation initiatives are successful. Fostering the right work environment will be a key focus point for the year ahead – not only to cultivate buy-in but also to improve talent retention and acquisition, as labor supply issues are predicted to continue into 2023 and beyond.”


              22. Cloud cover to soften recession concerns


              Amid a cost-of-living crisis and concerns over any potential recession as a result, Daniel Thomasson, VP of Engineering and R&D at Keysight Technologies, says more companies will shift data intensive tasks to the cloud to reduce infrastructure and operational costs.

              “Moving applications to the cloud will also help organisations deliver greater data-driven customer experiences,” he affirms. “For example, advanced simulation and test data management capabilities such as real-time feature extraction and encryption will enable use of a secure cloud-based data mesh that will accelerate and deepen customer insights through new algorithms operating on a richer data set. In the year ahead, expect the cloud to be a surprising boom for companies as they navigate economic uncertainty.”


              23. IoT devices to scale globally


              Dr Raullen Chai, CEO and Co-Founder of IoTeX, recognises a growing trend in the usage of IoT devices worldwide and believes connectivity will increase significantly. 

              “For decades, Big Tech has monopolised user data, but with the advent of Web3, we will see more and more businesses and smart device makers beginning to integrate blockchain for device connectivity as it enables people to also monetise their data in many different ways, including in marketing data pools, medical research pools and more,” he explains. “We will see a growth in decentralised applications that allow users to earn a modest additional revenue from everyday activities, such as walking, sleeping, riding a bike or taking the bus instead of driving, or driving safely in exchange for rewards. 

              “Living healthy lifestyles will also become more popular via decentralised applications for smart devices, especially smart watches and other health wearables.”

              The digital landscape is changing day by day. Ideas like the metaverse that once seemed a futuristic fantasy are now…

              The digital landscape is changing day by day. Ideas like the metaverse that once seemed a futuristic fantasy are now coming to fruition and embedding themselves into our daily lives. The thinking might be there, but is our technology really ready to go meta? Domains and hosting provider, Fasthosts, spoke to the experts to find out…

              How the metaverse works

              The metaverse is best defined as a virtual 3D universe which combines many virtual places. It allows users to meet, collaborate, play games and interact in virtual environments. It’s usually viewed and accessed from the outside as a mixture of virtual reality (VR), (think of someone in their front room wearing a headset and frantically waving nunchucks around) and augmented reality (AR), but it’s so much more than this…

              These technologies are just the external entry points to the metaverse and provide the visuals which allow users to explore and interact with the environment within the metaverse. 

              This is the ‘front-end’ if you like, which is also reinforced by artificial intelligence and 3D reconstruction. These additional technologies help to provide realistic objects in environments, computer-controlled actions and also avatars for games and other metaverse projects. 

              So, what stands in the way of this fantastical 3D universe? Here are the six key challenges:

              Technology

              The most important piece of technology, on which the metaverse is based, is the blockchain. The blockchain is essentially a chain of blocks that contain specific information. They’re a combination of computers linked to each other instead of a central server which means that the whole network is decentralised. This provides the infrastructure for the development of metaverse projects, storage of data and also allows them the capability to be compatible with Web3. Web3 is an upgraded version of the internet which will allow integration of virtual and augmented reality into people’s everyday lives. 

              Sounds like a lot, right? And it involves a great deal of tech that is alien to the vast majority of us. So, is technology a barrier to widespread metaverse adoption?

              Jonothan Hunt, Senior Creative Technologist at Wunderman Thompson, says the tech just isn’t there. Yet.

              “Technology’s readiness for the mass adoption of the metaverse depends on how you define the metaverse, but if we’re talking about the future vision that the big tech players are sharing, then not yet. The infrastructure that powers the internet and our devices isn’t ready for such experiences. The best we have right now in terms of shared/simulated spaces are generally very expensive and powered entirely in the cloud, such as big computers like the Nvidia Omniverse, cloud streaming, or games. These rely heavily on instancing and localised grouping. Consumer hardware, especially XR, is still not ready for casual daily use and still not really democratised.

              “The technology for this will look like an evolution of the systems above, meaning more distributed infrastructure, better access and updated hardware. Web3 also presents a challenge in and of itself, and questions remain over to what extent big tech will adopt it going forward.”

              Storage

              Blockchain is the ‘back-end’, where the magic happens, if you will. It’s this that will be the key to the development and growth of the metaverse. There are a lot of elements that make up the blockchain and reinforce its benefits and uses such as storage capabilities, data security and smart contracts. 

              Due to its decentralised nature, the blockchain has far more storage capacity than the centralised storage systems we have in place today. With data on the metaverse being stored in exabytes, the blockchain works by making use of unutilised hard disk space across the network, which avoids users within the metaverse running out of storage space worldwide. 

              In terms that might be a bit more relatable, an exabyte is a billion gigabytes. That’s a huge amount of storage, and that doesn’t just exist in the cloud – it’s got to go somewhere – and physical storage servers mean land is taken up, and energy is used. Hunt says: “How long’s a piece of string? The whole of the metaverse will one day be housed in servers and data centres, but the amount or size needed to house all of this storage will be entirely dependent on just how mass adopted the metaverse becomes. Big corporations in the space are starting to build huge data centres – such as Meta purchasing a $1.1 billion campus in Toledo, Spain to house their new Meta lab and data centre – but the storage space is not the only concern. These energy-guzzlers need to stay cool! And what about people and brands who need reliable web hosting for events, gaming or even just meeting up with pals across the world, all that information – albeit virtual – still needs a place to go.

              “The current rising cost of electricity worldwide could cause problems for the growth of data centres, and the housing of the metaverse as a whole. However, without knowing the true size of its adoption, it is extremely difficult to truly determine the needed usage. Could we one day see an entire island devoted to data centre storage? Purely for the purposes of holding the metaverse? It seems a little ‘1984’, but who knows?”

              Identity

              Although the blockchain provides instantaneous verification of transactions with identity through digital wallets, our physical form will be represented by avatars that visually reflect who we are, and how we want to be seen. 

              The founder of Saxo Bank and the chairman of the Concordium Foundation, Lars Seier Christensen, argues, “I think that if you use an underlying blockchain-based solution where ID is required at the entry point, it is actually very simple and automatically available for relevant purposes. It is also very secure and transparent, in that it would link any transactions or interactions where ID is required to a trackable record on the blockchain.”

              Once identity is established, it is true that it could potentially become easier to assess creditworthiness of parties for purchasing and borrowing in the metaverse due to the digital identity and storage of each individual’s data and transactions on the blockchain. However, although it sounds exciting, there must be considerations into how it could impact privacy, and how this amount of data will be recorded on the blockchain. 

              Security

              There are also huge security benefits to this set up. The decentralised blockchain helps to eradicate third-party involvement and data breaches, such as theft and file manipulation, thanks to its powerful data processing and use of validation nodes. Both of these are responsible for verifying and recording transactions on the blockchain. This will be reassuring to many, given the widespread concerns around data privacy and user protection in the metaverse.

              To access the blockchain all we will need is an internet connection and a device, such as a laptop or smartphone, this is what makes it so great as it will be so readily available. However, to support the blockchain, we’re relying on a whole different set of technologies.  Akash Kayar, CEO of web3-focused software development company Leeway Hertz, had this to say on the readiness of the current technology available: “The metaverse is not yet completely mature in terms of development. Tech experts are researching strategies and

              testing the various technologies to develop ideas that provide the world with more feasible and intriguing metaverse projects.

              “Projects like Decentraland, Axie Infinity, and Sandbox are popular contemporary live metaverse projects. People behind these projects made perfect use of notable metaverse technologies, from blockchain and cryptos to NFTs.

              “As envisioned by top tech futurists, many new technologies will empower the metaverse in the future, which will support the development of a range of prolific use cases that will improve the ability of the metaverse towards offering real-life functionalities. In a nutshell, the metaverse is expected to bring extreme opportunities for enterprises and common users. Hence, it will shape the digital future.”

              Currency & Payments

              Whilst it’s only considered legal tender in two countries, cryptocurrency is currently a reality and there is a strong likelihood that it will eventually be mass adopted. However, the metaverse is arguably not yet at the same maturity level, meaning cryptocurrency may have to wait before it can finally fully take off. 

              Golden Bitcoin symbol and finance graph screen. Horizontal composition with copy space. Focused image.

              There is no doubt that cryptocurrency and the metaverse will go hand-in-hand as the former will become the tender of the latter with many of the current metaverse platforms each wielding its native currency. For example Decentraland uses $MANA for payments and purchases. However, with the volatility of crypto currencies and the recent collapse of trading platform FTX indicating security lapses, we may not yet be ready for the switch to decentralised payments. 

              Energy

              Some of the world’s largest data centres can each contain many tens of thousands of IT devices which require more than 100 megawatts of power capacity – this is enough to power around 80,000 U.S. households (U.S. DOE 2020) and is equivalent to $1.35bn running cost per data centre with the cost of a megawatt hour averaging $150. 

              According to Nitin Parekh of Hitachi Energy, the amount of power which takes to process Bitcoin is higher than you might expect: “Bitcoin consumes around 110 Terawatt Hours per year. This is around 0.5% of global electricity generation. This estimate considers combined computational power used to mine bitcoin and process transactions.” With this estimate, we can calculate that the annual energy cost of Bitcoin is around $16.5bn. 

              However, some bigger corporations are slowly moving towards renewable energy to power their projects in this space, with Google signing close to $2bn worth of wind and solar investments in order to power its data centres in the future and become greener. Amazon has also followed in their footsteps and have become the world’s largest corporate purchaser of renewable energy. 

              They may have plenty of time yet to get their green processes in place, with Mark Zuckerberg recently predicting it will take nearly a decade for the metaverse to be created: “I don’t think it’s really going to be huge until the second half of this decade at the earliest.”

              About Fasthosts

              Fasthosts has been a leading technology provider since 1999, offering secure UK data centres, 24/7 support and a highly successful reseller channel. Fasthosts provides everything web professionals need to power and manage their online space, including domains, web hosting, business-class email, dedicated servers, and a next-generation cloud platform. For more information, head to www.fasthosts.co.uk

              Todd Salmon, Executive Advisor for Strategic Services at GuidePoint Security, on the cybersecurity challenge of keeping up with the pace of the ever-changing digital world

              This month’s cover story explores how GuidePoint Security, an elite team of highly trained and certified experts, cut through cybersecurity chaos and confusion to put control back in customers’ hands.

              Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!

              Interface welcomes in 2023 with a need-to-know list of what we can expect from technology this year and how it can allow enterprises to gain a competitive edge in a disruptive and increasingly digital world. Faced with everything from process mining and AI to quantum-readiness and the metaverse we cut through the hype to bring you the facts.

              Read the latest issue here!

              GuidePoint Security: digital transformation in cybersecurity

              “Cybersecurity is in such a reactive mode because of the sheer volume of risks and vulnerabilities an organisation faces,” says Todd Salmon, Executive Advisor for Strategic Services at GuidePoint Security. “We see a lot of copycats and repeat attacks happen, but at the end of the day it’s all about creating solutions to help combat those problems.”

              GuidePoint’s elite team of highly trained and certified experts, cut through cybersecurity chaos and confusion to put control back in customers’ hands. Helping them make the smartest, most informed cyber risk decisions, and choose and integrate the best-fit solutions to build the most effective cybersecurity program, Salmon discusses the challenge of keeping up with the pace of the ever-changing digital world.

              bp: a strategic reinvention

              “We are investing in digital to drive process efficiency and improve insights; but also to develop our people with the skills we need for now, and the future at bp. This means we are playing to win while caring for our people through investing in their personal development,” says Head of Strategic Transformation Nick Hales.

              “After setting the right foundations through various remediation and compliance initiatives, we embarked on our digital transformation journey,” adds Strategy & Transformation Manager Emmanouela Vlachantoni. “There was a clear opportunity to standardise and streamline our controls environment to reduce complexity and increase insight.”

              Fairfax County: winning the IT war with cybersecurity

              Meanwhile, across the pond, we learn how Fairfax County in the State of Virginia is reaping the rewards of a cybersecurity program enabling government services and keeping citizens safe. “My role is to educate our leadership to ensure they understand the business value of cybersecurity as it relates to government services. Being accountable for the security of their systems and data is a key factor in developing a successful cyber program,” explains CISO Michael Dent.

              Also in this issue, we round up the key tech events and conferences across the globe and, with the help of the experts at Fasthosts, take a deep dive into the metaverse… Can virtual reality become our reality? Read on to find out.

              Enjoy the issue!

              Dan Brightmore, Editor

              Nick Hales, Head of Strategic Transformation and Emmanouela Vlachantoni, Strategy & Transformation Senior Manager, on the journey to reinvent business processes that are reimagining bp

              This month’s cover story reveals how bp’s Strategic Transformation leaders are on a journey to reinvent business processes that are reimagining the energy giant.

              Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!

              Our final issue of Interface for 2022 covers some of this year’s hot tech topics: digital transformation, cybersecurity, data & analytics, customer-centricity and more…

              Read the latest issue here!

              bp: a strategic reinvention

              “We are investing in digital to drive process efficiency and improve insights; but also to develop our people with the skills we need for now, and the future. This means we are playing to win while caring for our people through investing in their personal development,” says Nick Hales.

              “After setting the right foundations through various remediation and compliance initiatives, we embarked on our digital transformation journey,” adds Emmanouela Vlachantoni. “There was a clear opportunity to standardise and streamline our controls environment to reduce complexity and increase insight.”

              Fairfax County: winning the IT war with cybersecurity

              Meanwhile, across the pond, we learn how Fairfax County in the State of Virginia is reaping the rewards of a cybersecurity program enabling government services and keeping citizens safe. “My role is to educate our leadership to ensure they understand the business value of cybersecurity as it relates to government services. Being accountable for the security of their systems and data is a key factor in developing a successful cyber program,” explains CISO Michael Dent.

              Piedmont Healthcare: data & analytics at the heart of growth

              The power of data cannot be under-estimated… At Piedmont Healthcare Mark Jackson, Executive Director of Business Intelligence is building a data strategy driving speed to insight at scale. “Tool selection has played an important role in our ability to scale the BI program and deliver rapid insights in a dynamic environment.”

              Also in this issue, CalArts CTO Allan Chen explains how an IT strategy based on coordination and collaboration is supporting six schools; Information Tech VP Fausto Sosa de la Fuente reveals the people-centric transformative IT process at construction industry giant CEMEX; and we take a look at the latest insights from McKinsey highlighting the lessons CEOs can learn from successful digital transformations.

              Enjoy the issue!

              Dan Brightmore, Editor

              John MClure, CISO at Sinclair Group – a diversified media company and America’s leading provider of local sports and news – talks about the evolution of cybersecurity and the cultural shift placing it at the forefront of business change

              This month’s cover story explores how Sinclair Broadcast Group is embracing the evolution of cybersecurity and placing the role of the CISO at the forefront of business transformation.

              Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!

              Communication, secure and at speed, is a vital component of the transformation journey for both the modern enterprise and its relationship with stakeholders, be they customers or partners. Putting the right building blocks in place to deliver successful change management is at the heart of the inspiring stories in the latest issue of Interface.

              Read the latest issue here!

              Sinclair Broadcast Group: a cyber transformation

              Our cover star John McClure progressed from a career in the military and work as a consultant in the intelligence industry to fight a new kind of foe… As CISO for Sinclair Broadcast Group, a diversified media company and America’s leading provider of local sports and news, he talks about the evolution of cybersecurity, the battle to meet the rising velocity and sophistication of cyber-attacks and the cultural shift of the role of CISO placing it at the forefront of business change.

              “Sinclair is unique in terms of its different business units and how it operates. It’s my job as CISO leading our cyber team not to be an obstacle for the business; we’re here to help it move faster to keep up with market forces, and to move safely. We’re here to engineer solutions that work for the enterprise but also help us maintain a positive security posture.”

              State of Florida: digital government services

              We also hear from CIO Jamie Grant who is leading the State of Florida’s Digital Service (FL[DS]) on its charge to transform and modernise the way government is accessed and consumed. He is building a team of talented, goal-oriented and customer-obsessed individuals to drive a digital transformation with innovation at its heart. “Leadership is really about developing the team and investing in the people. And it turns out that when you get their backs, they appreciate it and then you can achieve anything.”

              ResultsCX: putting people first

              Jamie Vernon, SVP for IT & Infrastructure at AI-powered customer experience solution specialist ResultsCX, discusses what drives customer care in the 21st century, and the part technology has to play.

              “We are the custodians of our customers’ customers,” says Vernon. “In this increasingly tenuous relationship with their customers, they trust us. My leadership takes that responsibility very seriously, and charges each of us with doing everything we can to provide a perfect call, or email, or chat, every time, thousands of times a minute, around the clock and around the calendar.”

              Jamie Vernon, SVP for IT & Infrastructure at AI-powered customer experience solution specialist ResultsCX, discusses what drives customer care in the 21st century, and the part technology has to play.

              “We are the custodians of our customers’ customers,” says Vernon. “In this increasingly tenuous relationship with their customers, they trust us. My leadership takes that responsibility very seriously, and charges each of us with doing everything we can to provide a perfect call, or email, or chat, every time, thousands of times a minute, around the clock and around the calendar.”

              Also this month, Sarita Singh, Regional Head & Managing Director for Stripe in Southeast Asia, talks about how the fast-growing payments platform is driving financial inclusion across Asia and supporting SMEs with end-to-end services putting users first, and we get expert advice for the modern CEO from the University of Oxford’s Saïd Business School.

              Enjoy the issue!

              Dan Brightmore, Editor

              Our cover story this month reveals how Sarita Singh, Regional Head & Managing Director for Stripe in Southeast Asia, and her team are driving financial inclusion across the region and supporting SMEs with end-to-end services putting users first

              This month’s cover story reveals how Stripe’s payments platform is driving financial inclusion across Asia.

              Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!

              Opportunities for innovation and growth via the adoption of new technologies are everywhere. However, organisations are faced with a bewildering array of choices to help them transform and choosing the best option to drive positive disruption is a tough call. We take a look at some of these fascinating journeys…

              Read the latest issue here!

              Stripe: increasing the GDP of the internet

              Sarita Singh, Regional Head & Managing Director for Southeast Asia, Stripe
              Sarita Singh, Regional Head & Managing Director for Southeast Asia, Stripe

              This month’s cover story explores the genesis of fast-growing payments platform Stripe. Sarita Singh, Regional Head & Managing Director for Southeast Asia, leads a team driving financial inclusion across the region, supporting SMEs with end-to-end services putting users first.

              “We’re building products and the financial infrastructure to help our users go cross-border, beyond their domestic boundaries, to widen their markets and drive efficiencies within their financial services infrastructure. With Stripe under the hood, businesses  are able to focus on what they do best without wasting time researching, purchasing, integrating, and maintaining dozens of payment technology point solutions because Stripe is a platform that offers all of them, and is already integrated.”

              IAG: tech procurement linked to purpose

              We speak with IAG’s CPO & VMO Claire Ledder, who reveals the transformative approach to technology procurement being deployed by an Australian market leader home to several leading insurance brands. “We’re now able to tackle sourcing and contracting with an end-to-end approach capable of measuring the value delivered.”

              IAG’s CPO & VMO Claire Ledder
              Portrait Photography

              U.S. Department of State: facilitating diplomacy with tech

              Todd Cheng Director of IT Customer Service at the U.S. Department of State, talks about the ever-evolving relationship between technology and diplomacy. “We’ve been through the process of updating the IT model at State to a new, more customer centric version of the Information Technology Infrastructure Library (ITIL).” By his calculations, these changes have benefited the organisation by reducing network disruption by some 400,000 hours of diplomacy every month.

              Afni

              Afni’s CISO Brent Deterding explains how breaking down the traditional and perceived barriers between security and the boardroom can transparently position cyber effectiveness as a critical enabler of improved business outcomes.

              Afni’s CISO Brent Deterding
              Afni’s CISO Brent Deterding

              Also in this issue, we hear from Zoom on the future of work and report again from London Tech Week where an expert panel gave advice for businesses on anticipating and preparing for cyber risk against a backdrop of geopolitical uncertainty.

              Enjoy the issue!

              Dan Brightmore, Editor

              EyeCare Partners works in partnership with clinicians and healthcare leaders to achieve the best patient and business outcomes and this…

              EyeCare Partners works in partnership with clinicians and healthcare leaders to achieve the best patient and business outcomes and this has had dramatic results, such as a 1,500% revenue growth since 2015.

              EyeCare Partners is growing through acquisitions, by providing strategic capital and operational support to its network of partner practices in 680 locations across 18 states. In February 2020, this growth was boosted when Swiss private equity firm Partners Group acquired a controlling stake in EyeCare Partners. “They’re a very interesting group,” he says. “They’re very heavy on investment, plus they have a very, very impenetrable and robust sustainability platform too, which is very near and dear to my heart through my time at Unilever,” This level of growth is fuelled significantly by increasing demand for eye care over the longer term, driven by an ageing US population and an increased incidence rate of eye diseases. But this level of growth requires an agile and resilient operational enterprise.

              Ericsson organised a dedicated virtual event, Ericsson Digital Unboxed 2021, for Jazz Pakistan, to share its thoughts on industry leadership…

              Ericsson organised a dedicated virtual event, Ericsson Digital Unboxed 2021, for Jazz Pakistan, to share its thoughts on industry leadership and discuss digital infrastructure.

              Ericsson’s global and regional experts and thought leaders showcased the latest insights, use cases and technologies tailored to Jazz Pakistan.

              During the virtual event, Ericsson shared its technology vision and updates, and also discussed the possibilities for consumer and enterprise segments. It delved into several topics revolving around creating a differentiated user experience for sports, spectrum strategies, and dedicated networks with a focus on B2B segments.

              As part of the event, the latest Ericsson ConsumerLab reports were also presented and discussed. Several demos were also part of the event like Edge Compute Gaming, where low latency access can enable a better gaming experience, and Ericsson Industry Connect, a channel-ready cellular network for factories and warehouses, built to streamline ordering, installation, and management for Enterprise IT.

              Abdul R. Usmani, VP of Network, Jazz said: “Digitalisation is everywhere and is now part of our daily lives. At Jazz, we aim to provide state-of-the-art end-to-end services to our customers, focused on data-driven networks as well as the need to accelerate technology advancements in the areas of AI, FinTech and digital content.

              “The Ericsson Unboxed event showcased several valuable insights which will accelerate the next phase to meet the evolving demands of connectivity. We are looking forward to more insights and are confident in the next step of the digitalisation journey.”

              Ekow Nelson, Vice President of Ericsson Middle East and Africa and Head of Ericsson Pakistan added: “Ericsson’s partnership with Jazz spans over many years with several recent wins and shared successes in the areas of network rollout and digital services. Our world is witnessing challenging times due to COVID-19 and connectivity has never been more critical than ever.

              “At Ericsson, we endeavor to automate and accelerate our networks and technology to meet the demands of an ever-changing world. We are working closely with Jazz to provide the best possible connectivity, ensuring that Jazz networks run optimally as demand grows and the need for digitalization expedites.”

              UtterBerry, a tech giant whose innovations have been used on some of the largest infrastructure projects in the world, is…

              UtterBerry, a tech giant whose innovations have been used on some of the largest infrastructure projects in the world, is bringing some of its operations to Leeds, Yorkshire, creating 800 jobs – as reported by the Yorkshire Post.

              The business’s primary objective is producing sensors which monitor the movements of infrastructure – for example, bridges and tunnels – in real time. It allows those working on the infrastructure to be warned in advance if anything’s wrong, preventing potential accidents.

              The new Leeds hub will also design and manufacturer contactless COVID-19 symptom scanners. UtterBerry is aiming to roll these out across the globe.

              Heba Bevan, founder and CEO of UtterBerry, is keen to help those who lost their jobs during the pandemic find meaningful work again, and to attract more women into a typically male-dominated industry.

              “What attracted me to Leeds was I knew there was a huge amount of talent around Yorkshire because you have got amazing universities,” she said.

              “There is a huge pool of undergraduate and graduate talent.

              “Engineers want to do good and provide sustainable developments. The pandemic showed us just how much we are lacking in manufacturing.”

              Chancellor of the Exchequer, Rishi Sunak, said that the investment was “fantastic news for Leeds”.

              As reported by DroneLife, Verizon has launched a Robotics Business Technology Division in a bid to involve itself further in…

              As reported by DroneLife, Verizon has launched a Robotics Business Technology Division in a bid to involve itself further in the unmanned sector.

              Verizon states that it “expands enterprise solutions for drones and ground robotics”.

              It acquired Skyward, a drone management company, in 2017 and has since used drones for emergency response and the maintenance of its own network.

              It has also worked closely with businesses like UPS or delivery projects, and to leverage the power of 5G.

              The new division will continue to enable autonomous solutions for Verizon.

              “Enterprises in many industries are adopting drones and ground robots to gather data, survey and monitor infrastructure, and automate logistics operations,” says Mariah Scott, Head of Robotics Business Technology.

              “By integrating these fleets with one operational platform, and leveraging Verizon’s advanced connectivity solutions, businesses can speed up time to insight, increase automation of their operations and deliver greater value.”

              “Robots are a critical aspect of the 5G future. The formation of this new business unit will accelerate the symbiotic relationship between humans and machines, paving the way for Verizon to transform the way businesses approach innovation and the future of work,” adds Elise Neel, VP of New Business Incubation.

              “Our talented team of roboticists will leverage the power of Verizon’s network, paired with the sophistication of next-generation software, to orchestrate and unify robotic experiences. This work will help deliver on the promise of making the fourth industrial revolution a reality.”

              According to a new study, technology could create a way for indigenous communities in the Amazon to curb deforestation in…

              According to a new study, technology could create a way for indigenous communities in the Amazon to curb deforestation in a major way, as reported by the BBC.

              Conservationist groups have supplied indigenous citizens of the Peruvian Amazon with satellite data and smart phones to allow them to monitor the removal of trees. As a result, tree losses have been halved in the first year of the project.

              The researchers wanted to see if putting information directly into the hands of those living in the forests themselves could make a difference to the rapid deforestation that has plagued these areas for decades – with great success.

              The controlled study was randomised, using 76 remote villages in the Amazon, with 36 randomly-assigned people participating.

              Thirty-seven other communities served as a control group, where normal forest management resumed.

              When suspected deforestation was picked up by satellite information, coordinates and photos were loaded onto USB drives and delivered up the Amazon river. Then, the data was downloaded onto apps which would show the participants the locations.

              It could then be confirmed whether or not the deforestation was unauthorised, and community members would decide on the best approach. If drug dealers were involved, they could decide whether to report to law enforcers. Otherwise, they would intervene directly.

              “It’s quite a sizeable impact,” said Jacob Kopas, an independent researcher and an author on the paper. “We saw evidence of fewer instances of tree cover loss in the programme communities compared with control communities.

              “On average, those communities managed to avert 8.8 hectares of deforestation within the first year. But the communities that were most threatened, the ones that had more deforestation in the past were the ones pulling more weight and were reducing deforestation more than in others.”

              Indigenous groups welcomed the research. “The study provides evidence that supporting our communities with the latest technology and training can help reduce deforestation in our territories,” said Jorge Perez Rubio, the president of the Loreto regional indigenous organization (ORPIO), where the study was carried out.

              A global shift to remote working has accelerated digital transformation and prompted a higher degree of focus on cybersecurity, according to Kaspersky’s latest report.

              A global shift to remote working has accelerated digital transformation and prompted a higher degree of focus on cybersecurity, according to Kaspersky’s latest report.

              Transitioning from a corporate office environment to working from home, coupled with financial restraints due to economic recession, has seen challenges presented to cybersecurity experts not many had seen before.

              From February to March 2020, a 569% growth in malicious website registrations was detected and reported to INTERPOL, including malware and phishing. In April, there was a huge spike in ransomware attacks by multiple threat groups that had been previously dormant for months.

              Cybercrime threats are expected to rise as more opportunities present themselves in the coming months. Fake vaccine registration websites will aim to steal data, whilst business email compromise schemes aim to take advantage of the economic downturn and shift in the business landscape.

              Protecting the perimeter of a company is no longer enough: there is a desperate need now for home office assessment with tools to scan the level of security. Discouraging poor internet practices such as connecting to an unprotected Wi-Fi hotspot should be top of the list, with VPNs and multifactor authentification systems being offered as a solution.

              With an increased reliance on cloud technology and services, dedicated management and protection measures are now a necessity for businesses. Around 90% of employees use non-corporate software and cloud services, such as messaging apps, and this is unlikely to change any time soon.

              To ensure that any corporate data is kept under control, better visibility over cloud access will be necessary. IT security managers will need to align themselves with this cloud paradigm and develop skills for cloud management and protection.

              This is why, according to Kaspersky, the quality of protection is “no longer up for discussion.”

              “Quality protection is now a must have,” report Alexander Moiseev, Chief Business Officer at Kaspersky.

              “Another major trend is that deep integration between various components of corporate security, ideally from a single vendor, now plays a bigger role. For instance, there was a long-held belief in the industry that various specialised solutions from various vendors can help create the best combination for protection.

              “Now, organisations are looking for a more unified approach with maximum integration between different security technologies.”

              You can read Ksapersky’s “Plugging the gaps: 2021 corporate IT security predictions” report in full HERE.

              Data revealed as Tech Nation and Dealroom launch the Impact & Innovation database…

              New research from Tech Nation and Dealroom reveals that investment into UK impact startups increased 9.5x between 2014 and 2019. UK impact startups have raised €1.4B so far in 2020 with Cleantech and Climate tech companies raising the most capital of all UK impact startups. 

              The biggest rounds for UK impact startups in 2020 include Octopus Energy, Arrival, Connexin (Hull), Tokamak Energy (Abingdon), Compass Pathways, Cera, Highview Power, FiveAI (Cambridge), The Meatless Farm Company (Leeds).

              It comes as Tech Nation and Dealroom launch the  Impact and Innovation database, that catalogues 4,939 startups and scaleups, 7,472 funding rounds, and 232 exits of innovative companies addressing the world’s most pressing challenges. 

              George Windsor, Head of Insights at Tech Nation, commented: “UK impact tech firms have come on leaps and bounds over the last six years – with nearly 10x more investment made into groundbreaking companies in 2020 than 2014. UK tech must continue to play a key part in tackling some of the world’s toughest challenges, including  climate change. This revolution is happening right across the country. Tech Nation is pleased to work with some of the leading companies in this space through our world-first Net Zero programme – ensuring that companies working in this sector can scale to have the greatest impact.”

              The data also reveals that European startups are more impact-focussed than their global peers. €6B was invested into European impact startups in 2019, making up over 15% of all VC investment in the region. This research shows that what was once fringe investment and innovation activity is finding traction and proven success in Europe, becoming a core part of European innovation ecosystems.

              Climate tech startups, which includes electric vehicles, have attracted the most investment within the Impact sub-sector, with European players emerging as global market leaders. European companies working to tackle climate change and its impacts have attracted €9.8B in VC investment in the last five years. 

              Impact innovation startups are also fueling growth and job creation. Crucially, these startups are actively hiring, the Impact & Innovation database lists over 2,100 jobs in impact startups that are currently hiring in Europe – over 390 of these are in the UK. 

              The Impact and Innovation platform will bring together startups, investors, non-profits, governments, and corporates in one open-access data-driven platform. The new mapping of the global impact and innovation ecosystem will facilitate data-driven policy and decision making, the sharing of cross-industry knowledge, and will foster the partnerships required to help next generation innovators succeed on the global stage.

              A new study from Business Fibre reveals the best cities to be a tech student around the world

              A new index by Business Fibre has analysed 34 of the world’s Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) capital cities to find 2020’s best cities to be a tech student. The index has analysed each city according to metrics such as the number of universities offering technology and engineering courses, total tech companies and employees in each city, the monthly living cost and the top cities investing in tech-related research. See the index here

              The top 10 cities to be a tech student

              To find the world’s top cities to study technology, we have ranked each city according to a series of metrics to find the overall winners for those looking to start their career in technology. 

              The metrics explored include budget spent on tech-related research, the number of people employed in professional, scientific and technical sectors, tech companies, monthly living costs as well as the number of top universities offering technology and engineering courses.

              Introducing the top 10 cities to be a tech student…

              1. London, UK
              2. Berlin, Germany
              3. Jerusalem, Israel
              4. Bern, Switzerland
              5. Seoul, Korea
              6. Stockholm, Sweden
              7. Paris, France
              8. Canberra, Australia
              9. Rome, Italy
              10. Tokyo, Japan

              Top cities contributing to tech research

              Exploring Technology research spend, the study also finds the top cities who are consistently investing in technology research. This has been calculated by looking at the % of the total GDP spent on research.

              RankCityResearch Spend (% of total GDP)
              1Jerusalem, Israel4.8
              2Seoul, Korea4.3
              3Bern, Switzerland3.4
              4Stockholm, Sweden3.4
              5Tokyo, Japan3.2
              6Berlin, Germany3.1
              7Copenhagen, Denmark3.1
              8Vienna, Austria3
              9Helsinki, Finland2.7
              10Brussels, Belgium2.7

              The highest-ranking city is Jerusalem, which ranks high across all metrics and is the 3rd best city for tech students overall. The top three cities for tech-related research also include Seoul, spending 4.3% of the GDP, followed by Bern at 3.4. All three cities also rank high for the best universities and overall top cities for tech students. 

              Top 10 universities to study technology worldwide

              Based on the top 10 cities to be a tech student, we wanted to find the best universities in each city for aspiring students. To find the best universities BusinessFibre looked at metrics such as the total number of students, faculty staff and the number of international students. This alongside each universities global subject ranking for Engineering and Technology make up the top 10 tech universities in the world. The monthly cost of living has also been included so that students can be sure they’re studying at the best overall tech university.  

              RankUniversityWorldwide ranking (Engineering and Tech 2020)City
              1Imperial College London7London, UK
              2Technical University of Munich25Berlin, Germany
              3Technion – Israel Institute of Technology179Jerusalem, Israel
              4ETH Zurich – Swiss Federal Institute of Technology4Bern, Switzerland
              5Seoul National University22Seoul, Korea
              6KTH Royal Institute of Technology30Stockholm, Sweden
              7Ecole Polytechnique57Paris, France
              8The Australian National University71Canberra, Australia
              9Sapienza University of Rome127Rome, Italy
              10The University of Tokyo21Tokyo, Japan

              Comment from Ian Wright: “With technology arguably being the fastest growing and most profitable industry in the world, we wanted to find the best cities in the world to be a tech student as well as the top cities funding technology-related research.  

              It’s clear from the research that London, Berlin and Jerusalem are the best cities for students, while Seoul and Bern join Jerusalem at the top for investing in technology-related research. 

              For those who don’t want to spend a ton of money on their education, Seoul National University is a great option that offers a lower living cost while still having a good global university ranking.”

              Resellers will have a central role to play in helping IT leads manage ‘hybrid’ workforces as employee demand is split between working in the office and at home, according to Brother UK.

              A study of almost 300 office-based employees reveals a divide in appetite for returning to work, with 53% of respondents saying they feel safer working from home in the current climate.

              The office commute is the top concern for two thirds of respondents (66%), followed by sharing toilets and bathrooms (65%) and using communal kitchen areas (61%). Almost half (49%) are also worried about the cleanliness of other colleagues, according to the findings.

              On the contrary, 37% say they are looking forward to getting back to the office. Many miss seeing colleagues (77%), collaborating face-to-face (62%) and having a ‘proper’ workspace (45%). A quarter (25%) are also missing the office gossip.

              The business says this split in demand for office and home working will create a productivity and safety challenge for many organisations – and resellers will have an opportunity to provide a range of solutions, including labelling devices, higher-end print devices for home offices, and compact scanners, to tackle it.

              Andy Johnson, Head of Product and Solutions management at Brother UK said: “Understandably, many people in the UK are still concerned about returning to the office. But businesses also recognise that some employees are struggling to work from home and want to offer them the opportunity to resume some sense of normality.

              “Companies must cater for both and this hands IT leads the challenge of not only managing a mix of office and home working technology on a longer-term basis, but also making sure they can operate productively while keeping employees safe.

              “To do this, businesses will need their reseller partners on hand to help them with a range of challenges, from ensuring they have the right printing and scanning devices so people can work in the office safely, to providing remote working tools so those at home can operate securely at distance.

              “We’ll be at the side of partners with our full print range, with devices suited to home and office use, as they help customers to meet the needs of the hybrid workforce.”

              Isabelle O’Keefe, Principal of Sure Valley Ventures, explores the ways in which technology companies have adapted and overcome.

              The pandemic has prompted unparalleled uncertainty and disruption for businesses and economists alike. But, as 49% of employees shift to working from home, and consumers move online and adapt to living in lockdown, technology businesses have responded rapidly to fill the void, providing effective solutions for businesses and communities looking to navigate the post-pandemic world.

              Throughout lockdown, we have seen a rapid adoption of online and digital services and a shift in spending, with 44% of consumers using contactless or digital payments more and 34% set to do more shopping online. Many of the online behaviours that have been adopted during the outbreak will continue after the pandemic, and this subsequently cultivates the right environment for certain segments of the tech industry to thrive.

              A switch to online grocery shopping

              UK customers are forecast to spend an estimated £16.8bn on digital grocery shopping during 2020, an increase of around 33%, according to the latest research by Mintel.

              Before COVID-19, demand for same-day delivery services was already on the rise. But, as consumers avoid retail outlets in order to minimise the risk of exposure, the pressure on brands to offer a seamless delivery system has become much stronger. Mastercard recently reported that card-not-present transactions made up 50% of April’s volumes, up 10% year on year, demonstrating the significant shift in consumer spend trends in recent months.

              The shift in spending habits can be seen through the growth of online supermarket Ocado in the FTSE 350, whose share price has almost doubled since the start of lockdown. Buymie, Ireland’s leading same-day grocery delivery company, which has strategic partnerships with Lidl and The Co-op, has successfully raised a total of c.$9m since the start of the year. The company has seen a surge in demand on the back of the COVID-19 pandemic due to its ability to fulfil grocery delivery orders in as little as one hour. On-demand grocery delivery has emerged as a high growth segment of the tech and retail markets during this extraordinary period.

              Advertisers eye in-game ads as audiences rise in lockdown

              Advertising is another industry which is rapidly evolving in the current climate. While digital advertising spend is predicted to drop, recent research by ResearchAndMarkets.com indicates that the global in-game advertising market is poised to grow by $10.97bn during 2020-2024, progressing at a CAGR of 20%.

              Throughout the lockdown, gaming has experienced rising online audience figures, with telecommunications provider Verizon estimating that video game usage in the USA during peak hours had risen by 75% from the previous week, just one week into lockdown. Games Workshop has had much success by switching to online sales, seen through its current market value of £2.7bn. With audiences rising, Mastercard and Alienware have become the first to sponsor Riot Games, which announced in May that it would offer in-game arena banners for the first time for League of Legends Esports.

              Admix, which brings ads to games, esports, VR and AR, is benefitting from this hyper-accelerated digital trend. It is working on a unique technology to support game advertising at scale, where advertisers can bid programmatically through traditional ad-buying platforms, rather than relying on an ad agency model. Non-intrusive in-gaming advertising presents a significant opportunity in today’s market.

              Educators and events companies move online

              The COVID-19 pandemic has accelerated efforts to improve remote working and learning as lockdown prohibits the gathering of pupils and professionals around the world. Zoom has achieved global success and Microsoft Teams recently became the 10th most downloaded app in the app store. However, virtual reality is now transforming how training and educational content is delivered and consumed globally.

              Immersive VR Education provides a ground-breaking alternative to video-conferencing providers like Zoom. It allows users to immerse themselves fully in a virtual environment, making hard to visualise concepts much easier to understand. In 2020, they have also partnered with the global giant HTC which agreed to invest €3m in the company in May. This evolving partnership in the current pandemic shows how IVR Education is in a strong position to take advantage of the new ways to work and learn in a post-COVID-19 world.

              An even stronger demand for robust cybersecurity solutions

              The recent surge in online activity has meant that protecting critical data is more important than ever. A report by Centrify highlights that 71% of UK-based business decision makers believe the shift to 100% remote working during the COVID-19 crisis has increased the likelihood of a cyber-breach. With these concerns echoed by management teams around the world, the global cybersecurity market is predicted to grow from $173bn in 2020 to $270bn by 2026.

              The recent data protection requirements announced in June for all US Department of Defence suppliers have increased the demand for AI security companies, like Getvisibility, which leverages AI to discover, protect and classify critical data. The company has seen revenues rise by 50% month-on-month since the start of 2020. In the current climate, there is much value in a company that gives users visibility of data.

              The current environment has allowed certain tech companies and the transformative digital solutions they provide, to become even more attractive. From our perspective, these emerging tech trends will continue to accelerate in a post-COVID world.

              Frances Sneddon, Data Scientist and CTO at Simul8, explores how digital simulation can provide the crystal ball that businesses need.

              How do you loosen a lockdown? It is a challenge that governments across the globe are grappling with as they attempt to balance the necessity of kick-starting economies with the necessity of protecting people and productivity from the coronavirus pandemic. Digital simulation tools could be a crucial piece of the puzzle, helping businesses to rapidly test out the effects of different alterations to their workflows in a risk-free environment before putting them into practice.

              Organisations will need to revisit their risk assessments and carry out an entirely new set of analyses to consider how previously run-of-the-mill processes and practices might need to be updated. While containing the further spread of COVID-19 is non-negotiable, opening things up again will require compromises at every turn, finding a workable balance of safety and productivity.

              Social distancing, cleaning and hygiene practices, the number of staff on the premises at any one time, shift patterns – this is where the list of new considerations begins. What happens in the event that we reach a point where everyone entering the workspace needs to be tested for coronavirus symptoms? Add to this the wider interconnectivity of daily working needs, from customer interactions to managing supply chains, sharing workspaces with other businesses, controlling the flow of people against transport and infrastructure dependencies, and suddenly the ramifications of any changes begin to multiply.

              Simulating possible outcomes

              With so many possible knock-on effects when implementing the guidelines necessary to control the spread of the virus, finding the optimum work-arounds to continue any semblance of business-as-usual will likely need some experimentation. Experimentation, however, comes with risk.

              By eliminating the risks involved in trial and error, simulation lends itself perfectly to adapting to the new world order where COVID-19 remains a threat. This rapid, predictive technology will offer a new level of preparedness.

              Process simulation software uses animated, interactive models to replicate the operation of an existing or proposed production system. It enables organisations to analyse system efficiency and safely test process changes to improve throughput and profitability. It is used for evaluating things such as a manufacturing plant layout, setting up or reconfiguring production lines, routing calls through a complex contact centre, optimising staffing resources, or perhaps evaluating the benefits of new Industry 4.0 improvements.

              It offers powerful capabilities to positively influence and streamline the continuity of the customer journey and experience. Marginal gains in processes such as systemised warehousing, seasonal stock levels and delivery infrastructure management can all be simulated to achieve greater cumulative advantages in competitive sales environments.

              Using a drag and drop interface, you can quickly build a virtual representation of an existing or proposed system, similar to drawing a flowchart. The simulation can then be used to highlight problems, experiment with process changes and run a range of ‘what-if’ scenarios. This allows you to find solutions that will deliver the best results without risk to current production output or capital investment. Decision making confidence will quickly rise as risk factors decrease.

              For example, a production line may need to be elongated to allow enough space between stations for safe work practices. Where will this additional space requirement impose and what will be the impact on throughput? Perhaps less storage space, or perhaps it requires other machinery to also be reconfigured. Warehouses, including picking and logistics processes may also need to be restructured.

              Simulations can answer questions you didn’t ask and provide solutions you didn’t know you needed. They can teach you how to learn from mistakes you haven’t yet made and optimise processes in ways you never imagined.

              Once reconfigured, how about disruptions that will slow down the production process? Equipment will need to be cleaned more frequently, for example. Certain tasks requiring simultaneous input from more than one worker may need to be rearranged, or they may simply take longer than normal. Simulation is more accurate and flexible than traditional process modelling methods, like spreadsheets, as it incorporates the random events and variability that can impact day-to-day factory flow and throughput. This might include equipment downtime in the event that an engineer cannot be reached to resolve a maintenance issue, or perhaps staff absence if an employee is required to self-isolate with immediate effect.

              Data-led decision-making

              In order to make appropriate decisions around these issues – decisions that will strike the right balance between productivity and safety – organisations need to work with tangible data. But at a time when whole new precedents are being set, past data will have its limitations in informing the decisions of this new world order – and incorrect decisions will pose actual threats to human life. There is little room for trial and error.

              This is where digital simulation tools can be truly invaluable. These AI-driven systems learn quickly with cumulative predictive data facilitating a powerful feedback loop.

              Digital simulations offer means of testing multiple different possible outcomes quickly, cost-effectively – and crucially, without risk. Questions about staff resourcing, stock controls, waiting times, supply chain management – anything where you can create a flow chart to analyse different outcomes is suitable for digital simulation.

              Every business can benefit from testing the viability, sustainability and ultimately profitability of a proposed change or improvement. Typically, modelling occurred after a build, now it’s possible to predict productivity advances and advantages before. Decision making processes are empowered by an improved level of realism and predictability.

              Case study

              Setting a new throughput target to meet an increase in production demand – when launching a new model car, for example – will require an audit of current lines to see where the daily production rate can be increased. Chrysler did just that, using simulation software to study its line speed when it was tasked with improving one of its plants’ daily production rate from 930 to 969 vehicles.

              Reviewing the full production line manually, and then testing different ideas to see the impact of changes on throughput, would have taken time. It would also run the risk of becoming a costly experiment. Instead, by building a digital simulation of the production line, the team at Chrysler were able to remove this risk and discover a quick route to understanding the full picture, testing different scenarios to identify the most effective plan before implementing.

              Chrysler’s simulation revealed that two specific stations were causing bottlenecks and slowing throughput. Attention could now be focused on correcting and optimising those stations to speed up the lines without disrupting the rest of the process. The result of this focused optimisation enabled Chrysler to meet its target of producing an extra 39 units per day, which equated to an extra $1million revenue per day. The simulation provided the evidence needed to fast-track this critical decision, in the end with a relatively simple solution.

              While this example demonstrates the benefits of proactively optimising production lines under normal circumstances, the elimination of risk, especially where safety is concerned, makes the use of simulation even more vital as a tool to help navigate to more normalised services in a COVID world.

              James Hall, Commercial Director, Striata UK, explores the threats customers face and how to combat them.

              With cybercrime escalating in volume and sophistication every year, consumer trust is a bigger challenge for organisations than it’s ever been. And while legislation such as the EU General Data Protection Regulations (GDPR) and California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) have made things simpler by setting minimum standards for organisations to adhere to, they need to do more to truly guarantee trust.

              They should not, for instance, assume that their responsibility is over once a document has been delivered safely to the customer. If a customer’s personal devices are unsecured, there is still a risk that one gets hacked or stolen. This means that confidential information sent by the organisation could find its way into the public eye, or worse, get exploited for criminal purposes. Even if the organisation’s own security protocols are watertight, it could still end up shouldering the blame or have its reputation tarnished.

              Fortunately, organisations can (and should) do everything they can to ensure that customer communications are protected throughout the information cycle.

              Customers face multiple threats

              When considering why it’s so important for organisations to protect customer communication even once it’s on the end device, it’s worth remembering just how many threats customers face.

              The millions of mobile phones stolen every year alone represent a massive danger of identity theft. That’s before even getting to the number of people every year who fall victim to phishing scams or who have their information compromised after inadvertently installing malware.

              According to Kaspersky Labs, the number of unique malicious objects detected by its web antivirus solution reached 24,610,126 in 2019. Some 85% of web threats detected were malicious URLs making the risk of a customer unwittingly clicking on a URL an ever present threat to data protection.

              In short, while organisations have never been more aware of the need to keep their customer data safe internally, the threat to that data once it’s on the customer’s device continues to increase.

              Data protection by design

              One solution to mitigate these threats is for organisations to bake data protection into the design of their customer communications. Data protection by design is about considering data protection and privacy issues upfront in everything the organisation does, especially when it comes to customer communication. This not only ensures compliance with relevant legislation, it can save the organisation reputational damage and, ultimately, revenue.

              But what does data by design look like practically?

              Well, encryption and password protection should be non-negotiable for starters. Encrypting and protecting important documents ensures that even when it resides on the customer’s smartphone or laptop, the information cannot be easily accessed if the device is stolen or hacked.

              Encryption is a process that encodes a message or file so that it can only be read by the intended recipient. Encryption scrambles, or encrypts, data which the receiving party can only unscramble, or decrypt, using a key (a string of values or an application).

              Password protection, meanwhile, means a document cannot be opened without entering a shared secret known only to the sender and recipient. Requiring a password to access a secured document not only adds another layer of protection, but has other benefits. In the unlikely event that a document is sent to the wrong person, the incorrect recipient cannot open the document (personal information remains private) thereby avoiding a data breach.

              Customer education is key

              While it’s obviously important that the organisation does everything in its power to protect and encrypt information, customer education remains the most powerful weapon in its arsenal. Cybercriminals can find their way around new technologies, but tech-savvy customers are much harder to crack.

              If an organisation can help its customers avoid risky behaviour and protect their personal information, no matter where it sits, they’re much less likely to fall victim to cybercrime. That, in turn, means reduced reputational and financial risk.

              A new study found that a wide range of streaming services fail to connect with consumers on an emotional and psychological level.

              TV subscription brands consistently show ‘narcissistic’ tendencies, which can erode subscriber trust and ultimately make them disloyal, according to a report launched by Singula Decisions.

              The new study – ‘The Psychology of a Subscriber’ – found that a wide range of streaming services, in both entertainment and sports, fail to connect with consumers on a deeper emotional and psychological level, by:

              • Not understanding the fundamental drivers motivating a subscriber’s behaviours and interactions
              • Invading their boundaries when asking for financial commitment too soon
              • Insufficiently tailoring the service to meet the moods and mindset of each customer
              • Creating ‘avoidant’ or ‘ambivalent’ attachments to subscribers that do not build loyal relationships
              • Ineffectively providing subscribers with the ability to share more about themselves and to listen to their feedback

              Psychology of a Subscriber

              The qualitative study, conducted and authored by Qualitative Researcher, Accredited Psychotherapist and Director of QualiProjects, Jennifer Whittaker, and Business Psychologist and Researcher, Katharina Wittgens, explores subscriber attitudes towards TV brands in the UK and US, gaining a deep understanding of how consumers think, feel and behave throughout the customer journey. 

              Whittaker, says: “Many brands do not listen to subscribers, nor do they create a safe enough space for subscribers to come forward and give more. In fact, brands often have unconscious narcissistic tendencies and are blinded by the belief that customers are only there to serve, by giving ‘strokes’ to the ego – aka money to the account – and helping to build a good reputation. Unfortunately, brands cannot know subscribers until subscribers give more. But subscribers will only give more if they trust, and they’ll only trust if they don’t feel forgotten.” 

              Part 1: Acquisition

              This first report in a three-part series covers the acquisition phase of the customer journey. The research found that dissatisfaction and suspicion can begin from the moment a subscriber ‘joins’ a service, if asked to hand over financial information or commit to the brand too soon. While subscribers are at their most enthusiastic in the first months of engagement, brands rarely take advantage of their potential to become advocates. 

              Commenting on the findings, Bhavesh Vaghela, CEO of Singula Decisions, adds: “We recognise how tough it can be to build a strong brand and grow a TV subscription business as consumers continue to dip in and out of services every month. We have seen strong consumer brands being created in other sectors such as retail, ecommerce and banking; consumers are loyal to these brands and TV subscription businesses are behind this curve.  Brands must think differently about how they build a service and experience that best suits the needs of their customers – and do a better job to emotionally connect with their customers to build trust and loyalty.”

              Death of the demographic?

              Bucking the trend of demographic differences, the study found that at the acquisition stage there weren’t huge variations in needs and experiences between age groups. From Gen Z to Baby Boomers, subscribers of all ages said they felt a sense of being ‘pushed by TV brands to commit to the platform financially or share private information. Both UK and US consumers also emphasised the need for a variety of content; American respondents search for unique content that is frequently updated, while British viewers seek value for money based on choice and options for the whole family. After joining the platform, subscribers felt brands were nowhere to be seen, without guidance on how to use the service or how to connect accounts with friends. 

              Best practice opportunities

              The findings do indicate, however, that brands willing to listen and take time to truly understand their customers, can build trust and loyalty. The report sets out nearly 40 best practice recommendations that can help brands to offer a simultaneous sense of both freedom and connection that subscribers crave in order to feel comfortable to share more of themselves.

              Building a relationship that goes beyond a transactional one will have a huge impact on consumers who are faced with more choice than ever. brands that take a lead from other industries, such as retail, ecommerce, and banking, and seek to connect with their customers on a more emotional level, can emerge much stronger.

              For more information and to download the full report, visit https://psychologyofasubscriber.com.

              Wazoku is preparing for future growth through an additional injection of £1.25M, on top of its latest acquisition.

              Wazoku has announced a new funding round of £1.25M, led by Calculus Capital, supported by other shareholders and members of the Wazoku management team.

              Wazoku is also continuing its expansion with the acquisition of US open innovation firm, InnoCentive’s, assets, creating the world’s most comprehensive and powerful innovation platform and community. Following a partnership earlier in 2020, it quickly became clear that the combination of platform and network had huge value to innovation-focused businesses and was a unique proposition in the market.

              “Adding such a remarkable and proven external crowd to our existing platform means that no other organisation in the world has our reach and experience when it comes to open innovation, crowdsourcing and idea management,” said Simon Hill, CEO, Wazoku.

              “This is a significant step for Wazoku – further funding and a strategic acquisition mean we are better positioned than ever and have a strong and established US presence. Workplaces are becoming inherently open and collaborative and we can offer the tools, services and collective expertise to help global businesses of all sizes solve problems and create opportunities.”

              InnoCentive has grown a global network of almost 500,000 expert problem-solvers, comprising CEOs, PhD students, engineers, scientists, entrepreneurs, retired technologists and business leaders. This combined brainpower has helped address thousands of the world’s most complex innovation and bid data challenges, for organisations such as AstraZeneca, NASA and Enel. InnoCentive has a 75% success rate in solving challenges and Wazoku customers – which include John Lewis & Partners, Barclays and the Ministry of Defence – now have full access to this service.

              Wazoku now provides the world’s biggest innovation community and broadest innovation offering. It allows the crowdsourcing of solutions to any pressing business challenge, all supported by the features and functionality already found in the Wazoku platform, Idea Spotlight.

              “Our customers have long demanded a platform that integrates internal idea management with external crowdsourcing,” said Alpheus Bingham, CEO and co-founder of InnoCentive. “This enables multiple modes of innovation within the same workflow and on the same digital backbone and the combination of Wazoku and InnoCentive capability offers precisely that. No other firm has the experience and capability of crowdsourcing, idea management and open innovation that this combined proposition brings. The possibilities and potential are hugely exciting.”

              Wazoku’s latest investment round brings the total amount raised to £7.35M and recognises the increasing demand for innovation in business. COVID-19 saw both an increase in business and a change in the way in which organisations were using Wazoku, with the quarter during lockdown (April-Jun 2020) Wazoku’s best ever from a new business perspective and overall platform activity level.

              “The rapid shift to remote working and the need for engaging dispersed networks as well as the on-going need to innovate and solve problems, has seen a significant increase in demand for both our idea management and open innovation services,” said Simon Hill, CEO, Wazoku.

              “We will continue to invest in new talent in both Europe and the US, and in product development, but our main focus is on continuing to build awareness of the power of open business models for driving cost-effective and highly impactful business change.”

              Peter Ruffley, Chairman at Zizo, discusses how the promise of AI…

              The promise of AI

              At present, the IT industry is doing itself no favours by promising the earth with emerging technologies, without having the ability to fully deliver them, see Hadoop’s story with big data as an example – look where that is now.

              There is also a growing need to dispel some of the myths surrounding the capabilities of AI and data led applications, which often sit within the c-suite, that investment will give them the equivalent of the ship’s computer from Star Trek, or the answer to the question ‘how can I grow the business?’ As part of any AI strategy, it’s imperative that businesses, from the board down, have a true understanding of the use cases of AI and where the value lies.

              If there is a clear business need and an outcome in mind then AI can be the right tool.  But it won’t do everything for you – the bulk of the work still has to be done somewhere, either in the machine learning or data preparation phase.

              AI ready vs. AI reality

              With IoT, many organisations are chasing the mythical concept of ‘let’s have every device under management’. But why? What’s the real benefit of doing that? All they are doing is creating an overwhelming amount of low value data. They are expecting data warehouses to store a massive amount of data. If a business keeps data from a device that shows it pinged every 30 seconds rather than a minute, then that’s just keeping data for the sake of it. There’s no strategy there. The ‘everyone store everything’ mentality needs to change.

              One of the main barriers to implementing AI is the challenges in the availability and preparing of data. A business cannot become data-driven, if it doesn’t understand the information it has and the concept of ‘garbage in, garbage out’ is especially true when it comes to the data used for AI.

              With many organisations still on the starting blocks, or having not yet entirely finished their journey to become data driven, there appears to be misplaced assumption that they can quickly and easily leap from being in the process of preparing their data to implementing AI and ML, which realistically, won’t work. To successfully step into the world of AI, businesses need to firstly ensure the data they are using is good enough.

              AI in the data centre

              Over the coming years, we are going to see a tremendous investment in large scale and High-Performance Computing (HPC) being installed within organisations to support data analytics and AI. At the same time, there will be an onus on data centre providers to be able to provide these systems without necessarily understanding the infrastructure that’s required to deliver them or the software or business output needed to get value from them.

              We saw this in the realm of big data, when everyone tried to swing together some kind of big data solution and it was very easy to just say we’ll use Hadoop to build this giant system. If we’re not careful, the same could happen with AI. There’s been a lot of conversations about the fact that if we were to peel back the layers of many AI solutions, we’ll find that there is still a lot of people investing a lot of hard work into them, so when it comes to automating processes, we aren’t quite in that space yet. AI solutions are currently very resource heavy.

              There’s no denying that the majority of data centres are now being asked how they provide AI solutions and how they can assist organisations on their AI journey. Whilst organisations might assume that data centres will have everything to do with AI tied up. Is this really the case? Yes, there is a realisation of the benefits of AI, but actually how it is best implemented, and by who, to get the right results, hasn’t been fully decided.

              Solutions to how to improve the performance of large-scale application systems are being created, whether that’s by getting better processes, better hardware or whether it’s reducing the cost to run them through improved cooling or heat exchange systems. But data centre providers have to be able to combine these infrastructure elements with a deeper understanding of business processes. This is something very few providers, as well as Managed Service Providers (MSPs) and Cloud Service Providers (CSPs) are currently doing. It’s great to have the kit and use submerged cooling systems and advanced power mechanisms but what does that give the customer? How can providers help customers understand what more can be done with their data systems?

              How do providers differentiate themselves and how can they say they harness these new technologies to do something different? It’s easy to go down the route of promoting that ‘we can save you X, Y, Z’ but it means more to be able to say ‘what we can achieve with AI is..X, Y, Z‘. Data centre providers need to move away from trying to win customers over based solely on monetary terms.

              Education and collaboration

              When it comes to AI, there has to be an understanding of what the whole strategic vision is and looking at where value can be delivered and how a return on investment (ROI) is achieved. What needs to happen is for data centre providers to work towards educating customers on what can be done to get quick wins.

              Additionally, sustainability is riding high on the business agenda and this is something providers need to take into consideration. How can the infrastructure needed for emerging technologies work better? Perhaps it’s with sharing data between the industry and working together to analyse it. In these cases, maybe the whole is greater than the sum of its parts. The hard bit is going to be convincing people to relinquish control of their data. Can the industry move the conversation on from being purely technical and around how much power and kilowatts are being used to how is this helping our social corporate responsibility/our green credentials?

              There are some fascinating innovations already happening, where lessons can be learnt. In Scandinavia for example, there are those who are building carbon neutral data centres, which are completely air cooled, with the use of sustainable power cooling through solar. The cooling also comes through the building by basically opening the windows. There are also water cool data centres out there under the ocean.

              Conclusion

              We saw a lot of organisations and data centres jump in head first with the explosion of big data and not come out with any tangible results – we could be on the road to seeing history repeat itself. If we’re not careful, AI could just become another IT bubble.

              There is still time to turn things around. As we move into a world of ever-increasing data volumes, we are constantly searching for the value hidden within low value data that is being produced by IoT, smartphone apps and at the edge. As the global costs of energy rise, and the numbers of HPC clusters powering AI to drive our next generation technologies increase, new technologies have to be found that lower the cost of running the data centre, beyond standard air cooling.

              It’s great to see people thinking outside of the box on this with, with submerged HPC systems and full, naturally aerated data centres, but more will have to be done (and fast) to meet up with global data growth. The appetite for AI is undoubtedly there but for it to be able to be deployed at scale and for enterprises to see real value, ROI and new business opportunities from it, data centres need to move the conversation on, work together and individually utilise AI in the best way possible or risk losing out to the competition.

              Ranjit Rajan, a thought leader on the impact of digital transformation on economies, business, and the tech industry with a specialization in the emerging markets of the Middle East and Africa is also the co-author of Digital Nation: How the United Arab Emirates is building a future based on tech innovation, along with Dr Saeed Aldaheri…

              How does a company go about defining exactly what digital transformation means?

              I think digital transformation is one of those buzz words that comes up in every conversation you have these days. Not just with CIOs and technology leaders but with any business executive. And I think a lot of the traditional IT work is now being rebranded as digital transformation. But in reality, digital transformation actually refers to significant receptive transformation in business courses and models. It entails the use of advanced technologies, such as AI and blockchain, cloud and big data analytics and so on to disrupt business to redesign customer experiences. To develop new revenue streams and business models and to monetize organizational and eco-system data to drive change within industry. So, it means quantum improvements and step changes in customer experiences, in operational efficiencies and in business models.

              Once upon a time digital might’ve been left to an IT guy or a tech division and now it seems everybody needs to have an understanding on it…

              Business leaders have become much more aware of the possibilities that technology can offer and so they are able to look at technology from the prism of business outcomes. And then on the other, the advancement of technology and the emergence of technology such AI, blockchain, robotics and 3D printing have created such new youth cases which were not possible before. And because of that, these cases are largely industrial and business use cases, and so therefore, it now gives an opportunity for the technology leaders to reach out to business and tell them that they can leverage these technologies.

              At the same time, from the business’s point of view, from the line of business executive standpoint, he or she can now is much more aware of what is possible with technology. And therefore, he or she’s now proactively reaching out to the technology leaders and asking them for ideas and suggestions. So, it’s working both ways now and there’s alignment between the CIO and the IT department and the line of business executive, which is absolutely critical for success of digital transformation.

              Jobs have been essentially redefined through technology, so how do you go about navigating that change and ensuring they are brought along on these journeys?

              So, what is happening within organizations has been greatly influenced by how employees use technology in their personal lives or how technology has been impacting the personal lives of employees as individuals. Our personal lives have been transformed by technology such as smart phones and mobility, by the use of social media. By these applications that we use and how we interact with our service providers, with your consumer services organizations, the government, etc. Now, because of that, employees now, when they go to their workplace, they are looking at technology differently. They want to have the same experiences they have in their personal lives at the workplace as well. So now they are demanding that they have similar kinds of experiences at the workplace. And that is increasing pressure on the technology departments and senior executives to transform policies and services within the organization. And of course, the customers of the organization are also demanding greater use of technology in their services and products.

              And of course, customer expectations of that journey are changing too…

              The pressure on organizations today is tremendous. On the one hand you have customers demanding more; their needs are constantly changing, they are heavily influenced by technology. And so you have to step up and offer services which are augmented by technology. And you have to offer them at the service level that is being offered by the large digital services companies and social media networks like Facebook and Google. So, you have to offer services on a par with those; at the same time your employees are also consumers of these technology augmented services. On both sides you are under pressure.

              How do you stay abreast of exactly what that customer wants?

              It is indeed challenging. Your customer needs are constantly changing and the way a customer uses technology and how they utilise a service is also constantly changing. And so therefore, organisations need to be very agile, very flexible, and constantly on top of what those customers’ needs are. And this has to be done at the level of single, individual customers. You have to look at your hyper-personalisation and offer individualised services. And that is now possible with technology. It is possible by leveraging technology such as big data analytics and artificial intelligence. You’re now able to understand the needs of a customer as an individual, at an individual level and offer hyper-personalised services to that customer. The question is, how many organisations are really doing that? And how many of them have a strategy to do that?

              As a business looking to embrace this digital innovation curve and digitally transform, how do you go about understanding what the right technology is?

              I think there has to be a long-term strategy to look at the business overall. Look at those customer touch points that create the maximum level of friction for customers. And then try to make them frictionless. So what progressive organisations are doing is looking at their customer life experiences and creating customer journeys. So, it’s not just about providing an individual service to a customer, it’s about tying those services together to address a particular customer life experience. And therefore, creating a customer journey. Once you do that, then you kind of look at which technology makes sense in order to create less friction at various customer touch points. Now in some cases it might be AI, that could work, in some cases it could be some other technology. But then you build your technology’s story from the customer experience story.

              What other challenges does a company face as it looks to begin and embrace a digital transformation journey?

              Well there are several challenges for organisations that have been around for a while and play the legacy systems. And not just legacy systems, but also legacy processes, the organisation culture, mindset of the employees; all of them are hurdles to transformation. Often times, organisations are having to be built in certain ways because they have silos of innovation, they have data silos, each department has its own data sets that are not shared across the organisation. They have old technology that is perhaps not amiable to change and transformation. And so there are a number of hurdles that organisations need to overcome while they transform. It can’t be done overnight and they have to start working on each of these issues along the way.

              But, in terms of technology itself, I think it’s important for organisations to consider developing a single unified architecture, wherein they can then plug in various new technologies that they want. And that architecture will need to enable flow of data across departments and businesses within the organisation. It should also enable the augmentation of their data with intelligence using AI, machine learning and all of that. And should also be able to integrate customer experience applications and services, easily.

              And the other thing that’s important when you look at this is that organizations, which no longer exist in silos within industries, are part of larger ecosystems. And it is really the power of the ecosystem that matters to the end of the day. And so therefore, organisations need to have a technology strategy or technology architecture, to which other entities within the ecosystem can easily integrate and seamlessly transfer data and do transactions. And so therefore, for organisations which have legacy systems, it would take time for them to move and overcome these hurdles.

              Obviously, you’re not just going to progress in a straight line, and there are going to be hurdles…

              I think organizations need to understand that digital transformation is not a single project. It is not something that can be done within a few months. For medium to large size organisations, digital transformation will probably take years. And it is an ongoing process. And so, organisations need to have a longer-term strategy for digital transformation. So, the CEOs and the CXOs and the other members of the board need to outline a longer-term strategy and then kind of break it down into shorter term flexible goals. It is important for organisations to have the strategic agility when they have these longer-term goals and visions. But at the same time, have shorter term projects and initiatives. But the most important thing is to communicate this effectively.

              Now you have specialisation and you’re very knowledgeable and experienced in the emerging markets of the Middle East and Africa. I want to zoom in a little bit in terms of the innovation and digital curve of the UAE…

              Well the story of the UAE is a fascinating one. UAE is a fairly, relatively young country. It was formed in 1971 with the unification of various Emirates as states within the religion. Originally the UAE depended heavily on oil resources, so a large part of the GDP of the UAE was driven by oil earnings. But over the years, over the decades, the UAE has been very strongly focusing on on diversifying its economy away from oil. So, the UAE kind of realises that one day it will run out of oil and that they have to develop other resources.And so over the years the UAE has come out with several strategies to diversify. I just published a book called The Digital Nation, which kind of traces and monitors the development of the digital transformation within the UAE. And what has happened is that over the last decade or so, the UAE has been increasingly focused on developing its digital capabilities.

              We had the vision 2021, which was launched in 2010 and that increasingly focused on developing the UAE as a knowledge economy, diversifying it away from oil. Right now, the UAE has about 70% of its economy is based on non-oil revenues. And so, it wants to further diversify and sees this opportunity. It sees this opportunity to leverage this destruction that we see around the world. That it can leverage that to create a mark for itself in the world. And so, a lot of strategies that have emerged over the last decade or so, have been focused on leveraging technologies such as AI, blockchain, IOT, etc, to drive these facets of the economy Including, transforming the public section and driving better citizen experiences and services but also transforming from the private sector. And also making the UAE an attractive destination for foreign investment, attracting talent from all over the world, driving innovation etc.

              Tell me a little about Vision 2021, and how far along that journey the UAE is, currently?

              It focused on several key areas, including education, health care, economics, etc. But, as I said, there has been a great focus on building knowledge industries. And as part of that, technology has been a core pillar or underlying foundation for that Vision 2021. The leveraging of technology has been one of the key elements of the vision. You see the focus on exploring technology to drive education, enable health care, better citizen services and supporting the private sector.

              So technology has been at the core of Vision 2021. And as we get close to the end of the Vision 2021 strategy, we see a lot of developments that have happened which have technology at the centre of them. You see the launch of a number of technology related strategies and so we have the UAE AI strategy 2031, which aims to reduce government costs by 50% by leveraging AI and also fostering the development of AI within the UAE across sectors, and the use of AI across sectors. We see the launch of the UAE IOT strategy, the UAE fault and revolution strategy, blockchain strategy, etc. This hue of technology strategies have been launched by the government, which essentially focused on leveraging these technologies to drive government services, also supporting private sector and running innovation within the country.

              The UAE’s leaders have been very effective in communicating their digital vision to the senior executives within the government and the private sectors and also to the citizens. It’s as if this is a personal quest for these leaders. When these strategies are launched, for example, the AI strategy, the UAE AI 2031 Strategy, which I spoke about earlier, the UAE immediately appointed a Minister of AI. So, it’s coming right from the top. They appointed a Minister of AI and that ministry now oversees the roll out of AI across public sector organisations. It oversees the education and wellness building around AI. It focuses on driving innovation around AI, etc. So, that’s just the example of AI.

              Similarly, the UAE has known strategies related to the fourth industrial revolution: blockchain, IOT, etc. Now for each of these strategies, the communication of the vision comes right from the top. It’s the senior leaders of the country, the prime minister of the country, for example, Sheik Mohammed bin Rashid, who’s been very vocal, in terms of telling the government, the businesses and the citizens and residents of the country that this is something that we have to leverage. This technology disruption is something that we can harness to create a better country, to offer better services. One of the things that has been brought together to focus upon is happiness. Sheik Mohammed bin Rashid, the prime minister, has been talking about making UAE the happiest nation in the world. And a lot of these technology strategies kind of come together and focus on the happiness agenda of the country. So, it’s a national agenda for happiness and wellbeing and technology and the UAE has been very effective in doing that.

              The Singapore FinTech Festival (SFF) and the Singapore Week of Innovation and Technology (SWITCH) will come together for the first…

              The Singapore FinTech Festival (SFF) and the Singapore Week of Innovation and Technology (SWITCH) will come together for the first time as SFF x SWITCH.

              Running from 11 to 15 November, this event will gather the global innovation and business community in Singapore. There will be over 400 speakers, more than 900 exhibitors, 41 international pavilions, and about 60,000 participants from 130 countries.

              Sustainability and climate change are the overarching themes of the combined conference this year, given the growing calls for the technology and financial sectors to be enablers and change agents for sustainability.

              This theme is reflected in the content of the conference, the design of the event space at the Singapore Expo and through the provision of food from sustainable sources, with a sustainable dining menu featuring the Impossible Beef rendang pizza.

              The inaugural SFF x SWITCH will feature innovative technologies across five key sectors – FinTech, Urban Solutions and Sustainability, Health and Biomedical Sciences, Advanced Manufacturing and Engineering, and Services and Digital Services – to catalyse cross-industry exchange and learning in technology adoption, application of R&D, and commercialisation of new solutions.

              Debuting this year is the Sustainability, Finance and Tech Summit (11-13 November), featuring over 50 speakers who will take the stage to discuss how they are paving the way for a more sustainable future in the world of finance and beyond.

              The annual Global Investor Summit (11 November) will bring together 17 venture capital, corporate venture capital and family office investors from San Francisco to Tokyo, to share their strategies for unlocking growth, impacting inclusion, and delivering long-term value creation in the FinTech and Deep Tech ecosystems.

              Leading the Deep Tech conference, the Global Access to Innovation track (11 November) will feature perspectives from a myriad of movers and shakers in Asia’s innovation ecosystem. From founders of tech unicorns to senior leaders from both the private and public sectors, conference participants can look forward to finding out more about the opportunities in market access, innovation and investment, in Asia and beyond.

              A new summit created this year to spotlight key issues faced by small and medium enterprises (SMEs) is SME Digitalisation and Platforms – Business sans Borders (BSB) (13 November). The sessions in this track will cover pertinent issues such as ‘SME Financing Reimagined’, the ‘Impact of Trade Wars on SMEs and Platforms’ as well as the ‘Roadmap for BSB Beyond 2020’. The discussions will take place at a new Coral Triangle stage, which is designed for more intimate and interactive conversations.

              By Alistair Sergeant, CEO, Purple Consultancy Businesses are increasingly having to create and modify their organisational capabilities to adapt and keep…

              By Alistair Sergeant, CEO, Purple Consultancy

              Businesses are increasingly having to create and modify their organisational capabilities to adapt and keep up with the ever changing and evolving digital technology which surrounds them. 

              For many, their digital projects are failing; the speed of digital transformation is alienating the essential human interaction and cultural change required to make the projects a success.

              Bring back the humans

              According to the latest statistics, 88% of digital transformation projects fail and there is a reason for that.

              The speed of digital change is something that no business can ignore but most try relentlessly and largely unsuccessfully to keep up with. We are surrounded with disruptive business models coming to market with new technology rapidly changing and it is easy to get so wrapped up by technology that we forget to consider that without the human element, the transformation process will fail. 

              This rapid change has resulted in a serious skills gap from a business and technology prospective for most UK organisations. As a result, both large corporations and SMEs UK wide are not as agile as they should be, not only affecting growth, but also impacting customer experience and employee engagement.

              We know that (most) cars, no matter how technologically advanced they are, need a human to drive them and this is just the same when implementing digital change in your business.

              Meaningful change starts with people, not technology. Your team needs to adapt to keep up with the pace by making changes to the way they have worked in the past but none of this can work successfully unless we encourage a chance in culture.

              The role of the leader

              To implement an effective digital transformation strategy, leadership is not only vital but critical for success. In so many cases, those implementing the strategy haven’t taken the time to understand what needs to be changed, what the strategy should aim to deliver and when, and more importantly how to correctly communicate change with staff or other company stakeholders.

              It’s time to remove the digital-first approach as this method requires your entire team to buy in to it and almost forces them into a corner. To work on a new team culture in the business, which encourages your staff to embrace the changes and understand the reason for the changes, takes time. As a digital leader you need to guide and support your employees, encourage them and give them time to grow with the transformation process. 

              Understanding how they work, how they think and playing to their strengths is time consuming but will ultimately help to grow your successful ‘human-first’ approach.

              Get to know your customers

              Customers are human too. They are not just numbers on a sheet. It is vital you get to know them, get to the bottom of what they like, what they want and also what they don’t want. You are aiming to promote a human-centric approach so that you give them the solutions they actually want and not what you assume they want. 

              You can maximise the success of your product or brand by taking the time to get to know who your target market is and allowing them to see that there are humans behind the brand who actually care about what they want and are prepared to talk to them and listen to them. 

              No matter how advanced technology is becoming, in certain situations there is simply no replacement for the human touch. Empathy plays a large part in positive company and team growth as well as social skills, the power of persuasion and negotiation, and these are all done better by humans and is what your customers will relate to.

              Be patient

              Building a system within your business, where humans and technology can work together with more of a balance, is where successful digital transformation will be most successful. One can’t work without the other but in your quest to beat off the competition, don’t overlook the heart of your business, which is the human element and ensure you invest as much in them as the technology you use. Take time to let a new company culture evolve and ensure that your employees understand the new structure and most importantly your vision as you are the ‘human’ who is implanting the change.

              Borislav Tadic, Vice President BMS & Transformation DRC, explores how a major digital transformation of Deutsche Telekom has enabled greater…

              Borislav Tadic, Vice President BMS & Transformation DRC, explores how a major digital transformation of Deutsche Telekom has enabled greater customer experience and significant technological advancements.

              This interview featured in August’s issue of Interface Magazine – read now!

              Tell us what your role is and how it fits into the wider Deutsche Telekom strategy?

              I’m Vice President at Deutsche Telekom, responsible for board member support and transformation of the board area, data privacy, compliance and legal, working here in the Bonn headquarters of Deutsche Telekom Group. We as Deutsche Telekom Group are present in 50 countries and I would say are definitely a leading European telecommunications brand. We hope, after our mergers and acquisitions in the United States that we’ll become an even bigger player on a global level.

              How important is it in your position to continue to learn?

              That’s a fantastic point. One thing I try to do is constantly improve on an individual level. That includes formal education. I have at least 10 internationally recognised certifications and I’m currently working on my PhD in parallel to my work and I use numerous non-formal opportunities to expand my knowledge, both in the formats offered in the company and outside as well as through reading and keeping up to date with the latest developments every day, every morning.

              That attitude is something I try to include in our transformation programs. For example, during the past two years, we’ve up-skilled more than 1000 employees off this board area, both in Germany and internationally, in several ways. First, offering them online learning content on our intranet platform, creating awareness about the different digital courses we have in the context of Deutsche Telekom, which are focused on their profession. We also continue to learn about global technological developments, so they can understand the new trends and developments in the industry so that they can better advise and/or support their customers.

              From there we went a step forward and decided not only to offer them in a digital format, which is easy to implement and easy to offer and cost-efficient but also to enable a knowledge transfer. This is through our Digital Future Campuses in Athens and here in Germany. Several hundred people and experts from different functions of our board area were brought together and we educated them in areas such as broadband development, 5G, agile working, international collaboration, diversity and many other topics which directly or indirectly contribute to their performance and to their daily jobs. Satisfaction rate on the company level was one of the best in the recent history of Deutsche Telekom, with 96 to 99% participant satisfaction with the program.

              Deutsche Telekom AG

              A transformation of any kind breeds challenge, what are some of the challenges you have faced?

              It is a challenge indeed. The first aspect of the challenge is that you have to give or convey as much knowledge as possible in a relatively short time and of course to make the knowledge current because if you prepare a course around blockchain and you prepared it two years ago, today you would need a completely different base. The pace of change with regards to the content, which you create to educate someone, is very high. It’s important that you stay up to date in the preparation and delivery of these courses.

              Even that aside, you have a limited budget and this limited budget has to be approved and/or aligned with our human resources area. We are working with them closely because of course they have way more transparency about the needs of every individual employee and we have of course our professional view and vision where we want to be as a group. We basically worked with our colleagues from HR and with our expert groups in identifying which areas we need to focus on because you have hundreds of areas, especially in our fast-changing, fast-paced business around digitisation and technology.

              After we finalised that, we created a program and then the next challenge was how to get the best possible lecturers and best possible experts to share the knowledge, because of course, their time is limited. There are of course budget limitations and numerous other restrictions including language barriers. We tackle that by trying to find the best in-house experts in some areas and external partners for others. They have more experience in some domains that are relevant to us. Then there is the delivery.

              Even if you organise a format that consists of online courses as well as the physical presence of a course for several hundred people, that’s not an easy task. It sounds like an easy task; it’s just an event with a couple of hundred people but no, this is multi-partner, multi-party interactive session with numerous choice options because not everyone gets the same program. The people choose the modules and you have to fit all of that together. These are some of the challenges we’ve hopefully successfully tackled.

              How do you ensure that your transformation is done so with the customer experience in mind?

              That was the essence of our program and it’s a great question. First, we understood that we cannot only assume what the customer wants, we need to know what the customer wants and the only way to do that is to talk to the customer. As a governance function, we went and talked to the customers. We went out and spoke with actual private customers and business customers of Deutsche Telekom and asked them: what can we, from security, from privacy, from legal, from compliance, do differently in order to make your life better and easier?

              We got our feedback. It was extremely good feedback, in the sense of many concrete, actionable points we can implement. For example, one of them was to simplify terms and conditions. When you sign a contract anywhere, for any mobile service, TV service or anything else we offer, you need to read through the pages of the contract documentation. This document is written mostly with the small letters, small font, explaining what will happen in case of some emergency escalation or conflict etc. It’s written in a language that no one understands but it was always the intention of Deutsche Telekom to make it fully understandable to our customers. We were doing our own efforts but when you speak directly to the customers, he can explain to you, which paragraphs are not easily understood or interpreted.

              We used that feedback to simplify the terms and conditions for our major products. We did that within a couple of months and now we have one of the best, if not the best terms and conditions document, which is now standard. This raised the trust with our customers because they know that Telekom is fully transparent and wants them to understand what they are signing and what they are changing with their contract situation. This is only one example of numerous changes we did to the direct discussions with external customers.

              How important is transparency to a company like DT?

              When you look at how you can make it more transparent and when you simplify the processes and the policies, the documents, when you’re directly communicating your goals and why you are doing certain things, this raises the trust of the customers. But of course, many digital tools can also help you to raise that transparency. For example, you can do it for ethical reasons. We have been very successful in advancing customer demands through a chatbot. It became so good that some of the customers didn’t even know that they were being served by the chatbot. Because it answered all their questions in the manner that they would expect from a live person, but we still, from an ethical perspective, decided to include the sign notification saying: “You’re speaking with our digital assistant, not with a real person.”

              We’ve also introduced specialised tools both internally and externally. As an example, we have a data privacy cockpit that enables you to log in as a customer of Deutsche Telekom and basically see which data you have approved or are sharing with both Deutsche Telekom and you can also click and approve or disapprove with us sharing that data with other parties. We are very strict with that. This is one of the parts of our unique selling proposition; we’re extremely careful with the data of our customers. What we want to achieve is for customers to no longer need to call or send an email to understand which data of theirs is in the system and which can be shared, but they also can log in with their mobile or fixed device and look and choose and change the categories at any time, through a very useful and user friendly interface.

              Around 10 years ago, through internal experiences, we realised that this could become something we are known and recognised for, and so we decided to really invest internally into data privacy, security, compliance to strengthen our legal functions, to strengthen our audit functions. We did this in order to create a system that not only gives assurance to our shareholders but also to all of our customers. We don’t do it because we must; we believe that there is clear value in data being handled in an ethical and responsible manner for our customers.

              How difficult is this with regards to DT’s presence across 50 countries?

              First is that we look at all of our footprints holistically where, if we have a high standard which is not producing a significant change in the product pricing or service pricing, we look to apply it throughout the whole footprint. In the area of compliance, security, privacy and risk management, we are applying the highest standards worldwide.

              The challenge here is that you have certain local changes which happen and which of course demand us to stay on the ball in that we are always in contact with our local counterparts which are responsible for these areas where the board area is active and not only upscale them, not only to make them aware of the customer demands both locally and internationally, but also to always make sure that they’re applying the latest, leanest standard and the process to keep the high levels of these services.

              How will you continue to grow and transform? Can a transformational journey ever really end?

              There is no endpoint. You’re absolutely right; the transformation will never stop and should never stop. It’s a process of continuous improvement of the organisations and individuals and customers’ demands, markets. Everything is changing, so we need to keep changing constantly. I think it’s very important to say in the sense of the role you mentioned is that you also lead by example, not only me but also my colleagues and other senior executives. They need to be aware that if we are promoting a tool to be used or a process to be simplified, we have to start with ourselves.

              They’re extremely important, these change processes, because it’s not sufficient only to upscale, to implement the customer demands and to digitise and introduce digital tools. If you want the whole organisation to have a sane and a good mix of agile projects and waterfall projects, I need to show that some of my projects in the digitization context are being run agile.

              What do the next 12 months look like for DT?

              We’re going to focus on new skills. Let’s say that we are going to further explore what the blockchain is bringing. We are going to further explore what the changes are, not only technologically, but also the social changes related to 5G. In addition to that, we want to further explore AI and also further explore digital ethics. We are going to be active in the corporate digital responsibility domain where we, as Deutsche Telekom, are very much pioneering some of the elements here in Europe, so this is definitely going to happen.

              What makes a successful CTO?

              I would say surround yourself with extremely diverse people because diversity is not only diversity in the context of having different people with different backgrounds around yourself or different religions, different genders, different ages, etc., but also diversity in the opinion context, and the context of thoughts. And when you’re surrounded by such people, try to be like a sponge.

              Try to take as much input as you can to process this and put it into the context and to continue changing because if I would apply what I learned at let’s say in the university or what I’m learning now for my PhD, that might be okay for a certain period of time, but the world, technology and the market is changing with extreme pace. So, you have to be fully aware that this will continue changing so your adaptability is the key. Your curiosity is the key and if you keep that, I’m sure that you’re basically ensuring that you’ll be successful today and tomorrow.

              Frank Konieczny, Chief Technology Officer of the U.S. Air Force, talks about how the role of the CTO is changing…

              Frank Konieczny, Chief Technology Officer of the U.S. Air Force, talks about how the role of the CTO is changing in a bid to add stability and assurance throughout organizations.

              “What you will find in the field, especially in the Air Force is that we have a lot of officers moving around every two years or so because that’s the normal pattern,” said Konieczny in the podcast.

              “They are now depending more upon looking at the CTO as the person that understands the mission and what they need to continue with. That’s the way we established it.

              “We have CTOs and all the major commands out in the field and a few of the functional commands as well. We have established a foothold, if you will, throughout the organization, because that’s a dependency. A lot of the officers depend upon the CTO to tell them, ‘Is this a good idea or not?'”

              Listen to the full, in-depth interview with Frank Konieczny only on The CPOstrategy Podcast!